You are on page 1of 622

PREPARED BY:

ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES


HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1

The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the


founder of the 19th dynasty.

The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of


which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.

Greek architecture was essentially.

Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected


by the architect Mnesicles is the.

The building in the acropolis generally considered as being


the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.

With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native


natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.

7
8
9
10
11

Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders


used by the Greeks.
From the 5th century to the present, the character of
Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.
Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that
of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing
walls.
The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient
buildings in Rome.
The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in
Greek temple.

12

Amphitheaters are used for ___.

13

An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used


in public places.

14

The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.

15
16

An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing


the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat
tiles.
Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to
support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.

17

Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

18

In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but


especially for storing wine.

19

The characteristic of Greek ornament.

20

The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

21

The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

22

The open court in an Italian palazzo.

23

The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part


of a Gothic window.

24

"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

25
26

How many stained glass are there in the Chartres


Cathedral?
Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.
i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave

1/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
27

Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

28

Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.

29

Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

30

Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.

31

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular


plan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supporting
structure.

32

A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.

33

The principal or central part of a church, extending from


the narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.

34

The uppermost step in the crepidoma.

35

The lowest step in the crepidoma.

36

Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.

37

Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.

38

Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.

39

Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?

40

Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.

41

Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of


the Greek.

42

Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.

43

What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?

44

A foot race course in the cities.

45

Architects of the Parthenon.

46
47
48
49

The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her
ladies in waiting hide during occasions.
Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where
the carriages and floats are kept.
The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboard
of the Sultan's bed.
In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which
is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.

50

Japanese tea house

51

A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration

52

Domical mound containing a relic.

53

Ifugao house (southern strain).

2/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
54

The style of the order with massive and tapering columns


resting on a base of 3 steps.

55

Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones


forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a
hundred persons.

56

A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,


terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.

57

Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns


surrounding the naos.

58

Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture

59

Architect of the Einstein Tower.

60

Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.

61

What architectural term is termed to be free from any


historical style?

62

The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.

63

64

Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a


battlement.
In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who
consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the
country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful
works.

65

Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

66

The world's first large-scale monument in stone.

67

The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

68

Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

69

A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.

70

A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.

71

A concave molding approximately quarter round.

72

Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.

73

A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must


be well oriented'.

74

Architect of Robinson's Galleria

75

King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

76

"A house is like a flower pot"

77

Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany


it is known as ___.

78

Architect of TWA airport.

79

"Modern architecture need not be western".

3/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
80

Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh

81

A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma


reversa strap.

82

Finest example of French-Gothic architecture

83

Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.

84
85
86

A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a


flower arrangement or art.
The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and
notable of its large dome.
An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently
place over the altar in a church.

87

A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing


a statue.

88

A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a


church.

89

A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.

90

A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and


Muslim 12th-16th century architecture.

91

Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis.

92

A Greek building that contains painted pictures.

93

A kindred type to the theater.

94
95
96

The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek


theaters.
A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of
brickworks.
A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone
laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.

97

A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect

98

A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or


without mortar joints.

99

Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and


domes.

100 "Form follows function".

101

He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for


living".

102 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.


103

Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell


construction.

104 The architect of the Pantheon.


105 Architect of the World Trade Center.

4/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
106 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
107

Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia,


Constantinople)

108 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.


109

Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at


Karnak?

110 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.


111

The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple


of the Italian renaissance style.

112 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.


113 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
114 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
115

Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus,


Olympius.

116 Architect of the Erechtheion.


117 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
118 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
119 "A house is a machine to live in".
120 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
121 "Architecture is Organic".
122 Invented reinforced concrete in France.
123 First elected U.A.P. president.
124 First president and founder of PAS.
125 Architect of the National Library, Philippines.
126 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
127 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
128 Designer of the Taj Mahal.
129 Expressionist Architect.
130 Founders of the "Art Noveau".
131 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
132 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
133 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
134 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.

5/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
135 Architect of SM Megamall.
136 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
137 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this
138 church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of
Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel
139 Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
140

A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian


churches.

141 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.


142

From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of


columns at the front and rear.

143 Corresponds to the Greek naos.


144

The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by


Bramante.

145

The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo


Maderna.

146

On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the


epistle and the gospel are

In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of


147 the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the
___.
148

In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central


place at the end of the church called ___.

149 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.


150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
151 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
152 Orientation of the Medieval Church
153

The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low


screen wall from the body of the church called ___.

154 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)


One of the few churches of its type to have survived
155 having a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by a
dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
156 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
157 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines
158

The best example of a German Romanesque church with


apses at both east and west ends.

159 The council house in Greece.

6/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
160 The senate house of the Greeks.
161 The oldest circus in Rome.
162 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
163 The warm room in the Thermae
164 The Hot room of the Thermae
165 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
166 The dressing room of the Thermae.
167 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian
168 amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by
whom?
The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of
169
Agamemnon'.
170 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
171 The private house of the Romans.
172 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
173 Roman apartment blocks
174 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site
175 A roman house with a central patio.
176 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large
177
covering slab
Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the
178 entrance portal
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
179 triangular sides meeting at the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt.
180 Principal room of Anatolian House
It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the
181 horizontal entablature or part supported.
182 The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple
183 The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity.
184 Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils.
A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators
185 against the sun
186 Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high

7/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
187 A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb.
188 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church.
189 That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women
190 Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc
191 A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it
192 A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the
A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel
193 tracery
194 Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.
A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated
195 deflection so that it will have no sag when under load.
A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
196 employed in Renaissance building.
197 Designer of the Crystal Palace, London
198 Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona
199 Architect of the White House, D.C.
200 Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua
201 A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers
202 Man who leads the congregation at a prayer
203 Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings
204 Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque
Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in
205 the life of the emperor.
In Romanesque archre a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably
206 severe and adorned
207 General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was
208 Vaulting compartment into six parts known as
A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
209 breath from wall
210 Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades.
Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and of
211 bishops throne.
212 A secluded place

8/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
213 Secular architecture
The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by the
214 pope, and ruled over the franks, which included central Germany and northern France

215

Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the top

The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque


216 architecture
Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly numerous
217 in castle
218 Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____
219 Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem
220 A civil settlement under the protection of a castle.
A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch,
221 stones were dropped only on an enemy below.
A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised portions
222 known as merlons

223

The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure openings.

A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a boundary
224 line
225 A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls
Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls,
and were provided with dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a
226
drying ground for the large monthly wash
A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines formed
227 by angles of spires and canopies.
An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the
228 vaulting.

229

A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.

An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of
230 northern France first pointed.
231 Leafed ornament.
232 Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.

9/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating
233 clergy.
234 Single and most important building in Britain.
235 A room, where food is stored in a manor house.
236 The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar.
237 Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire.
238 A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles.
239 Originally the minaret of the mosque.
240 The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy.
A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel and
241 used for burial in early times.
A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous
242 revolution of European times.
243 In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style?
The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed
244 inspiration was sought from ancient Greek and roman architecture
A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance
architects of the period 1530-1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical
245
elements
A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally
246 employed in renaissance buildings
247 A light portable receptacle for sacred relics
248 Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre.
The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and containing
249 the principal social apartments.
250 Known architect in early renaissance.
251 Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
252 Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in
253 decoration.
An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a
254 terminal.
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs) and
255 intended for relaxation.
256 France generally describe rococo as
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian
257 spirits, or chubby, rosy- faced child with wings.
Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is
258 framed.

10/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in
geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance
259
archre in England.
260 Space between the columns.
An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines
261 intersecting at right angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern
262 A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church.
A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the
coloring of sculpture to enhance naturalism, also described to the application of
263
variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking effects
The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative
264 designs,particularly during the 2nd half of the 19th century in Europe and USA.
A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave
265 line.
266
267

The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.
A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.

268 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God.
269 Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning land of the free
270 A stupa in a form of a corn cob.
Reflects Burmas cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations
271 (16th-17th century) at Rangoon.
272 Burmas term for monasteries.
273 Chinese monumental gateway.
Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition
274 universally of 1889 work of Eiffel tower.
One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium
275 building, U.S.
276 Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center.
Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in
277 Great Britain.
Received the Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan award for the city of manila, who is the
278 architect?
In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as The Noble of Architecture
the loftiest recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living architect
279
whose body of work represents a superlative contribution to the field.
His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as well
280 as costume and poster design.
Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive
abstractionism of architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the
281
valid elements of older style.

11/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

282

283
284
285

HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER


Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His
style is often described as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has
surrealist and cubist elements.
One of the worlds 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and
only for all humanity led him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease
and homelessness.
In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current
technological trends to bring a new dimension in designs.
Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and
bridges. He worked on structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train stations
at Toulouse and again in France.

He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals
286 such as bamboo and thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture.
French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom Each one sees
whatever he wishes to see belongs to,
He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60s or at the age
288 of 60 yrs. old.
An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on
289 classical decoration.
He was called Masters master where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer
290 and Van de Rohe
287

291 Architect who leads the development of the Quezon Memorial Circle in Quezon City.
292 Eiffel tower I Paris stands.
293 Starting with holes belongs to architect
294 A house is a machine to live in philosophy belongs to
He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his fathers
295 teachings about craftsmanship.
One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design
296 solutions.
297 His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume.
His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the
298 shortest path the stresses developed within the structures.
299 Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil.
300 A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt
For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessive
sunshine, there was no need for windows, the
301
massive unbroken walls provided the surface for
________________.
In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atop
the Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated to
302 Athena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building,
and made entirely of white pentelic marble and
surrounded by freestanding column.

12/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
In Greek Architecture, The __________ theater
designed (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among the
largest and best preserved ancient theaters in
303
Greece. The circular construction and the pitch of
the seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,
permit nearly perfect acoustics.
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 in
Rome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, A
four storey, elliptical structure that seated about
304
50,000 spectators. The exterior faade was
embellished with superimposed Doric, ionic and
Corinthian columns.
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It was
designed by Apollodorous of Damascus for Emperor
305
Trajan, it is often considered the most magnificent
and architecturally most pleasing.
In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),
A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use of
brick and concrete in temple architecture. It is
306
symmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,
Who is the architect of this historical monument?
(he is the son in law of Augustus.)
The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaft
contained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is the
307 only remnant of the original blueprint that remains.
It was designed in the year 1812 by the American
Architect, What is the name of this Architect?
What is the name of the
308 Cathedral in France that was designed
by Jean d Orbais.(
In France, It is the official residence of President of
309 France, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet for
Henry de la Tour d Auvergne
In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the home
of the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in the
310 niyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found.
It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultan
of Maranaw people and his family.
In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and wind
frequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit the
most different of all traditional Architecture in the
311 Phil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of a
meter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatch
roofing to withstand gales which frequent the area.
What is the name of this unique house?

13/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
The ___________________ is an art deco building
designed by the Filipino Architect Juan M. de
Guzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During the
liberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, the
theatre was totally destroyed. After reconstruction
312 by the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the
1960s. In the following decade it was meticulously
restored but again fell into decay. Recently a bus
station has been constructed at the back of the
theatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovation
of this once magnificent building.
The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)
is the tallest building along the boulevard and one of
the highest residential condominium in the world.
313 The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay and
United States Embassy compound in Manila. Who is
the Filipino Architect of this famous residential
condominium?
For the Creation of Space ____________a Chinese
Philosopher, said, The reality of the building does
314
not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space
within to be lived in.
315

The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure
rests.

(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support taking


316 the place of a column or a
pillar supporting an entablature on her head.
Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively
317 emphasize the apex of a gable, or
any of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.
318 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
319 The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas,
Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually, three
levels upon which the
320 superstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size
incrementally, forming a series of steps
along all or some sides of the building.
The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon
321
Memorial Circle.
Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is
322 composed of bands of
ornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,
is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways
323 leading into the orchestra,
between theatron and sken (also known as the parodos).
324 A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip.
325 A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.

14/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved
grotesquely(Sculpture).
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important
327
event. They are frequently used
The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the
328
democratically-elected council is called:
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by
upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and
329
magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty
to the Ptolemaic period.
326

330 The father of modern picture books of Architecture


The man of learning can fearlessly look down upon the
troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself
331
entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery
path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.
Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is
also known as:
The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and
333
made entirely f marble is;
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and
the 1880s in England and the USA and actually based on country
334 house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by
a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial
elements in the USA:
332

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter
335 s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting
the main features of London.
336

The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is


called:

The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new
architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in
337
which the old diving line between monumental and decorative
elements will have disappeared forever.
338

The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the
result of the interior

The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries
339 of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens
might be entertained.
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a
single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the
340
floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist
which in turn were supported by transverse girders.
It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where
341 elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting
techniques.
Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in
342
circular form.
A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16th
343 century and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classical
elements in an unconventional manner.
344

The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected
council is called

15/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan
345 but owes its size, disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the
12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period
A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the
wall which adjoins two living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the
346 highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost
edge of the abutting living units?
347
348

The father of modern picture books of Architecture


The man of learning can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of
fortune. But he who thinks himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck,

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de obra
349 or the master builders are required to register as architects?
350 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as
351 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is
352

Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg
(citizens town) of the medieval ages

It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870s and the 1880s in England
and the USA and actually based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture
353
which was characterized by a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and
colonial elements in the USA
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained
337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in
354
Marseilles?
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter s and St. Paul
355 Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting the main features of London.
356

The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:

The architect who claimed that: The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the
composite but inseparable work of an art, in which the old diving line between
357
monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared forever.
The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
358

359

The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a
palace where distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained

It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling elevated
360 at 1.50 meters from the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested
on 3 floor joist which in turn were supported by transverse girders
361 ??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called
362

It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental vaulting,


and refinement of stonecutting techniques

363 Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form

16/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect marked
by ancient Roman Architectural forms
TS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY
MONUMENTS & TEMPLES BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING
365 ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION & CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES &
VAULTING
364

366

367

CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVE


ARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTS
CHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF

368 CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY


369 CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY.
370

CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND

MODE OF BLDG FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE
PUBLICATIONS OF THE ITALIAN REN. ARCHT.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580).
371
STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF ANTIQUITY.
TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCHRE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT,
CHARATERIZED IN ARCHRE BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL
372
ELEMENTS.
IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED
SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS
373 LAST PHASE IS CALLED ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT & IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF
ARCHRE.
THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCHRE 1750-1830, WHEN
RENED INSPIRATION WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCHRE (
374
NEO CLASSICAL)
( FR. ROCALLE ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE
ORNAMENT IN W/C ROCK-LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED
SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO375
FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT
PRESENTING A LAVISH DISPLAY OF DECORATION.
SIVERSMITH-LIKE; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH
376 RENAISSANCE.
THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND,
NAMED AFTER ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY
377
LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS & STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION
ENGLISH ARCHL & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING
THE ELIZABETHAN STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED
378
AFTER JAMES I
THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH
AMERICAN COLONIES, SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE
379
GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL, RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.

17/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF TASTE
TOWARDDS ARCHRE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th & EARLY 19th
380 CENT. BLDGS & LANDSCAPE WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED INFORMALITY
OF A PICTURE.

381

Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or woman
possessed

382

An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping) sides
covering a burial chamber blow ground

Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver &
383 gold) pyra-midion at the summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut with
hieroglyphics
384

A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping
triangular sides meeting at the apex

385 Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall


Consists of a complex of sarsen (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have
386 been broken into blocks by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs of
southern England )stones and smaller blue stones set in a circle and connected by lintels

387

Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in number
from one to seven

388 Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits
389

An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright
stones set with a space between and capped by a horizontal stone

Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A
390 wedge-shaped stone: a wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of an
arch or vault
In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a meeting
place; architecture history conversation room: a room for relaxation or conversation,
391 especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall with a continuous bench along the wall;
furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular outdoor bench, usually
with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche (technical)
392 The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god
Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and
393 crowning umbrella came to be known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine,
temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the location of an auspicious event.

394

An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different periods
or countries and combines them to produce a harmonious whole.

The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch,


balcony, beam, cornice, lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural
395
component of a building, for example the underside of a roof overhang or the inner curve
of an arch

18/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
396 a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security.
the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a
397 circular dome is supported over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular
piece of vaulting between the arches that support a dome and its rim
Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of
398 stones entered by a single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a high
stone roof
Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards architecture
399 and landscape gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very attractive: visually
pleasing enough to be the subject of a painting or photograph
A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil colors.
400 painting done on fresh plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing
watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry plaster
A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as
401 shelter at religious shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered
walkway, usually with a row of columns on one side and a wall on the other
Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of
402 man used as support: a figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support for
the upper part of a classical building
403 A slab forming the crowning member of a column
A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to counteract
the optical illusion which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the appearance of
404 curving inwards; a bulge in architectural column: a slight bulge in the shaft of a column,
designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a perfectly straight column
would give
405

The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a groove
running down an architectural column

406 Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports


407

the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower
portions of walls when decorated separately.

408 The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns

409

a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat
narrow moulding: a raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces

A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices; architecture
410 gable on colonnade: a broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a colonnade as
the major part of a facade
411 The lowest square member of the base of a column

19/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

412

Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or
colonnaded porticoes, temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.

These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious


campaigns; has one or three openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate bas413
reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually carried grit-bronze statuary (statues
considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory inscription in its face

414

Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs
or baths, especially the public baths of ancient Rome

415

Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important


settlement, used to display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)

A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great thermae
416 and for public fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a channel for
water: a pipe or channel for moving water to a lower level, often across a great distance

417

Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public
meeting space, market or rendezvous for political demonstrations.

418

A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building.
architecture pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet

Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn
out of one block of marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late
419
period, surmounted by lids like roofs terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone
or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and inscriptions

420

A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often on
a quadrangular podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.

421 Line of intersection of cross-vaults


422

Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in a
ceiling: a decorative sunken panel in a ceiling

423 A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault.
an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an
424 arched structure of stone, brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with
arched ceiling: a room, especially an underground room, with an arched ceiling
425 A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church
426 A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered
427 a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.

20/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
428

A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed
as to exert an equal thrust in all directions

429 A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy


430 A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall.
431

A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel were
read

432 Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble
A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as
CIBORIUM.
A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area by
434
arcades or the like.
433

The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance or
narthex to the CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the altar for
435
the use of clergy and choir, often separated from the nave by a screen or steps) usually
flanked by aisles of less height
436

The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of a


building

437 A small pavilion, usually open built in gardens & parks.


438

An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space
without object of adoration. (Muslim)

439

A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting
the beams of a roof, floor or vault.

440

a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more balconies
from which the faithful are called to prayer

441 A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle


442 An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church.
A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to form
an octagon or other appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting part of
443
a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built across the upper inside corner of a square tower
to support the weight of a spire or other structure above
444 Womens or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture.
445 An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it.
446

A double curve, resembling the letter S, formed by the union of a curve and a convex
line

447 The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured.


a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are
placed separating the chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen
448
decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox
churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the church

21/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform
449 projecting from an interior or exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a
building, planned for summer leisure.
450 A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings
451 Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design
The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing, a
452 horizontal line through its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between
two arches and a cornice
453 small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings.
Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical
454 window divider: a vertical piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a
window or the panels of a screen
A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle or
455 large house in France, often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to wine
produced there
A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire,
456 especially one that emerges from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges
intersect.
457 a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament.
458

(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether
vaulted or flat.

459

Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its
breadth (distance from side to side) from the wall.

460 An umbrella shaped copula.


461 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window.
The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate
462 platform). A foundation wall: a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a
colonnade
The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of
463 church: the part of a cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central part
(nave)
Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The
new method consisted in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right
464
angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal ribs to which the form of the panels was
adopted
465 Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior
466 A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard
467 The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches

22/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
468 The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire
469 A room for storage of garments
470

A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated
deflection so that it will gave no sag when under load.

471

Covered passages around an open space or Garth, connecting the church to the
chapter house; a small courtyard or enclosed space

472 A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies
473 A vault in which the ribs compose a star-shaped pattern
A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by
monks
A bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by means
475
of projecting stones.
474

476 The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college


477

An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a


terminal, like the volutes of the ionic capital.

478 An Italian impressive building or private building


479

One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a stair
handrail or a coping (walls capping surface).

a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic


scrolls, and crimped folded or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a
profusion and confusion of detail often without organic coherence but presenting a lavish
480
display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of architecture and the
decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular throughout
Europe in the early 18th century.

481

In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of


art and architecture in Italy in the 17th to 18th century.

482

A tower not connected with Bell. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which
the bells are hung.

483

The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the
eaves usually composed of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.

(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and tradesmen,
484 organized to maintain standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge = Italian
renaissance chief magistrate)
485

(little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in
character.

486

The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and
other officials, usually referred to as the choir

23/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone
(Renaissance) A block forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially
487
when it is different, for example in size or material, from the other blocks or bricks in the
wall
488

A BRACKET: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls or


volute when carrying the upper member of the cornice

A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel
and used for burial in earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or
489
vault, often below a church, used as a burial chamber or chapel, or for storing religious
artifacts
490

The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is
framed.

491 The chief magistrates buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa.
A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square
492 or multi-angular apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of
glass and providing natural light inside

493

An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall


between an outer door and the main part of a building

494

A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring
roofs and glazed at the sides

A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in
decoration; A circular arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and
greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung up as a decoration, or put on
495
somebodys head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation of a
circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a
coat of arms; [headdress; garland; laurel]

496

In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing


room;[grand sitting room; social gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]

497

A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the
flatter upper portion. Also known as the gambrel roof.

A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful
498 Maiden living in Rivers, trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor
goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]
An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An
499 architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched
structure
500

A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. Die or Dado, and
a cornice or cap mould

A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting from
501 roof: a window for a room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the main
roof and has its own gable

24/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body,
502 used in classic times to mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in
Renaissance times.
503 Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights
A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area
504 adjoining a house, used for outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation. A
roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard typical of a Spanish-style house
Also called brackets or consoles or ancones. It is a projecting member to support a
weight. generally formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a
505 cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets);
also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket under the corona of
a Corinthian or Composite column
506 The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.
507 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon.
508

(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around
the east end of the church, behind the altar.

Also called key pattern the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a
509 pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved
decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure

510

a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform: a
raised platform at the end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]

The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a
511 rounded or three-sided window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess on
the inside
512 Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe

513

A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for
seats in a church

A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental


ridge on a roof ] resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and
514
sometimes interlaced patterns much used in the early renaissance architecture of
England.
515 The space between two columns
516

One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian
spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-faced child with wings

517

Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality than
brick. [brownish red color]

518

A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or


heralds

25/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th century,
an intricate style named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated: relating to a
519
heavily decorated architectural style fashionable in 16th-century Spain, reminiscent of
elaborate silverware
520 An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands
A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the
rooftop of a dwelling but sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a
521
formal garden; a building with fine view: a building or part of a building positioned to offer
a fine view of the surrounding area
An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was the
522 richly garlanded spiral columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly decorated
ornamentation]
A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative
523 representation thereof; a branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with
several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped electric light fitting

524

(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an


assembly of straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.

Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in stone
and brick.
Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive
526 medieval chimney. Identified by prominent gables and large expansive windows with
small panes.
525

527 a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns.


Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9 or
528 13 storeys and repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to each
storey.
One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often
rambling spread out floor plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a
529
simply-built one-storey house with a veranda and a wide, gently sloping roof in Southeast
Asia and the South Pacific
530

A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware
decorated with colored opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)

Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or octagonal
531 shafts with inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned with animal
supported bearing the Buddhist will of Law.
Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles
532 back on itself. Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep
gorges and leaping raging rivers of 3,700 miles.
533

An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation in
the faade aptly called for the floral design.

534

a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art
and architecture to technology and the practical needs of human life.

26/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
535 The arrangement and design of windows in a building
536 Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles.
537 Rock-cut temples in India
A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their
538 intersections. A rectangular shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the
trusses are directly above & below one another.

539

a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the walls,
roof acting as diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.

540 A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person


541 A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture
An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a light
and airy second floor, mother-of-pearl or capiz windows and picturesque wide tile roof.
542
Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought iron or brass nails, sturdy balustrades of
wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.
543 An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery.
544

In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with
drinking ceremony is done

Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is


545 divided into 20 parts called minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or
seconds of space.
546

Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a
pyramidal roof Cogon grass built without nails

A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant
wooden carvings derived from the Malay Mythical bird the Sari Manok The silken Muslim
547
canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends of floor beams are decorated with intricate
carvings
548

Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven slit
canes for walls and split bamboo slats flooring

Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers of
549 cogon and held together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest
typhoons in the north
An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly
550 one overlooking an open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided
walkway, often with arches, along one side of a building
Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported
upon a succession of simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is
551
terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls, while the lower part of the
main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.

27/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
552

Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by


upright posts supporting two or more horizontal beams

Fool the eye are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire screen
to dishwashers. This creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for example
553
extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is painted with cows and chicken and makebelieve or create an outdoor scene.
A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows and
changes with antiques and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster, old
554
beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick floors. A house in the country: a large
house in the country, often with a large area of land attached
1930s modernists style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by
555 geometrical shapes, bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass
production
556 These are garden rooms.
557

patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer


leisure); LOGGIA

558

Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire
crowned towers)

559

Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic


church tower); finial (a design at the top of a spire)

560 Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only)


561 Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome)
562 statue chamber
563 bldg that hold sculpture
564 bldg that holds painting
565 acropolis, sacred enclosure
566 coffer, ceiling
567 space bet naos wall and column
568 tholos passageway
569 sleeping room, megaron
570 (greatest example of Egyptian temple)
571 Great Sphinx at Gizeh

28/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis
Amenemhat I- founded the great temple at Karnak
Thothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon Karnak
Amenophis III- built the famous Colossi of Memnon
572 Rameses I- began the hypostyle hall at Karnak
Seti I- built the temple at Abu- Simber
Ptolemy II- built the pharos of Light House
Ptolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria
573 gateway to greek temple
largest
- geatest example of greek architecture
- archt. Ictinus
- master sculptor- Callicrates
574
- Doric temple
- naos- made of gold and ivory
- holds the statue of Athena

575

prototype Greek Thetre


- largest for 30,000 people

576 oldest & most important bldg in Rome


577 largest circus in Rome
578 largest forum in Rome
579 1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials
580 2. Caves
581 3. Rocks on top of each other
582 4. Hard-packed snow blocks
583 5. animal skins
584 1. Battered or sloping outside walls
585 2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins
586 3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high
587 4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics
588 1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks
589 2. Roofs flat outside
590 3. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as dcor
591 4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows

29/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
592 1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps.
593

2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important
buildings

594 1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)
595 2. Wooden roofs were untrussed
596 3. Ceilings sometimes omitted
597 4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples
598 5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns]
599 1. The arch & the vault was developed
600 2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite]
601 3. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.
602 1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches
603 2. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof
604 3. Mosaic decoration added internally
605 4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries
606 1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches
607 2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of pendentives
608 3. Fresco decoration using marble & mosaic
609 1. Bulbous or onion dome
610 2. Minarets
611 3. stalactite moulding
612 4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof
613 5. painted arch
614 1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults;
615 2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows,
616 3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style
617 4. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.
618 1. Pointed arch

30/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
619 2. buttress, flying buttress
620 3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting
621 4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist
622 5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar)
623 1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry)
624 2. Quoins, Balusters
625 3. domes or raised drums
626 4. pediments one within the other
627 5. rococo
628 6. baroque style
629 7. mansard roof
630 8. salon
631 1. Picturesque values
632

2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry &
informality.

633 3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism


634 4. New functions & techniques produced new forms
635 5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.
636 6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals
637 7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift

638

1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system,
programmatically adopted with the introduction of iron construction

639 1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed


640 2. Baloon frame was introduced
641 3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction
642 4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator
643

1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain
wall.

644 2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed


645 3. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.

31/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
646 4. Steel is used in space-frame
647 1. Hindu worship is an individual act
648

2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda),
and are designed for congregational use.

649 3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character


650 4. The TORUS moulding is used
651 5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha
652 6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used
653 1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars
654 2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural creation.

655

3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with
small flat shingles and terra cotta tiles.

656

4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door
furniture, painted walls.

1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square
657 chamber angles, lantern roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing
the statue of Buddha
658 2. The SIKHARA & PAGODA temples survive.

659

3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols,
groups of divinities and portraits statuary of royalties.

4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and
660 projecting cornice and fancifully decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging
lamps.
661 5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops.
662 6. Pillars and beams are painted yellow or red and painted silks hang from the roof.
663 1. Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill
664 2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers

665

3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often finished
with porcelain tile

666 4. Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster)


667 5. multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs

32/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
668 6. Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography.
669 7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.

670

1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned
with fantastic dragons and grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)

671 2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.
672 3. Roof framing in rectangle and not triangle.
673 4. Use of bright colors
674 5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.
675 1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration

676

2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a


succession of brackets

677 3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls
678 4. Rooms are regulated by a KEN Tatami mats.
679 5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.
680

1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden posts,
carved wooden sidings, cogon grass roof.

681 2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs,


682 3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies,
683 4. Coconut shell & wood design.
684 5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing
685 1. Beehives,
686 2. huts,
687 3. caves,
688 4. tents,
689 5. Stonehenge, England
690 6. igloos
691 1. Sphinx,

33/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King Zoser
Architect: Imhotep
692

Saqqara, Egypt

693 3. Obelisks,
694 4. Mastaba Tombs,
695 5. Great Temple,

696

7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king


697

698 7. Temple of Khons,


699 1. Ziggurat of Ur,
700 2. persepolis,
701 3. hall of the hundred columns
702 1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun,
703 2. Citadel Teotihuacan,
704 3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar,
705 4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru
706 1. Acropolis,
2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with Phidias
Location: Athens, Greece
707 Style: Ancient Greek Doric

Erectheum _ Architect: Mnesicles


Location: Athens, Greece
708 Style: Ancient Greek, Ionic

709 3. Agora,

34/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Epidaurus Theater
Architect: Polykleitos
Location: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek
710
achievements of the fourth century.

711 4. ODEION theatre,


712

5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the
other

713 6. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,


714 7. open hillside theatres

1. The Pantheon
118 - 126
Architect: Acrippa
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
715
oculus a single circular opening

2. Forums,Trajans Forum
100 112
Architect: Apollodorus of Damascus
Location: Rome, Italy
716 Style: Roman

717 3. Basilicas
718 4. Thermae,
719 5. Amphitheatres,

35/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum


70 82
Architect: Vespacian and Domitian
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
720
Corinthian in the third, face the three tiers of arcades

721 7. Triumphal arch,


722 8. gateways,
723 9. aqueducts
724 1. Basilican Churches,
725 2. Baptisteries
726 1. St. Sophia, Constantinople
727 2. St. Mark, Venice
728 1. The great mosques,
729 2. Damascus & Cordoba,
730 3. Kiosk @ Istanbul
731 4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra
732 5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi
733 1. St, Zeno,
734 2. Maggiore Monastery,
735 3. Leaning Tower,
736 4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa,
737 5. Castles, fortifications,
738 6. chateus, Manor houses
739 1. Notre Dame Cathedral,
740 2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral,
741 3. Kings College,
742 4. Canterbury Town Halls,

36/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
743 5. Skippers house @ Ghent
744 1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence,
745 2. St. Peters PIAZZA,
746 3. Cathedral Vatican,
747 4. Palais du louvre,
748 5. Paris Chateu Maisons,
749 6. St Pauls Cathedral, London,
750 7. Guild Houses @ Brussels
751 1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London
752 2. Crystal Palace, London [???]
753 3. University Museum, Oxford
754 4. Red House, Kent
755 5. Cathedral @ Guildford
756 1. Eiffel tower, [???]
757 2. New louvre,
758 3. Paris Opera House,
759 4. Paris & cologne.
1. the White House
Architect: James Hoban
Location: Washington, D.C.
760 Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829
Style: Georgian Neoclassical

2. Capitol of the United States


Architects: Thornton-Latrobe-Bulfinch
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1830
761
Style: Neoclassical
consisting of the House of Representatives and the Senate

762

National Gallery of Art


Architect: John Russel Pope

37/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Washington Monument
Architect: Robert Mills
Location: Washington, D.C.
763 Style: Neo-Egyptian

Golden Gate Bridge


1933 to 1937
Architect: Joseph Strauss
Location: San Francisco, California
Building type: suspension bridge
Construction system: steel frame, steel cables
764
Styles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details

Saint Patricks Cathedral


Architect: James Renwick
Location: New York
765

766 3. Boston Empire State Building,


767 4. English Country Houses
768 5. Bungalows

The Louvre
1546 to 1878
Architect: Pierre Lescot
Location: Paris, France
Building type: palace, art museum
769
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: French Renaissance

38/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Palais Royal
770

Arc de Triomphe
771

top of the Champs Elysees

Pompidou Centre
1972 to 1976
Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: modern art museum
772 Construction system: high-tech steel and glass
Style: High-tech modern

tube

Notre Dame de Paris


1163 to 1250
Architect: Maurice de Sully
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: church, cathedral
773 Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Early Gothic

Paris Opera House


1857 to 1874
Architect: Charles Garnier
Location: Paris, France
Building type: theater, opera house
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
774 Style: Neo-Baroque

Elysee Palace
1718
775 Architect: Claude Mollet

39/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Hotel de Invalides
776

La Madeleine
Architect: Napoleon I
777

Chartres Cathedral
1194 to 1260
Location: Chartres, France
Building type: cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
778
Style: Gothic exemplar
eliminated the need for alternating supports

Rheims Cathedral
779

Eiffel Tower
1887 to 1889
Architect: Gustave Eiffel
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: exposition observation tower
780 Construction system: exposed iron
Style: Victorian Structural Expressionist

Sorbonne
781

40/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
British Museum
1823 to 1847
Architect: Sir Robert Smirke
Location: London, England
Building type: art and historical museum, library
782 Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Victorian Ionic faade,
Classical Revival
Foster

Salisbury Cathedral
1220 to 1258
Location: Salisbury, England
Building type: Cathedral (church, temple)
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
783 Style: English Gothic

Queens House
1616 to 1635
Architect: Inigo Jones the greatest of English Classical architect
Location: Greenwich, England
784 Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian, Late English Renaissance

Somerset House
1776 to 1786
Architect: William Chambers
Location: London, England
Building type: government offices and art school
785
Construction system: cut stone masonry
Style: Neoclassical
rusticated base

41/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Saint Pauls Cathedral
1675 to 1710
Architect: Sir Christopher Wren
Location: London, England
Building type: church
786 Construction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stone
Style: Late renaissance to Baroque

Chiswick House
1729
Architect: Lord Burlington
Location: Chiswick, England
787 Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian

Westminster Palace
1836 to 1868
Architect: Sir Charles Barry
Location: London
Building type: seat of government, government center
788
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: English Gothic Revival

Durham Cathedral
1093 to 1280
Location: Durham, England
Building type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
789
Style: Romanesque

Glasgow School of Art


1897 to 1909
Architect: Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Location: Glasgow, England
790
Building type: college
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: art and crafts, art nouveau

42/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

791

Buckingham Palace
Architect: sir George Goring

792 1. Salginatobel Bridge,


793 2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn
794 3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier
795 4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright
796 5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright
797 6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen
798 7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright
799 8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon
800 9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller
Temple of Heaven
Location: China
801

Hagia Sofia
532 to 537
Architect: Isidoros and Anthemios
Location: Istanbul, Turkey
Building type: church
Construction system: bearing masonry
802
Style: Byzantine

803

Cathedral of Siena
Location: Southern Italy

43/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Pisa Cathedral
103 to 1350
Location: Pisa, Italy
Building type: church complex
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marble
804 Style: Romanesque
famous building groups in the world

Florence Cathedral
1296 to 1462
Architect: Arnolfo di Cambio
Location: Florence, Italy
Building type: domed church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Italian Romanesque
805

Krak des Chevaliers


1150 to 1250
Location: Syria
Building type: fort
806
Style: Medieval

Alhambra
1338 to 1390
Location: Granada, Spain
Building type: palace
Construction system: bearing masonry
807 Style: Moorish (Islamic)

44/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Casa Batllo
1905 to 1907
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
808 Building type: apartment building
Construction system: concrete
Style: Expressionist or Art Nouveau

Casa Mila
1905 to 1910
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: multifamily housing
Construction system: masonry and concrete
809
Style: Art Nouveau

dwellings

Sagrada Familia
1882 to 1926
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: church
810 Construction system: masonry
Style: Expressionist

Taj Mahal
1630 to 1653
Architect: Emperor Shah Jahan
Location: Agra, India
Building type: Islamic tomb
811 Construction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marble
Style: Islamic

812

shrine of freedom, designed by Father Antonio Cedeno, with Diego Jordan as engineer

famous walled city within a city; seven gates; completed 1872; made of bricks and hard
adobe from the Pasig River quarries; wall are 45 ft thick and rise 25 ft above the moat;
1. roofs at 45 degrees gradient or less
814
2. use of bricks, limestone, hardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or tisa
1. a regime of reinforced concrete and galvanized iron
815
2. Neo-Classical styles
813

45/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823

- mediocre design, uncontrolled and hasty rebuilding only resurrected old designs
- commercial building drew inspiration from contemporary architecture in the West
Movement in 20th Century, art that represented the revolutionary effort of young Italian
Concrete, steel and glass
Cubist style developed in Germany and Austria (1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:
Devoid of ornamentation
Sought for solutions for alternative cheap forms of construction in timber, brick & metal.
Initiated by British (pre-fab. Architecture)
Non-representational style of art w/c uses modern industrial materials: plastic & glass.
Ideal abstract art movement arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920)
Out view in w/c the major activities or environmental factor was employed in the structure
in a non-intellectual manner.
, first built in the 13th century and reconstructed in 19061909, is the largest clay building
in the world.
developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of
techniques for manufacturing rolled steel

824 architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection


825

movement for aesthetic and moral crusade


- escape FROM THE Industrial World

826 In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the.


827 The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by.
828 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.
829

The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her
domains had ample supply of was.

830 Greek architecture was essentially.


831 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles
The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect
building ever erected is the.
With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the
833
Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
832

834 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks.
835

From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice
of using.

836 The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture.


837 The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is.
838

Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the
use of what material for facing walls.

839 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome.
840 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.
841 Amphitheaters are used for ___.
842 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.
843 The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.
An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles
that cover the joints of the flat tiles.
Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually,
845
the ornament itself.
844

46/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
846 Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.
847 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.
848 The characteristic of Greek ornament.
849

The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that
of the rest of Europe.

850 The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___.


851 The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.
852 The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.
853 The open court in an Italian palazzo.
854 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.
855 Japanese tea house.
856 A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration.
857 Domical mound containing a relic.
858 Ifugao house (southern strain).
859 In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks.
860 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.
861 Tomb of the pharaohs.
Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for
consecutive burials for several to a hundred persons.
A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and
863
intended to house an altar.
862

864 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.
865 Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture
866 Architect of the Einstein Tower.
867 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.
868 What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?
869 From what architecture is the Angkor Vat?
870 The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.
871 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement.
872 Taj Mahal temple is located in ___.
873

In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative


system, made a survey of the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful

874 Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.


875 Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs.

47/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
876 The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
877 The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh
878 A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles.
879 Sarimanok is a dcor reflecting the culture of the ___.
880 Caryatid porch is from what architecture?
881 Female statues with baskets serving as columns.
882 A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.
883 A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice.
884 The Parthenon is from what architecture.
885 A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof.
886 A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.
887 A concave molding approximately quarter round.
888 Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.
889 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.
890 What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque.
891 Architect of Robinson's Galleria
892 Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture.
893 "A house is like a flower pot"
894 Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia.
895 King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.
896 The council house in Greece.
897 Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture.
898 Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure.
899 A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture.
900 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.
901 Less is more.
902 First school which offered architecture in the Philippines.
903 Embrasures.
904 Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition.
905 Different historical styles combined.

48/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
906 Architect of TWA airport.
907 The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___.
908 First president and founder of PAS.
909 "Modern architecture need not be western".
910 Architect of the national library, Philippines.
911

The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian
architecture, which palace was it used.

912 Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture.


913

The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric
capital.

914 Pantiles used for Chinese roofings.


915 Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market.
916 A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column.
917 The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period.
918

A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size with
corbelled cornice and moldings.

919 "cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.


920 From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___.
921 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.
922 Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture.
923 The three pyramids in Gizeh
924 The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato.
925 A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house.
926 In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.
927 The tomb beneath a church.
928 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.
929 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.
930 Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site.
931 A roman house with a central patio.
932 Revival of classical Roman style
933

The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and
Byzantine elements, and powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic

934 Architect and furniture designer.


935 First registered architect in the Philippines.

49/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
936 The public square of imperial Rome.
937 Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
938 Finest example of French-Gothic architecture
939 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?
940 Agora is from what architecture?
941 Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria.
942 A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital.
943 Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening.
The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called a
blind story.
A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the
945
interior.
944

946 A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined.
947 The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch.
948 A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers.
949

In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans
from column to column.

950 In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns.
951 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.
952 Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
953 Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.
954 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art.
955 Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.
956 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome.
957 Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.
958

A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the
polygonal plan of its supporting structure.

959 A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.


960

The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or
chancel and usually flanked by aisles.

961 The covered walk of an atrium.


962 A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica.
963 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church.
964 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.
965 A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.

50/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
966 A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.
967 A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer.
968 Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling.
969

The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the compassionate
Buddha.

970 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century
971 architecture.
972 Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture.
973 A slab forming the crowning member of the capital.
974 The crowning member of a column.
975 A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base.
976 A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church.
977 The cold section of a Roman Bath.
978 This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress.
979 The palace proper in Assyrian palaces.
980 Holy mountains.
981 Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis.
982 Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces.
983 The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples.
984 The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___.
985 Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians.
986 Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture.
987 Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs.
988 Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points.
989 Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points.
990 Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods.
991 The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture?
992 The Greek male statues used as columns.
993 A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place.
994 A single line of columns surrounding the Naos.
995 The uppermost step in the crepidoma.

51/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
996 The lowest step in the crepidoma.
997 A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities.
998 The three chamber of a Greek temple.
999 A Greek building that contains painted pictures.
1000 Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front.
1001 The clear space in between columns.
1002 Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.
1003 Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.
1004 Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.
1005 Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
1006 Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
1007 A kindred type to the theater.
1008 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek.
1009 Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
1010 What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?
1011 A foot race course in the cities.
1012 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front.
1013 A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear.
1014 In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae.
1015 Greek order that has no base.
1016 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters.
1017 What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all?
1018

What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of
steel for buildings.

1019 The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction.


1020 The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
1021 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1022 Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1023 Architects of the Parthenon.
1024 Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
1025 In Roman fountains, the large basin of water.

52/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1026 Spouting jets in Roman fountain.
1027 The oldest circus in Rome.
1028

The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by
whom and completed by whom?

1029 Architect of the Erechtheion.


1030 A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water.
1031 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'.
1032 Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
1033 Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
1034 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius.
1035 Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___.
1036 A quadrigas is a ___.
1037 The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___.
1038 The Corona is usually painted with the ___.
1039 Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary,
1040 One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building.
1041 The molding that is often found in the Doric Order.
1042 The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos
1043 The private house of the Romans.
1044 Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___.
1045 Roman large square tiles.
1046 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks.
1047

A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly
resembling polygonal work.

1048 A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect.


1049 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.
1050 A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges.
1051 A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or
1052 musical competitions in Greek festivals.
A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage of
straight lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped
1054
or diminishing pedestal.
1053

1055 Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.

53/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1056 Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
1057 The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
1058 The origin of the door architrave.
1059 The atrium type of house originated with the ___.
1060 Roman apartment blocks.
1061

A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the
purpose of relaxation.

1062 !5th to 18th century architecture.


1063 "Form follows function".
1064 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance
1065 A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples.
1066 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?
1067 Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
1068 He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".
1069 Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty.
1070 Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
1071 The warm room in the Thermae.
1072 The Hot room of the Thermae.
1073 The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae.
1074 The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
1075 The dressing room of the Thermae.
1076 The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
1077 Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
1078 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
1079 Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
1080 Orientation of the Medieval Church.
1081

The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of the
church called ___.

1082 On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are
1083

In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later
developed into the transept, this is the ___.

1084 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church
1085 The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.

54/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1086 Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
1087 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople)
1088 The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture.
1089 Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
1090 One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without
1091 cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
1092 A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light.
1093

the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the
chapter

1094 house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.


1095 The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy.
1096 The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west
1097

The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure
of the Gothic period.

1098 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.
1099 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.
1100 He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
1101 Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato.
1102 The granary in traditional Bontoc House.
1103 Architect of the World Trade Center.
1104 The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture?
1105 The part of the Corinthian capital without flower.
1106 The Pantheon is from what architecture.
1107 The architect of the Pantheon.
1108 The senate house of the Greeks.
1109 Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.
1110 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction.
1111 In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___.
1112 In what Order is the Parthenon.
1113 In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens.
1114 This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'.
1115

This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by
means of a clepsydra internally and sun dial externally.

55/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1116 In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found?
1117 From what architecture is the Stoa?
1118 The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility.
1119 Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods.
1120 A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
1121 Corresponds to the Greek naos.
1122 The large element in the frieze.
1123 "A is a machine to live in".
1124 Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
1125 "Architecture is Organic".
1126 Invented reinforced concrete in France.
1127 First elected U.A.P. president.
1128 Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
1129 Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
1130 Designer of the Taj Mahal.
1131 Male counterpart of the Caryatids.
1132 Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures.
1133 This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top.
1134 A small payer house in Egyptian architecture.
1135 Where "Constructivism" originated?
1136 Expressionist Architect.
1137 Founders of the "Art Noveau".
1138 Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art.
1139 Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age.
1140 Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture.
1141 Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
1142 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
1143 Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
1144 The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
1145

Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design
depicts the heavy influence of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.

56/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1146

This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell
which was made from approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.

1147 Architect of SM Megamall.


1148 Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
1149 G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during
occasions.
Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are
1151
kept.
1150

1152 The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed.
The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a
laundry and drying space and service area for the servants.
In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-shaped
1154
stove or kalan is known as ___.
1153

1155 Form follows function


1156 Form does not necessarily follow function
1157 Art and Architecture, the new unity
1158 A house is a house
1159 Cube within a cube
1160 A bridge is like a house
1161 Less is more
1162 Ornament is a crime
1163 Less is more only when more is too much
1164 FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM
1165 MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN
1166 RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY
1167
1168 Less is Bore / Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture
1169

The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within to
be lived in

1170

LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such
tower in New York City.

1171 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY


1172 GEODESIC DOME
1173 SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE
1174 SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM
1175 PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL

57/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1176 BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY
1177 EINSTEIN TOWER
1178 CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME
1179 CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES
1180 TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE
1181 ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES
1182 SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING
1183 BANK OF CHINA, HK
1184 TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY
1185 AT&T BLDG, NY
1186 Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain
1187 Crystal Palace, England
1188 Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut
1189

Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY


GOTHIC

1190 Sagrada Familia, Spain


1191 John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois
1192 Woolworth Building, NY
1193 Price Tower, Oklahoma
1194 St.Basil Cathedral, Russia
1195 Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France
1196

Italian architect
Member of Bauhaus

German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and
steel architecture of the 20th-century International Style.
1197
Skin and bone construction.

58/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the
classics and later in architecture
The architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)
Invented the International Style
Father figure of Post Modernism.
INTERNATIONAL STYLE
Volume rather than mass.
Regularity rather than axial symmetry
Prescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.
1198
WORKS:
Glass hose, Connecticut
Seagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)
Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln Center
Williams Proctor Museum, N.Y.
Art Gallery for the University of Nebraska
Ammon Corter Museum, Texas
AT&T Building N.Y.

professional name of Charles douard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect,


painter, and writer, who had a major effect on the development of modern architecture.
PHILOSOPHY:
The house is a machine to live in.
WORKS:
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)
1199 The Swiss Building at the Cit Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932);
Unit d'Habitation (1946-1952)
an apartment house in Marseille, France;
Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)
a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, France
High Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandgarh, India

Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),


American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete
won him a prominent place in 20th-century architecture.
Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.
PHILOSOPHY:
1200
Searching for a materials want to be.
WORKS:
Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas Orr
Alfred Newton Richards Medical Center

59/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.
Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.
THEORIES:
The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.
Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.
WORKS:
The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in Paris
The Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, Istanbul
1201
Theatre Des Champs, Lysees
- redesigning, original by Van del Velde
Notre Dame Church, Paris
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva
Eiffel Monument, Paris
Palace of the Soviets, Moscow

1202

American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the
greatest figures in 20th-century architecture.

Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading
architects of the mid-20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Function influences but does not dictate form.
Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.
Architecture is not just to fulfill mans belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.
WORKS:
Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
The General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956
1203
Air Force Acadaemy
U.S. Embassy in London
The Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of Technology
T.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y.
- In a for m of bird about to fly.
T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.
The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.
Gateway Arch, St. Louis

Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.


Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.
2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower
PHILOSOPHY:
Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.
1204
WORKS:
Cranbook School, Michigan
Christ Church, Minneapolis
Helsinki Railroad Station, Finland
National Museum Finland

60/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of
reinforced concrete, made possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural
problems.
Discovered ferro-cemento
- consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used either
for shell construction or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the layers
of mortar & mesh.
1205
WORKS:
Municipal Stadium Florence
Fiat Factory, Turin
Italian Embassy, Brazilia
Papal Audience Hall, Vatican City
Australian Embassy, Paris
American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the
late 20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the
modern experience. The particularities of context, the varieties of the users taste; Culture
& the symbolic & decorative dictates of the program.
Less is Bore
More is More
1206 Modern movement was almost right
WORKS:
Walker & Dunlop Office Building
Transportation Square, Washington
Master Plan & Uraban Design of California City
Convention Center, Conversion plan Canada
West Mount Airy Clustered Housing Plan
Philadelphia

Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs
for public buildings, has reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with
traditional Japanese forms.
Furyu
1207 Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life.
PHILOSOPHIES:
Modern Architecture need not be Western.
The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.

1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215

House of Michealerplatz, Vienna


Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland
Notre Dame du Raincy, France
Sagrada de Familia
US Capitol, Washington DC
Glasgow School of Art
Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur
Flatiron Building, NY

61/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245

Jewish Museum, Berlin


TWA Terminal
Helsinki Railway Station
Los Manantiales, Mexico
Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA
Taliesin West, Arizona
Munich Olympic Stadium
Tokyo, Japan
Eiffel Tower, Paris
Bank of China, Hong Kong
Sydney Opera House
Chrystal Palace
Fuji TV Headquarters
Auditorium Building, Chicago
Salk Institute, California
Unite d Habitacion, France
Catedral de Brasilia
Seagram Building
Portland Building, Oregon
Habitat 67, Montreal
London City Hall
At & T Building, NY
Lippo Building , Hong Kong
Red House, England
Max Reinhardt House, Germany
Turin Exhibition Hall
Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia
Jubilee Church, Rome
CCTV China
Saginatobel Bridge

62/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1246
1247

El Auditorio de Tenerife
Church of the Light, Osaka

1248 CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY


1249 UN Building
1250
1251
1252

Allianz Arena
Lloyds Building, London
Torre Agbar

1253 DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA


1254 THE ESPLANADE Singapore
1255 DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB
1256 HSBC Hongkong
1257

JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88


Height: 420.60 meters

1258 WORLD TRADE CENTER New York


1259 TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN
1260 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain
1261 GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York
1262 John Hancock Center Chicago
PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88
1263 Height: 452 meters
1264 THE LOUVRE
1265 CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China
1266 EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York
1267 CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong
1268 SEARS TOWER Chicago
1269 Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong
1270 Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio
1271 SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China
1272 East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C.
1273

EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE

1274 ST. PAULS CATHEDRAL, LONDON


1275

ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND

(1675-1710
(1767-1775)

63/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1276
1277

ROYAL CHAPEL, THE PALACE OF VERSAILLES (1707-1710) FRANCE


SEARS TOWER, CHICAGO (1947-1976) 110 STOREY Number of floors: 110
Height: 443 meters

1278 1st Suspension Bridge


1279 1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building
1280 1st Mall in the Country
1281 1st Prefabricate Structure
1282 1st School in the American Period
1283 1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines
1284 1st Skyscrapper in Manila
1285 1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator
1286 1st Registered Architect
1287 1st Filipino Architect of the American Period
1288 1st Building to use an Elevator
1289 Metropolitan Theatre
1290 U.S.T. Main Building
1291 F.E.U. Main Building
1292 Alejandro Legardo
1293 Antonio Toledo
1294 Carlos Barretto
1295 Juan Arellano
1296 Tomas Mapua
1297 Mapua Institute of Technology
1298 University of Santo Tomas
1299 Adamson University
1300 Adrian Wilson
1301 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1302 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1303 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1304 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1305 Antonio Sindiong

64/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1306 Antonio Sindiong
1307 Antonio Toledo
1308 Antonio Toledo
1309 Antonio Toledo
1310 Antonio Toledo
1311 Antonio Toledo
1312 Carlos Arguelles
1313 Carlos Arguelles
1314 Carlos Santos-Viola
1315 Carlos Santos-Viola
1316 Carlos Santos-Viola
1317 Cesar Concio
1318 Cesar Concio
1319 Cesar Concio
1320 Cesar Concio
1321 Cesar Concio
1322 Chika Go, Desu Go
1323 Cresencio C. Castro
1324 Cresencio C. Castro
1325 Felipe Mendoza
1326 Felipe Mendoza
1327 Felipe Mendoza
1328 Felipe Mendoza
1329 Fernando Ocampo
1330 Fernando Ocampo
1331 Fernando Ocampo
1332 Francisco Manosa
1333 Francisco Manosa
1334 Francisco Manosa
1335 Francisco Manosa

65/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1336 Francisco Manosa
1337 Gabino de Leon
1338 Gabriel Formoso
1339 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1340 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1341 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1342 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1343 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1344 Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1345 Guillermo Tolentino
1346 Jorge Ramos
1347 Jorge Ramos
1348 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1349 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1350 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1351 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1352 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1353 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1354 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1355 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1356 Juan Arellano
1357 Juan Arellano
1358 Juan Arellano
1359 Juan Arellano
1360 Juan Arellano
1361 Juan Arellano
1362 Juan Arellano
1363 Juan Arellano
1364 Juan Arellano
1365 Juan Nakpil

66/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1366 Juan Nakpil
1367 Juan Nakpil
1368 Juan Nakpil
1369 Juan Nakpil
1370 Juan Nakpil
1371 Juan Nakpil
1372 Juan Nakpil
1373 Juan Nakpil
1374 Juan Nakpil
1375 Juan Nakpil
1376 Juan Nakpil
1377 Juan Nakpil
1378 Juan Nakpil
1379 Juan Nakpil
1380 Leandro V. Locsin
1381 Leandro V. Locsin
1382 Leandro V. Locsin
1383 Leandro V. Locsin
1384 Leandro V. Locsin
1385 Leandro V. Locsin
1386 Leandro V. Locsin
1387 Leandro V. Locsin
1388 Leandro V. Locsin
1389 Leandro V. Locsin
1390 Leandro V. Locsin
1391 Leandro V. Locsin
1392 Leandro V. Locsin
1393 Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta
1394 Maosa Brothers
1395 Manuel Go

67/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1396 Otilio Arellano
1397 Otilio Arellano
1398 Otilio Arellano
1399 Pablo Antonio
1400 Pablo Antonio
1401 Pablo Antonio
1402 Pablo Antonio
1403 Pablo Antonio
1404 Pablo Antonio
1405 Pablo Antonio
1406 Pablo Antonio
1407 Palafox & Associates
1408 Palafox & Associates
1409 Palafox & Associates
1410 Palafox & Associates
1411 Palafox & Associates
1412 Richard Kissling
1413 Rogelio Villarosa
1414 Tomas B. Mapua
1415 Tomas B. Mapua
1416 Tomas B. Mapua
1417 Tomas B. Mapua
1418 Walter Gropius
1419 William Coscolluela
1420 William Coscolluela
1421 William Coscolluela
1422 William Coscolluela
1423 William Coscolluela
1424 William Coscolluela
1425 William Coscolluela

68/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1426 William Coscolluela
1427 William Coscolluela
1428 William Coscolluela
1429 William Coscolluela
1430 William Parson
1431 William Parson
1432 William Parson
1433 William Parson
1434 William Parson
1435 William Parson
1436 Leandro Locsin
1437 Recio Casas/ KPF
1438 Gabriel Formoso
1439 Gabriel Formoso
1440 William Coscolluela/ SOM
1441 Antonio Sindiong
1442 Antonio Sindiong
1443 Adrian Wilson
1444 Juan Nakpil
1445 GF and Partners
1446 Franciso Maosa
1447 William Coscolluela
1448 GF and Partners
1449 Recio Casas
1450 Leandro Locsin
1451 GF and Partners / SOM
1452 William Coscolluela/ SOM
1453 Gabriel Formoso
1454 Anonio Sindiong
1455 Gabriel Formoso

69/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1456 Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi
1457 Gabriel Formoso
1458 Engracio Mariano
1459 Gabriel Formoso
1460 Rogelio Villarosa
1461 Rogelio Villarosa
1462 Angel Nakpil
1463 Recio Casas
1464 Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza
1465 Antonio Sindiong
1466 Gabriel P. Formoso
1467 RMJM
1468 Carlos Arguelles
1469 Antonio Sindiong
1470 Leandro Locsin
1471 Palafox/ SOM
1472 Gabriel Formoso
1473 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1474 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1475 Maosa Brothers
1476 William Coscolluela
1477 Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia
1478 GF and Partners
1479 Fernando Ocampo
1480 Leandro V. Locsin
1481 Leandro V. Locsin
1482 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1483 Antonio Toledo
1484 Cresencio De Castro
1485 Gabriel Formoso

70/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1486 Francisco Maosa
1487 Leandro V. Locsin
1488 Leandro V. Locsin
1489 Froilan Hong
1490 Leandro V. Locsin
1491 Jorge Ramos
1492 Leandro Locsin
1493 Leandro Locsin
1494 Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso
1495 Gabriel Formoso (preservation)
1496 Carlos Santos-Viola
1497 Alfredo Luz
1498 Gabriel Formoso
1499 Rogelio Villarosa
1500 Carlos Arguelles
1501 Leandro V. Locsin
1502 William Parsons
1503 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1504 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1505 Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews
1506 Cesar Concio
1507 Leandro Locsin
1508 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1509 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1510 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1511 Angel Nakpil
1512 Juan Nakpil
1513 Juan Nakpil
1514 Carlos Arguelles
1515 Juan Nakpil

71/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1516 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1517 Galvan
1518 Fernando Ocampo
1519 Fernando Ocampo
1520 Fernando Ocampo
1521 William Parsons
1522 Juan Hervas
1523 Juan Nakpil
1524 Juan Nakpil
1525 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1526 Antonio Toleda
1527 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1528 Federico Ilustre
1529 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1530 Angel Nakpil
1531 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1532 Juan Nakpil
1533 Antonio Sindiong
1534 Gabriel Formoso
1535 Juan Arellano
1536 Otilio Arellano
1537 William Parsons
1538 Antonio Toledo
1539 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1540 Juan Arellano
1541 Federico Ilustre
1542 Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane
1543 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1544 Andres Luna de San Pedro
1545 William Parsons and Antonio Toledo

72/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1546 Tomas B. Mapua
1547 Tomas B. Mapua
1548 William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1549 Otilio Arellano
1550 Cesar Canchela
1551 Antonio Toledo
1552 Luis Araneta
1553 Carlos Arguelles
1554 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1555 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1556 Felipe Mendoza
1557 Gabriel Formoso
1558 Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano
1559 Alfredo Luz
1560 Fernando Ocampo
1561 Juan Hervas
1562 Otilio Arellano
1563 Angel Nakpil
1564 Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Maosa (restoration)
1565 Victorio C. Edades
1566 Rogelio Villarosa
1567 Juan Hervas
1568 Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo
1569 Dominador Lugtu
1570 Felipe Mendoza
1571 Felipe Mendoza
1572 Cesar Concio
1573 Antonio Toledo
1574 Juan Nakpil
1575 Cesar Concio

73/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1576 Guillermo Tolentino
1577 Gabriel Formoso
1578 Jorge Ramos
1579 Cesar Concio
1580 Carlos Arguelles
1581 Carlos Santos-Viola
1582 William Coscolluela
1583 Juan Nakpil
1584 Federico Ilustre
1585 William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa
1586 Engracio Mariano / SOM
1587 Philip Recto
1588 Art Alcantara
1589 William Coscolluela
1590 Leandro V. Locsin
1591 Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi
1592 Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi
1593 Felipe Mendoza
1594 Philip Recto
1595 Maosa Brothers
1596 RR Payumo
1597 Carlos Santos-Viola
1598 Rogelio Villarosa
1599 Francisco Maosa
1600 Antonio Sindiong
1601 Rogelio Villarosa
1602 Francisco Maosa
1603 GF and Partners/ KPF
1604 William Coscolluela
1605 Francisco Maosa

74/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1606 Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1607 Nick Feliciano
1608 Francisco Maosa
1609 Felipe Mendoza
1610 Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio
1611 William V. Coscolluela
1612 Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1613 Recio Casas
1614 William Coscolluela/ IM Pei
1615 GF and Partners
1616 Gabriel Formoso
1617 William Coscolluela
1618 G and W
1619 Francisco Maosa
1620 Francisco Maosa
1621 Felipe Mendoza
1622 Francisco Maosa
1623 Leandro V. Locsin
1624 Maosa Brothers
1625 Francisco Maosa
1626 Juan Arellano
1627 Gabriel Formoso
1628 Temple of Luxor
1629 Abu Simbel
1630 Pyramid of King Zoser
1631 The Great Pyramid
1632 Partheon
1633 Erechtheum
1634 Epidaurus Theater
1635 The Pantheon

75/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1636 Trajan's Forum
1637 Colosseum
1638 White House
1639 Capitol of the United States
1640 National Gallery Of Art
1641 Washington Monument
1642 University of Virginia
1643 Massachusetts State House
1644 Saint Patrick's Cathedral
1645 Connecticut State Capitol
1646 Monticallo
1647 New York City Hall
1648 Fallingwater
1649 Guggenheim Museum
1650 Coonley House
1651 Ennis House
1652 Johnson Wax Building
1653 Larkin Building
1654 Wingspread
1655 Golden Gate Bridge
1656 The Louvre
1657 Tuileries
1658 Palais Royal
1659 Sacre-coeur
1660 Hotel de Ville
1661 Arc de Triomphe
1662 Pompidou Centre
1663 Notre Dame de Paris
1664 ParisOpera House
1665 Elysee Palace

76/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1666 Hotel de Invalides
1667 La Madelaine
1668 Sorbonne
1669 Charles Cathedral
1670 Amien's Cathedral
1671 Rheims Cathedral
1672 Eiffel Tower
1673 Notre Dame du Haut
1674 Villa Savoye
1675 Burgtheater
1676 Berlin Opera House
1677 Wurzburg Residenz
1678 Einstein Tower
1679 British Moseum
1680 Salisbury Cathedral
1681 Queen's House
1682 Somerset House
1683 St. Paul's Cathedral
1684 Chiswick House
1685 Westminster Palace
1686 Glasgow School of Art
1687 Durham cathedral
1688 Buckingham Palace
1689 Temple of Heaven
1690 Hagia Sofia
1691 Cathedral of Siena
1692 Pisa Cathedral
1693 Florence Cathedral
1694 Krak des Chevaliers
1695 Alhambra

77/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1696 Casa Batllo
1697 Casa Mila
1698 Sagrada Familia
1699 Taj Mahal
1700 Paoay Church
1701 Vigan Church
1702 Santa Maria Church
1703 Tumauini Church
1704 Angat Church
1705 Barasoain Church
1706 San Sebastian Church
1707 San Augustine Church
1708 Taal Church
1709 Daraga Church
1710 Miagao Church
1711 Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica
1712 PBCom Tower
1713 Petron Mega Plaza
1714 G.T. International Tower
1715 Robinson's Equitable Tower
1716 ICEC (LKG) Tower
1717 Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2
1718 Roxas Triangle 1 & 2
1719 Petronas Tower
1720 Sears Tower
1721 Jin Mao Building
1722 Plaza Rakyat
1723 Empire State Building
1724 Central Plaza
1725 Bank of China

78/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1726 Emirates Tower I
1727 The Center
1728 T & C Tower
1729 AON Center
1730 John Hancock Center
1731 Shun Hing Square
1732 Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)
1733 Burj Al-Arab Hotel
1734 Baiyoke Tower 2
1735 Chrysler Building
1736 Bank of American Palza
1737 Library Tower
1738 Malaysia Telecom HQ
1739 AT & T Corporate Center
1740 Chase Tower
1741 Ryugyong Hotel
the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for his outstanding
talents and services in creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually well
designed and conscientiously executed
1. Geronimo Reyes Building
2. Capitol Theatre
3. Rizal theatre
1742 4. Manila Jockey Club
5. Quezon Institue
6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)
7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)
8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)

o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:


1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments
2. Syquia Apartments
3. Sea Tower apartments
1743 4. Far Eastern University Building
5. Ideal Theatre
6. Lyric Theatre
7. May building (brise soleil)

79/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
o Most prolific artist-designer
o Buildings:
1. Legislative building, major work
2. Post Office building
1744 3. Metropolitan Theatre
4. Rizal Memorial Stadium
5. Benitez Hall (UP)
6. Malcolm Hall (UP)

1745
o Master of Neoclassicist style
o Among the first architect-educators
o Assistant to William Parsons
o Buildings:
1746
1. Cebu Custom House
2. National Museum Building
3. City Hall of Manila
o Buildings:
1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)
2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))
1747 3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building))
4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)
5. Childrens Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz

1748
1749
1750
Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital)

1751

1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
4. Post Office

1752
o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americans
o Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans
1753
o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines

80/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the El Nido style
o Buildings:
1. Legarda Elemntary School
2. Regina Building
1754 3. Crystal Arcade
4. Natividad Building
5. Perez-Samanillo Building
6. Insular Life ???

1755 1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world


1756 1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest)
1757 1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture
1758

he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace

the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public
Works
his most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest
1760
architectural school in the country
1759

1761 the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines
1762 o Public administrator; advocated Building Code of Manila
o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania)
1763 o Pioneering Staff of Division of Architecture
1764

Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco faade through the high-pitch
roof in the central building

1765 Quiapo Church


1766 The Ever Theater the first to use glass as prominent architectural material
1767 Mabini Shrine Batangas
1768 Rizal Home Restoration
1769 Bonifacio Monument
1770 SSS Bldg
1771 Sn Miguel Church
1772 UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music
1773 Phil. National bank
1774 Manila Railroad Company
1775 FEU
1776 Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo)
1777

Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics
in the Philippines, exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as

1778 Rizal Memorial


1779 Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio

81/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1780 Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo)
1781 Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle neoclassicism
1782 Supreme Court
1783 Quezon Memorial Circle
1784 OLD MIA
1785 GSIS
1786 Veterans Memorial Bldg
1787 Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok
1788 Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano)
1789 Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
1790 Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
1791 Finance Bldg
1792 Baclaran Church
1793 US Protestant Church
1794 Perpetual Help Church
1795 UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg.
1796 Childrens Hospital
1797 ABS CBN QC
1798 DBP - Makati
1799 Manila Hilton
1800 UPLB Masterplan
1801 UP Social Science & Humanities Center
1802 Malacanang
1803 Manila Hotel
1804 PGH (Tomas Mapua)
1805 Phil. Normal college
1806 Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation
1807 UST Chapel
1808 Antipolo Church
1809

82/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1810 Baguio
1811 Luneta Park
1812 Old Congress Bldg. (Legislative Bldg)
1813

1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club

1814
1815 Manila POLO Club
1816 FEU Main Bldg
1817 Lyric Ideal Theather
1818 Jai Alai
1819 Central bank of the Philippines
1820 Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati
1821 San Agustin Church
1822 UST Main Bldg
1823 Araneta Coliseum
1824 Sto. Domingo Church
1825 Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration)
1826 Iglesia ni Kristo
1827 New Era
1828 Rustans QC
1829 Sulo Hotel reconstruction
1830 Vista De Loro
1831 San Beda Chapel
1832 1. Legarda Elementary School French renaissance
1833

2. Rafael Fernandez House French renaissance and official residence of Corazon


Aquino during her presidency

1834 3. Perez-Samanillo Building art deco and modern style


4. Crystal Arcade art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping
mall
5. Perkins House also known as El Nido (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manilas
1836
1925 House Beautiful Contest
1835

1837 Malacanang residence


1838 UP Catholic Chapel
1839 St. Andres Church - Makati

83/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1840 Mandarin hotel
1841

Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which
reinterprets traditional Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom

1842 National Arts Center


1843 NAIA
1844 Manila Hotel , New
1845 CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc
1846 Edsa Shrine
1847

Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double roof
reminiscent of the salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod) window

1848 Las Pinas Church Restoration


1849 San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas
1850 Antonio Pacific
1851 Pacific Plaza
1852 Ali Mall
1853 SM
1854 China Bank - Paseo de Roxas
1855 Tektite Tower
1856 National Bookstores
1857 Shangrila Edsa Plaza
1858 Shangrila Makati
1859 Kings Court 1 & 2
1860 Silahis Hotel
1861 Stella Maris College
1862 Manila Doctors Hospital
1863 Times Theater
1864 Makati Med. Center
1865 Quezon City Hall
1866 De La salle University
1867 Nurses Home
1868 UY-CHACO building
1869

84/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1870
1871

o Magsaysay Center
o WHO building

1872 Robinson's Galeria


1873 Quiapo Mosque
1874 Phil. Heart center
1875 Meralco Building
o Feati University Building
o Ambassador Hotel (1st skyscraper 4flrs)
PLDT TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
1877
6790, Ayala avenue, Makati City
1876

1878 AYALA TOWER 1, Ayala Avenue, Makati City (consultant: S.O.M.)


PACIFIC PLAZA TOWERS, Fort Bonifacio (arquitectonica)
ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates)
GT INTERNATIONAL TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
1880
OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE
PETRON, MEGAPLAZA
1881 JIN MAO TOWER
ROCKWELL (S.O.M.)
1882 FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited)
1879

1883 ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas


1884 ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr)
1885 Clasiao Church, Pangasinan
1886 Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte
1887 Las Pinas Church
1888 Loboc Church Bohol
1889 Manila Cathedral
1890 Miagao Church, iloilo
1891 Morong Church, Rizal
1892 Panay Church, Rizal
1893 Quiapo Church
1894 San Agustin Church
1895 World Trade Center
1896 Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1897 Carlos Arguelles
1898 Edmundo Lucero
1899 Francisco Fajardo

85/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1900 Gavino de Leon
1901 Cezar de dios
1902 Antonio Turalba - Architecture
1903 Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929

86/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959

87/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971

88/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Rameses I
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon

Arch and vault


Composite
Domical roof construction

Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis

Antefix

Acroterion
Anthemion
Apotheca
Anthemion
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Roman
176
a. i, ii, iii

89/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Octagonal
13..
Square
Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex
Nave
Stylobate
Stereobate
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
Stadium
Callicrates and Ictinus
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Dapogan
Cha-sit-su
Masjid
Stupa
Bale

90/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Doric

Tumuli

Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Van Alen
Embrasures

Amenemhat I

Senusret I
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu
Canephora
Bartizan
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
Carlos Santos Viola
Caesar Homer Concio
William Cosculluela
Imhotep
Richard Josef Neutra
Jugendstijl
Eero Saarinen
Kenzo Tange

91/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Khufu
Console
Chartres Cathedral
Octagonal
Tokonama
Hagia Sophia
Baldachino

Tabernacle

Exedra
Niche
Mudejar
Mnesicles
Pinacotheca
Odeion
Epidauros
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum

Opus Tesselatum

Louis Sullivan

Buckminster Fuller

Marcel Lajos Breuer


Felix Outerino Candela
Agrippa
Minoru Yamasaki

92/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Bernini
Anthemius and Isidorus
George Ramos
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Iigo Jones
Callimachus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
Mnesicles
Phidias
Welton Becket
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Frank Lloyd Wright
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
Juan Nakpil
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino
Shah Jahan
Erich Mendelsohn
John Ruskin and William Moris
Felipe Mendoza
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil

93/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Antonio Sin Diong
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos

Morong Church

Panay Cathedral in Capiz

Bema
Naos
Amphi-Prostyle
Cella
Greek Cross
Latin Cross

Ambo

Bema

Apse
Forum
East
South
West
Cancelli
Little Metropole Cathedral, Athens

Nea Moni

Centralized
Liceo de Manila
Worms Cathedral
Bouleuterion

94/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Prytaneion
Circus Maximus
Forum Romanum
Tepidarium
Calidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria

Vespasian / Domitian

Treasury of Atreus
Xerxes
Domus
Thalamus
Insulae
Villa
Atrium House
Balneum
Menhir

Royal pyramids
Megaron
Order
Crepidoma
Naos
Thermae
Velarium
Insula

95/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Baldachino
Narthex
Gymnaceum
Voussoirs
Cenotaph
West door
Rayonnant
Plough
Camber

Rustication
Sir Joseph Paxton
Antonio Gaudi
James Hoban
Carlos Baretto
Masjid
Muenzzin
Islamic
Kibla

Shah-Jehan

Cluniac
sober & dignified
sixtite

pilaster strips

campanile

ambrogio

Altars

96/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Castle

Alexander

Helm Roof

Church bldgs.

Portugal

Alocabaca, Portugal
Fortress
fortification

machicolations

battlement

merlons

bailey

Steve church

domestic

crocket

buttress

transept

tudor

mouldings
tracery

97/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
presbytery
West minister abbey
pantry
cimborio
finial
retablo
kibla
Florence Cathedral

crypt

Renaissance

Palladian

antiquarian

mannerists

Rustication

Reliquary
Brunelleschi
Piano Noble
Donato Bramante
Mullion
transom
wreath
scroll
nymphaneum
rocaile
cherubin
newel

98/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
strapwork

intercolumnation

fretwork

pulpitum

polychromy

expressionism

eyebrow

skylight
reja
cella
Burma
viharas
shwe dagon pagoda
pitakat-taik
pailou

Alexandre Gustav Eiffel

Louis Henry Sullivan


Yamasaki and Roth
Charles Mackintosh
Tomas Mapua

Frank Gehry

Erich Mendelsohn

Kahn, Louis

99/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Antonio Gaudi

Buckminster Fuller

Francisco Manosa

Gustave Eiffel

Francisco Manosa

Lucio Costa
Buckminster Fuller
Robert Adam
Peter Behrens
Francisco Manosa
984 ft.
Buckminster Fuller
Le Corbusier
Mies van de Rohe
Richard Meier
Oscar Niemeyer
Nervi, Pier Luigi
Lucio Costa
Kenzo Tange

hierogyphics

Parthenon

100/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Epidaurus Theater

Colosseum

Trajans forum

Agrippa

Robert Mills

Reims Cathedral

Elysee Palace

Torogan House

Ivatans Rakuh

101/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Manila Metropolitan Theatre

G.F.& Partners

Lao Tze

Plinth

Caryatid

Finial

le Corbusier
Telamon

Crepidoma

Federico Ilustre

Archivolt

Eisodos

Obelisk
Aokum

102/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Gargoyle
Monument
Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Andrea Palladio

Ten books of Architecture by Marcus


Vitruvius

Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajans Column

Queen Anne style

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

Prytaneion

Kankanay

Decorated style

Cromlech

Mannerism

Bouleuterion

103/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Firewall; Fireblock

Andrea Palladio
10 books of architecture by Vitruvius

Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986

Tomb of Agamemnon
Trajans Column
Medieval Organic City

Queen anne Style

Unite d Habitation

Sir Christopher Wren


Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

prytaneion

Kankanay

Cavaea
Decorated Style

Chromlech

104/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Palladianism

Egyptian Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture
Rayonant
Flamboyant
Renaissance Architecture

Palladianism

Mannerism

Baroque

Antiquarian

Rococco

Plateresque Architecture

Elizabethan Architecture

Jacobean Architecture

Gregorian Architecture

105/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Picturesque Architecture

Sphinx

Mastaba

Obelisk

Pyramid
Batter

Stonehenge

Ziggurat

Hieroglyphics

Dolmen

Voussoirs

Exedra

Cella

Stupa

Eclectic

Soffit

106/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Fortress

Pendentive

Mayan Temple Pyramid

Picturesqueness

Fresco

Stoa

Atlantes

Abacus

Entasis

Flutes
Caryatids
Daado

Arris

Fillets

Pediment

Plinth

107/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Agora

Triumphal Arch

Thermae

Colosseum

Aquaducts

Forum

Pinaccle

Sarcophagus

Mausolleum

Groins

Coffers

Butress

Vault

Narthex
baptisteries
Font

108/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Dome
Bema
Arcade
Ambo
Mosaic
Baldachino
Aisle

Nave

Apse
Kiosk

Mosque

Corbel

Minaret

Chamfer
Atrium

Squinch

Harem
Cenotaph
Ogee
Keystone

Iconostasis

109/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Verandah

Piazza

Arabesque

Spandrel

Turret

Mullions

Chateau

Fleche

Niche
Boss

Pilaster Strip
Chatris
Tracery

Podium

Transept

Rib & Panel

Cimborio
Larder
Spire

110/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Steeple
Wardrobe
Camber

Coisters

Pantry
Stellar Vault
Monastery
Oriel Window
Refectory
Scroll
Palazzo

Baluster

Rococo

baroque

Belfry

Entablature

Doge's Hall

Pavillion
Chancel

111/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Quoins

Console

Crypt

Newel

Doge's Palace

Cupola

Vestibule

Lantern

Wreath

Salon

Mansard

Nymphaeum

Finial

Pedestal

Dormer

112/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Hermes

Mullions

Patio

Modilions

Transom
Tabernacle
Ambulatory

Finial

Dais

Bay Window

Helm Roof

Gallery

Strapwork

Intercolumnation

Cherubs

Terracotta

Heraldic

113/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Plateresque Architecture

Pulpit

Belvedere

Churrigueresque

Candelabra

Fretwork

Wata Dage

Tudor Revival

Torus

Pagoda

Bungallow

Faience

Stambas / Laths

Great Wall

Art Noveau

bauhaus

114/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Fenestration
Architectonic
Rarhs

Space Frame

Baloon Framing

Pai Lou
Bonsai

Antillan House

Belvedere
Tea House

Ken

Ifugao/ Bontoc House

Nipa House

maranao House

Ivatan House

Loggia

Irrimoya Gable

115/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Torii

Trompel o Eil

Country House

Art Deco

Gazebo
Stoa

Pinacle

Boss/ Groin
Quoins / Squinch
Serdab
Glypthoteca
Pinacotheca
Themenos
Lacunaria
Peroma
Dromos
Thalamus
The Great Temple of Arnak
God Horus

116/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Egyptian Architects

Propylaea

Partenon

Theatre of Dionysus

Forum Romanum
Circus Maximus
Forum of Trajan

Prehistoric Period

Egyptian Architecture

Mesopotamian Architecture

117/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Pre columbian Architecure

Greek Architecture

Roman Architecture

Early christian Architecture

Byzantine Architecture

Islamic Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

118/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Gothic Architecture

Renaissance Architecture

Britain Architecture

Continental Europe

American Architecture

Modern International

119/622

Modern International

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

India / pakistan

Sri Lanka

Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet

Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia

120/622

Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

China

Japan

Philippines

Pre Historic Period - Structures

121/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Egyptian Buildings

Ancient near East (mesopotamia)


Buildings

Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya, Aztec, Peru,


Mexico)

Greek Buildings

122/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Greek Buildings

Roman Buildings

123/622

Roman Buildings

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Early Christian Structures

Byzantine Structures

Islamic Buildings

Romanesque Buildings

Gothic Buildings

124/622

Gothic Buildings

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Rennaissance Buildings

Britain Buildings

Continental Europe Buildings

125/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

American Structures

126/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

French Architecture

127/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

128/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

English architecture

129/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

English architecture

130/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Modern International

131/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Asian & Spain Architecture

132/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort Santiago)


Intramuros
Late Spanish Period
American Period

133/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Post War Architecture
Futurism
Functionalism
Utilitarianism
Constructivism
Neo-expressionism
The Great Mosque of Djenn in Mali,
Elisha Graves Otis
Ecclectism
The Arts & Crafts Movement

Pyramid
Cheops
Rameses 1
Marble
Columnar trabeated
Propylaea
Parthenon
Arch and vault
Composite
Domical roof construction
St. Sophia, Constantinople
Sober and dignified
Marble
Pantheon
Pteroma
Gladiatorial Contests
Stoa
Acropolis
Antefix (Antefixae)
Acroterion / Acroterium

134/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Anthemion
Apotheca
Anthemion
Marble
Pisa
Refectory
Baroque
Cortel
Tracery
Cha-sit-su
Masjid
Stupa
Bale
Ziggurat
Doric
Pyramid
Tumuli
Apse
Dipteral
Prytaneion
Erich Mendelsohn
Walter Gropius
Art Noveau
Cambodian
Van Alen
Embrasures
Agra
Amenemhat I
Senusret I
Heb-sed

135/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Pyramid of Zoser
Pyramid of Khufu
Groin Vault
Visayan
Greek
Canephora
Bartizan
Basilica
Greek
Helm Roof
Masu-gumi
Cavetto
Carlos Santos Viola
Caesar Homer Concio
Pinnacle
William Cosculluela
Baroque for of Ornamentation
Richard Josef Neutra
Sarcophagus
Imhotep
Bouleuterion
U.S. / English Renaissance
Tussel House
Astylar
Jugendstijl
Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe
Liceo de Manila
Crenel
Balance
Eclecticism

136/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Eero Saarinen
Kaufman House
Juan Nakpil
Kenzo Tange
Felipe Mendoza
Palace of Persepolis
Saracenic Architecture
Echinus
S-tiles
Agora
Entasis
Baroque
Pagoda
Roman
Crepidoma
Amphi-Prostyle
Cenotaphs
Cheops / Chefren/ Mykerinos
Aljibe
Impluvium
Naos
Crypt
Bema
Console
Villa
Atrium House
Romanesque
Romanesque
Alvar Aalto
Tomas Mapua

137/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Forum
Welton Becket
Chartres Cathedral
176
Greek
Ziggurat
Acanthus
Arch
Triforium
Clerestory
Module
Tympanum
Arcade
Architrave
Entablature
Cornice, Frieze, Architrave
Octagonal
13
Tokonama
Square
Hagia Sophia
Pediment
Pendentive
Narthex
Nave
Ambulatory
Cantharus
Exedra
Baldachino
Tabernacle

138/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Niche
Minaret
Lacunaria
Bayon

Mudejar

Crocket
Abacus
Capital
Plinth
Chancel
Frigidarium
Barasoain Church
Seraglio
Ziggurat
Mnesicles
Harem
Great Temple, Abu Simbel
Great Temple, Abu Simbel
Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus
Mortuary and Cult Temples
Mortuary Temple
Ziggurat
Pyramid
Cult Temple
Persian
Atlantes
Exedra
Peripteral
Stylobate

139/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Stereobate
Gymnasium
Pronaos, Naos, and Epinaos
Pinacotheca
Prostyle
Intercolumniation
Eustyle
Areostyle
Systyle
1.5 Diameters
3 Diameters
Odeion
Circus
Colosseum
Wrestling
stadium
In Antis
Amphi-Antis
Gymnasium
Doric
Epidauros
Tuscan and Composite
Use of Concrete
Pantheon
Forum Romanum
Xerxes
Artaxerxes
Callicrates and Ictinus
Phidias
Lacus

140/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Salientes
Circus Maximus
Vespasian / Domitian
Mnesicles
Clepsydra
Treasury of Atreus
Theron
Libon
Cossutius
18
4-horse Chariot
Cyma Reversa
Key Pattern
Sculptured Reliefs
House #33
Bird's Beak
Peribolus
Domus
Podium
Bepidales
Opus Mixtum
Opus Incertum
Opus Recticulatum
Opus Quadratum
Basilica

Choragic Monument

Fret
Termini
Opus Tesselatum

141/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Callimachus
Thalamus
Timber-enframed Portal
Etruscans
Insula
Nymphaeum
Renaissance
Louis Sullivan
Iigo Jones
Hypostyle Hall
Thothmes I
Ptolemy III
Buckminster Fuller
Rock-Hewn Tombs
George Ramos
Tepidarium
Calidarium
Frigidarium
Sudatorium
Apodyteria
Unctuaria
Forum
East
South
West
Cancelli
Ambo
Bema
Apse
Statues

142/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Centralized
Anthemius and Isidorus
St. Sophia, Constantinople
Little Metropole Cath., Athens

Nea Moni

Lantern

Cloisters

Ornamental Arcades
Worms Cathedral
Cathedral
Greek Cross
Latin Cross
Bernini
Dispensa
Falig
Minoru Yamasaki
Greek
Balteus
Roman
Agrippa
Prytaneion
Marcel Lajos Breuer
Felix Outerino Candela
Hypotrachelion
Doric
Ionic
Temple of Nike Apteros, Athens
Tower of the Winds, Athens

143/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Acanthus and Dolphin
Greek
Papyrus
Cult Temple
Balneum
Cella
Triglyph
Le Corbusier
Eliel Saarinen
Frank Lloyd Wright
Hennevique
Jose Herrera
Juan Nakpil
Guillermo Tolentino
Shah Jahan
Telamones or Atlantes
Herms
Terms
Madrassah
Moscow
Erich Mendelsohn
John Ruskin and William Moris
Eclecticism
Neo-Classism
Parti
Felipe Mendoza
George Ramos
Juan Nakpil
Juan Nakpil
Morong Church

144/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Panay Capiz
Antonio Sin Diong
Gabriel Formoso
George Ramos
Lamin
Zaguan
Bilik
Azotea
Dapogan
Louis Sullivan
Antonio Gaudi
Walter Gropius
Louis Khan
Le corbusier
Robert Mailart
Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe
Adolf Loos
Frank Loyd Wright
EERo Saarinen
Kenzo tange
Marcus Vitruvius
Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe
Robert Venturi
Lao Tse
SOM
Willian Van Allen
Buckminster Fuller
Jorn Utzon
Frank Loyd Wright
Lucio Costa & Oscar Niemeyer

145/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Walter Gropius
Erich Mendelson
Le corbusuier
Leandro Locsin
Francisco Bobby Manosa
CC. de cstro
Manuel manosa
IM pei
Eero Saarinen
Philip Jhonson
Antonio Gaudi
Joseph Paxton
Philip Jhonson
Maurice de Sully
Antonio Gaudi
Bruce Graham & SOM
Cass Gilbert
Frank Loyd Wright
Barma & Posnik
Le corbusuier
Marcel Brever

Mies van de Rohe

146/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Philip Jhonson

Le corbusuier

Louis Khan

147/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Perret Auguste

Frank Loyd Wright

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

148/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Pier Luigi Nervi

Robert Charles Venturi

Kenzo Tange

Adolf Loos
Alvar Aalto
Auguste Perret
Antonio Gaudi
Benjamin Latrobe
Charles Rennie Macintiosh
Cesar Pelli
Daniel Burnham

149/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Daniel Libeskind
Eero Saarinen
Eliel Saarinen
Felix Candela
Frank Gehry
Frank Loyd Wright
Frei Otto
Fumihiko Maki
Gustave Eiffel
Ieoh Ming Pei
Jorn Utzon
Joseph Paxton
Kenzo tange
Louis Sullivan
Louis Khan
Le corbusuier
Oscar Niemeyer
Mies van de Rohe
Michael graves
Moshe Safdie
Norman Foster
Philip Jhonson
Paul Rudolph
Philip Webb
Peter Eissenman
Pier Luigi Nervi
Renzo Piano
Richard Meier
Reem Koolhaas
Robert Mailaart

150/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Santiago Calatrava
Tadao Ando
Willian Van Allen
Wallace Harrison
Jacques Herzog and
Pierre de Meuron
Richard Rogers
Jean Nouvel
Eero Saarinen
DP Archts & Micheal Wilford
W.S. Atkins & partners
Lord Norman Robert Foster
SOM
Minoru Yamasaki
C.Y. lee & partners
Frank Gehry
Frank Loyd Wright
SOM
Cesar Pelli

IM pei
Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man
SHREVE, HARMON & LAMB
Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man
Bruce Graham
CESAR ANTONIO PELLI
IM pei
Shreve , Lamb & Harmon
IM pei
Jacques Germain Souflot
Sir Christopher Wren
John Wood

151/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Robert de Cotte
Bruce Graham / SOM
Puente Colgante
Masonic Temple, Escolta
Crystal Arcade, Escolta
San Sebastian Church
Philippine Normal School
Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey)
PSB Building (Picache Building)
Manila Hotel
Tomas Mapua
Carlos Barretto
Burke Building, Escolta (1910's)
Juan Arelleno
Roque Ruano
Pablo Antonio
Daniel Doane
Daniel Burnham
S. Rowland
Harold Keys
William Birt
1925
1930
1941
Rufino Tower
Chaco Building (Philtrust)
Crystal Arcade (demolish)
Department of Health
Evangelista House
SM Megamall

152/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
VIP Building
Department of Finance
Department of Tourism
Leyte Capitol
Lyric Theatre (demolish)
Manila City Hall
Manila Hilton
Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn)
Iglesia ni Cristo
Nuestra Seora de Guia
Our Lady of Lourdes Church
Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual
Help)
Insular Life Building
Union Church
UP Melchor Hall
UP Palama Hall
World Trade Exchange
Department of Foreign Affairs (ADB)
SM Makati
Ateneo de Manila University
Ateneo de Manila University
FEU Hospital
Mormon Temple
Ambassador Hotel
Manila Cathedral
Philippine Women's University
Coconut Palace (Tahanang Pilipino)
Corregidor Island Landscaping
EDSA Shrine
Metrorail Stations (LRT)

153/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Moonwalk Church
UE Chapel (Recto)
Metropolitan Museum
Glorietta
Greenbelt-3
Heritage Hotel
Manila Peninsula
Oakwood Towers
Prudential Bank Building
Bonifacio Monument
Manila Golden Mosque
Philippine Heart Center
Batasan Pambansa
Don Bosco Chapel
Meralco Building
Philippine Airlines Building
Sta. Catalina College
Sto. Domingo Church
Union Church (demolish)
Virra Mall
Court of Appeals
Metropolitan Theatre
National Museum / Legilative Building
Post Office Building
Sariaya Municipal Hall
SMS Building
Supreme Court
Tayabas Capitol
UP Villamor Hall
Capitan Pepe Building

154/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Elena Apartments
Ever Theatre
Manila Jockey Club
Philippine Trust Building
Quezon City Hall
Quezon Institute
Quiapo Church
Rizal Theatre (demolish)
Rufino Building
San Carlos Seminary
San Lazaro ..
State Theatre
UP Administration Bldg
UP Library
Ayala Triangle Tower-1
CCP Theatre
Citibank Building
Cultural Center of the Philippines
Folk Art's Theatre
Hyatt Regency Hotel
Makati Stock Exhchange
Malacaang Palace
Mandarin Oriental Manila
Manila International Airport
Philippine Stock Exchange
UP Chapel
Valle Verde Country Club
Makati Medical Center
San Miguel Corporation Center
La Fayette 1 & 2

155/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Mehan Garden
National Bureau of Investigation
San Juan Municipal Hall
Bel-Air Apartment
Conception Theatre (demolish)
FEU Main Building
Forum Theatre
Galaxy Theatre
Ideal Theatre (demolish)
Manila Bulletin Building
Manila Polo Club
Forbes Tower
Rockwell Center
SM Centerpoint
SM Fairview
SM Southmall
Rizal Monument
College of St. Benilde
CEU Main Building
De La Salle University
Mapua Residence
PGH Nurse's Home
U.S.T. Engineering Building (Sun
Breaker)
JAKA Tower
Robinson Tower /Building
Robinson's Galleria
Robinson's PCI Tower
Robinson's Place
SM Cebu
SM City EDSA

156/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Tutuban Mall
Twin Towers
The World Center
World Trade Center
Army Navy Club
Manila Hotel
Normal School
PGH (Philippine General Hospital)
UP Manila
YMCA Arroceros
(PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco Building
LKG Tower
Manila Peninsula
Prudential Bank Ayala
RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco)
Ritz Towers
Pacific Plaza
Rufino Tower
Rufino Building
Shangrila Hotel Ayala
Ateneo Professional Schools Building
Atrium
Greenbelt
Greenbelt 2
Greenbelt Chapel
Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott)
Philamlife Tower
BA Lepanto
China Bank Building
Asian Institute of Management

157/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Citibank Tower
Doa Narcisa De Leon Building
New World Hotel (Renaissance)
Hotel Nikko Manila Garden (Dusit Hotel)
King's Court II
Makati Sports Club
PLDT Dela Rosa
Shangrila Grand Tower
RCBC Buendia
Metrobank Buendia
Pacific Star
The Columns Buendia
Development Bank of the Philippines
Le Metropole
St. Andrews Church
Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo East West)
Coco Bank Makati
Don Bosco Chapel
Manila Polo Club
Colegio de San Agustin
Galleria De Magallanes
Magallanes Church
1322 Roxas
Admiral Apartments
Cultural Center of the Philippines
CCP Theater
Boulevard-Alhambra Building now BelAir Apartments
Department of Finance
Department of Foreign Affairs ADB
Metropolitan Museum

158/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Coconut Palace
PICC
Philippine Plaza (Sofitel)
Manila Film Center/ Film Center of the
Philippines
Folk Arts Theater / Tanghalang
Francisco Balagtas
GSIS Building CCP
National Arts Center
PHILCITE
Manila Hilton
Fort San Antonio De Abad
Nuestra Seora de Guia
Magsaysay Center
Central Bank of the Philippines
Grand Boulevard Hotel (Silahis Int'l)
Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel)
Hyatt Regency Hotel
Museo Pambata (Elks Club Building)
Manila Hotel
Monterey Apartment
Manila Midtown Hotel
Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual
Help Church)
Manila International Airport (NAIA 1)
Philippine Airlines Bldg
Galaxy Theater
Ideal Theater
Picache Building
Philippine Trust Building (Plaza Goiti)
Quiapo Church
PNB Escolta
Avenue Theater

159/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Casino Espaol
Instituto Cervantes
Ambassador Hotel
Arguelles Building
Paterno Building Sta. Cruz
Army Navy Club
Assumption Convent
Capitol Theater
Ever Theater
Galaxy Theater
Lyric Theater
Ideal Theater
GSIS Building
Perez- Samanillo Building
Petrona Apartments
Captain Luis Gonzaga Building
Captain Pepe Building
Cebe Plaza Building
Metropolitan Museum
Metropolitan Theater
Mehan Garden
Museo ng Maynila
Manila City Hall
National Library
Post Office Building
Planetarium
National Museum (Old Legislative
Building)
Crystal Arcade
Regina Building
Philippine Normal School/ Philippine
Normal University

160/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
De La Salle University
Nurses Home (PGH)
PGH
National Burieau of Investigation
Manila Astral Tower
Department of Tourism (agriculture and
commerce)
Manila Doctors Hospital
Philam Life UN Ave.
Ramon Roces Publications Building
FEU Building
FEU Hospital
PLDT Espaa
Gota De Leche
Far East Bank Intramuros
Manila Cathedral
Manila Highschool
Palacio del Gobernador
National Press Club
San Agustin Church
Phoenix Building
Philippine Columbian Clubhouse
Manila Railroad Station Tutuban
Ali Mall
Araneta Coliseum
Ateneo De Manila University
Batasan Pambansa
Melchor Hall (College of Engineering
and Architecture)
Benitez Hall ( College of Education)
Quezon Hall (UP Admin)
Palma Hall (UP Arts and Science)

161/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Bonifacio Monument
Central Bank of the Philippines
Philippine Heart Center
Children's Memorial Hospital / Lungsod
ng Kabataan Hospital
Philam Homes QC
Iglesia ni Kristo Commonwealth
Quezon City Sports Club
Quezon Institute
Quezon Memorial
Alexandra Condominium
Asian Development Bank
One Corporate Center
Tiendesita's
Robinson's Galleria
Benguet Center
Renaissance 1000
Renaissance 2000
Development Academy of the Philippnes
One San Miguel
San Miguel Building
Discovery Suites
Our Lady of Lourdes Church
Tektite Towers
JMT Tower
SM Megamall
EDSA Plaza Hotel
EDSA Shrine
GT Tower
Wack-Wack Twin Towers
Medical City Hospital

162/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Meralco Building
Loyola Memorial Chapel
Metro Rail Transit Stations (MRT)
Mormon Temple
Club Filipino
One Beverly Place
White Cross Orphanage also White
Cross Preventarium
Bellagio 1 and 2
Essensa Tower
Serendra
Alabang Golf and Country Club
Alabang 400
Insular Life Alabang
Las Pias Church Restoration
Mary Immculate Parish Church
Assumption College Antipolo
Corregidor Island
Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious
Light)
Maya-Maya Resort
Pearl Farm
Negros Occidental Provincial Capitol
Valley Golf Club

Imhotep

Itchinus, Callicarates , with Phidias


Mnesicles
Polykleitos
Acrippa

163/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Apollodorus of Damascus
Vespacian and Domitian
James Hoban
Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch
John Russel Pope
Robert Mills
Thomas Jefferson
Charles Bulfinch
James Renwick
Richard Upjohn
Thomas Jefferson
Pierre L'enfant
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Joseph Strauss
Peirre Lescot

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne


Domencio de Cortona

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano


Maurice de Sully
Charles Garnier
Claude Mollet

164/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Napoleon I

Gustave Eiffel
Le Corbusier
Le Corbusier
Gottfried Semper with Karl Von
Hasenaver
Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf
Balthazar Neumann
Erich Mendelsohn
Sir Robert Smirke

Inigo Jones
William Chambers
Sir Christopher Wren
Lord Burlington
Sir Charles Barry
Charles Rennie Mackintosh

Sir George Goring

Isidoros and Anthemios

Arnolfo di Cambio

165/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Emperor Shah Jahan
Antonio Estavillo

Benigno Fernandez

Genaro Palacios
Juan Macias
Fray Marcos Anton

Fray Juan de Albarran


Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas
HOK
Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas
Arquitectonica
Skidmore, Owings, Merill
Cesar Pelli & Associates
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Shreve Lamb & Harmon
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and
Associates
I.M. Pei & Partners

166/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
NORR Group Consultants

Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee


Edward D. Stone &
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
K.Y. Cheung Design
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
Tom Wright of WS Atkins
Plan Architect Co.
William Van Allen
Johnson/Burgee Architects
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Hijjas Kasturi Associates
Peter Ellis, SOM
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Baikdoosan Architects &Engineers

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

167/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles
William Parson
Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

168/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Tomas Mapua

Tomas Arguelles
Carlos Baretto

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

169/622

EWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

170/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Daniel Burnham

William Parson
Arcadio Arellano

Pablo Antonio

Gabriel Formoso (GF)

Antonio Herrera
Fr. Roque Roano
Rufino Antonio

Jose Ma. Zaragosa

Carlos Santos Viola

Renato Punzalan ( 1995 UAP design


Awardee for Architecture)

Andres Luna de san Pedro

171/622
Leandro Locsin

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Manosa

Antonio Sidiong

Rogelio Villarosa

Luis Araneta

Ruperto Gaite

Tomas Mapua

Tomas Arguelles

172/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER
Carlos Baretto
Alfredo Luz
William Coscolluela

Jorge Ramos

Jose Zaragosa
Fernando Ocampo
(PRS) PIMENTEL, RODRIGUEZ,
SIMBULAN & PATNERS
LOCSIN & PARTNERS
RECIO + CASAS
GABRIEL FORMOSO & PARTNERS
SOM
Palafox
Recto
PEI COBB FREED & PARTNERS
ROMAN Dalinao
Joseph Ruiz
Fr. Diego cera

Salazar
Comporedando & Gonzales
dela Madre

restored by Nakpil & zaragosa


Macias
Minoro Yamasaki

Hezagon Architects

173/622

Hezagon Architects

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

PRC Awardee 1996

174/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

175/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

EWER

176/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
1
2
3
4

6
7
8
9

It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying


space frame. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal
outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be
available for inspection during the progress of work and _______
years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the
inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)
The minimum bend diameter for 10mm through 25mm bars
(NSCP 407.30)
The minimum bend diameter for 28mm through 36mm bars
(NSCP 407.30)
The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer must
be db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members,
clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than?
(NSCP 407.7.3)

10

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary


flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times
wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

11

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as


one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP
407.7.6.1)

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams:


(NSCP 407.7.6.3)
Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of
flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least
____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed
to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab:
(NSCP 407.8.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for
flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for
shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)
The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported
at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2)
Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)
Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)
Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of
non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)
Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less
than: (NSCP 412.3.1)

177/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Bearing wall system


Rigid component
Flexible component
200 mm

2 years

6 db
8 db
25mm
1.50 db

450 mm

4
36 mm
40 db
75 mm
20 mm
0.90'
0.85'
L / 20
L / 24
L / 28
L / 10
0.40'
0.75'
d/2
300 mm

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
26
27
28
29
30

31

32
33
34

35

Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or


eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit
lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:
Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by
flexure:
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of
________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and
The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______%
slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)
Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the
excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building
not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP
302.2.4)
Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than
____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)
The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)
The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not
embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly
compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth?
(NSCP 305.7.3)

Braced Frame
Diaphragm
Moment resisting frame
25%
50%

10 days

50%
0.60m
6.00 m

200 mm

36

In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column


not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate
strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

15 mpa

37

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on


soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover
shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

150 mm

38

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon


wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface,
provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

50 kpa

39

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates


or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

12 mm

40

41

42
43
44
45
46
47

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates


or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to
seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be
capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal
force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP
306.20)
Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be
_____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1)
Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive
strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)
Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength
Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast
concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)

178/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

16 mm

10%

1.50m
3,0 m
30 times
17.50 mpa
20 mpa
75 mm

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified


compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.
The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be?
(NSCP 307.6.3)
Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?
Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to
what type of occupancy?
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall
to what type of occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or
explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
dead load and live load only.
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least
_______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least
______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)

35 mpa
250 mm
Essential facilities
Miscellaneous
occupancy
Special occupancy
Hazardous facility
L / 360
L / 240
2 times
1. 5 times

58

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane
load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel
load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine
the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

25%

59

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically


powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the
rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley.
(NSCP 206.9.4)

20%

60

61
62
63

64
65

66

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge


cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the
max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)
This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of
frame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterally
displaced building frame.
A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the
storey above is considered as __________.
Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are
necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classified
as ___________.
A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral
forces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracing
system.
This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral
forces of a building.
Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily
be pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor will
provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and
produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very
little vibration

10%

P-delta effect
Weak Storey
Essential Facilities

Diaphragm
Braced Frame

Plasticizer

67

The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved


after the completion of the project for at least _________.

2 years

68

What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?

7850 Kg

69
70

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with


aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air
pressure of lining tunnels.
If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no
longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its
__________.

179/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Shotcrete
Limit state

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
71
72
73
74
75
76

77

78

79
80
81
82

83

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93

A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden


and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses
applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.
The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression
assumes a deflected position.
It is a point within the structure at which a member
(beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment
in the member at that point.
It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the
other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.
15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition
locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in
addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of
a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.
The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform
thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body,
with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in
the head and the body.
A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed
compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding
effects of the flowing water.
A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded
plateshose thicknesses are small compared to
their other dimensions.
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
other horizontal forces on a building.
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
other horizontal forces on a building.
This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads
on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists,
one on top of other, at right angles.
Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to
reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common
methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction
A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to
collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer
pipe.
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges
in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the
ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake.
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry
imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake
particularly when water table saturates this layer.
It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or
window to carry the wall over opening.
For any given granular material, the steepest angle with
horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that
will not slide.
An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____%
open. (NSCP 207)
Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean
roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is
equal to? (NSCP 207.50)
The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal
to?

180/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Metal Fatigue
Buckling load
Hinge
Semi-continuous beam
1000 pa
Uplift pressure

Eyebar

Riprap

Thin shell
Overturning moment
Sway brace
Grillage foundation

Soil Stabilization

Sump pit
Gerber beam
Seismometer
Liquefaction
Lintel beam
Angle of repose
80%
18 m
1.15
1,15

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
94
95
96
97
98

99

The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy


structures is equal to?
The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is
equal to?
Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M.
falls on what exposure category for wind
loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than
9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water
for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for
wind loading?
Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with
numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family
dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

1
0.87
Exposure A
Exposure C
Exposure D

Exposure B

100 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

250

101 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

200

102 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

125

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual


103 strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc by more than
_______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed
104 _______times the least width b of compression flange or face.
(NSCP 410.5.10)
For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it
shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to
105
_______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is
being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20)
For members whose design is based on compressive force, the
106 slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________?
(NSCP 502.8.1)
For members whose design is based on tensile force, the
107
slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.
For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area
108
of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________.
Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress
109
shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the
110 pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than
_______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)
For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to
provide for relative movement between connected parts while under
111
full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than
______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)
The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent
112 welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section
shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not
exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not
114
exceed ________.
For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members
115 with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to
web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
113

181/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

3.50 mpa

50 times

0.30

200
300
0.45 fy
0.60 fy
2/3.

0.80mm

600 mm.
140 mm
200 mm
.66 fy

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non
116 compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable
bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be
117
spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)

.60 fy
300 mm

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the


transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the
118 concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without
temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.

75%

119

Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral


concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)

25 mm

120

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along


the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

6 d of connector

121

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along


the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.

8 d of connector

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag


122 bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn
of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
The connections at ends of tension or compression members in
trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less
than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a
123
smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers
other factors including handling, shipping and erection.
(NSCP 510.2.5.1)
When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the
124 spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting
beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater
than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is
126
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over
127
12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
A property of a material that enables it to undergo
plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the
elastic limit and before rupturing._____________is a
128 desirable property of structural material since plastic
material since plastic behavior is an indicator of
reserve strength and can serve as a visual warning of
impending failure.
125

26.70 kn

50%

900 mm

8mm
3mm
6mm

ductility

In structural design ________________is considered


as wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcing
129 steel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. The
flexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends in
one direction only.

one way slab

It is an external shear force at a cross section of a


beam or other member subject to bending. Equal to
130
the algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side of
the section.

transverse shear

The structural term which critical point at which a


column carrying its critical buckling load, may either
131
buckle or remain undeflected. The column is
therefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.

182/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

bifurcation

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
In concrete protection for reinforcement
___________mm is the standard minimum thickness
132
for concrete covering not exposed to weather or in
contact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists.
An instrument for measuring minute deformation in
133 a test specimen caused by tension, compression,
bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER.
For structural properties of A36 steel the maximum
134
allowable stress (Fb) for bending is.
It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepened
to develop greater moment resistance.
135 The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shaping
its length in response to the moment and shear
values which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.

stain gauge
24 ksi

haunch

Program Evaluation
Review TechniqueCritical
Path Method

136 What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?

They maybe categorized as building or non building.


137 It is an assembleage designed to support gravity
loads and resist lateral forces.
It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used to
138 conduct water from a roof drain or gutter to the
ground. It is another term for down spout,

structure

rainwater leader

The area where water is pumped from within to


permit free access to the area. A temporary
watertight enclosure around an area of water or
139
water bearing soil, in which construction is to take
place, bearing on a stable statum at or above the
foundation level of new construction.
140

20mm

A membrane structure that is placed in tension and


stabilized by the pressure of compresses air.

A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of a


wide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzag
141 cut, then welding both halves together at the peaks,
thus increasing its depth without increasing its
weight.
A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressed
142 between compression members to directly support
applied loads.
One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side of
143
web plate to solidify it against buckling.
Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigid
144 connection between two broader, parallel parts, as
the flanges of the structural shape.
A high tension bolt having splined and twists off
145
when required torque has been reached.
The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodic
146 motion of an elastic body or medium when forced
from a position or state of equilibrium.
Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind
147
and support wall cladding
148 A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length.

183/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

coffer dam

net structure

castellated beam

suspension structure
stiffener
web
tension control bolt
Vibration
Girt
Struts

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide
double doors, acts as a
structural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and the
149 wind load acting on the
window unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very large
and deep structural
members in many curtain wall systems.

Mullion

Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface, typically


150 a region bounded by a
closed curve.

Area

The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic
151 deformation, causing it to deform
permanently.
In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a
152 structural element subjected to an
external load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.

Yield strength

Bending

Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important


153 event. They are frequently used
to improve the appearance of a city or location.

Monument

A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant
154 throughout the structure's
life.

Dead Load

Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform structural
155 design by determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a given point of
an element.
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP
156
407.8.1)
Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided
157
to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
158 A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured
159 footings, the concrete shall
have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
160 Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is (
In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a
structural member subjected to high
compressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is less
161 than the ultimate
compressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure
is also described as failure due
to elastic instability.
What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other so
162
as to remain parallel?

Shear and bending


moment diagram
75mm
Braced frame
Shear
15 mpa
Class "A"

Buckling

Shear

163 periodic reversal of stresses

fatigue

164 elongation of material subject to axial force

strain

165 deformation that accompanies bending of a beam


166 A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as?
concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, according
to code requirements, because of its slenderness
168 projected beyond it supports
167

184/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

deflection
eccentrically loaded
long column
cantilevered

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
169 state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced
170

What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is
no tension nor compression and where no deformation takes place?

171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called?


172 bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero
173 the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body
unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase in
the load
tendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to
175
an adjacent part
in the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permitted
176
under working loads by codes and specifications
174

equillibrium
neutral axis
ultimate strength
maximum moment
Torque
yield point
vertical shear
working stress

177 It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis.

moment

178 state of rest or motion

inertia

179

ratio of the force applied to a structure to the corresponding


displacement

180

It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast
usually at ground level and then raised into position by jacking.

181 concrete floor system which has no beam

stiffness
lift slab
flatslab

It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP
208.20)

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal
to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Rigid component

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60
sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Flexible Component

Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of
not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)

200 mm

A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection
during the progress of work and _______ years after completion of the project and shall
be preserved by the inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

2 years

The minimum bend diameter for 10mm through 25mm bars (NSCP 407.30)

6 db

The minimum bend diameter for 28mm through 36mm bars (NSCP 407.30)

8 db

In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between


longitudinal bars shall not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)

1.50 db

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement
shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than?
(NSCP 407.7.5)

450 mm

185/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Bearing wall system

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
10

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united
to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)

4 pcs

11

Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3)

36mm

12

Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
terminate at different points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)

40 db

13

Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP
407.8.1)

75 mm

14

The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1)

20 mm

15

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for flexure without axial
loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)

16
17

In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor for shear and torsion: (NSCP
409.4.2.3)
The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is:
(NSCP 409.6.2)

0.9
0.85
L / 20

18

The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

L / 24

19

The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP
409.6.2)

L / 28

20

The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2)

L / 10

21

Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
(NSCP 410.8.10)

0.4

22

Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than:
(NSCP 307.4.2)

0.75

23

Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed


member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)

d/2

24

Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1)

300 mm

25

Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided
to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)

Braced Frame

26

Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
resisting elements:

Diaphragm

27

Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by
flexure:

28

In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live
load shall be applicable for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)

25%

29

The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)

50%

30

Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify
in writing the owner of the adjoining building not less than _____days before such
excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)

31
32
33

Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP
302.3.1)
The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP
302.4.3)
The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)

186/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Moment Resisting
Frame

10 days

50%
.60 m
6 m.

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
34
35

In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured
footings, the sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than
In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured
footings, the concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP
305.7.3)

200 mm
15 mpa

36

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be
completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the
bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

150 mm

37

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel plates
placed directly upon the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed
____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

50 kpa

38

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to
foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

12 mm

39

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to
foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

16 mm

40

Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall be
interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or compression
a minimum horizontal force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP
306.20)

10%

41

Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M
below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)

1.50 m.

42

Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M
below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)

3.0 m

43

The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average
diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1

30 times

44

Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than
______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)

17.50 mpa

45

Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than
_____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)

46
47

The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to
center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of
not less than ____Mpa. (NSCP 307.5.1)

20 mpa
75 mm
35 mpa

48

The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3)

49

Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?

Essential facilities

50

Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy?

Misc. Occupancy

51
52
53
54
55
56

Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall
to what type of occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or
substances fall to what type of category?
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP
107.2.2)
The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load
only. (NSCP 104.2.2)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral
force. (NSCP 206.6)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the
overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)

187/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

250 mm

Special Occupancy
Hazardous Facility
L / 360
L / 240
2 times
1.5 times

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

57

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered
monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased by
what percent to determine the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

25%

58

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be
calculated as ______% of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of
the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)

20%

59

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand
geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane.
(NSCP 206.9.5

10%

60

An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207)

80%

61

Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than or
equal to? (NSCP 207.20)

18 m

62

The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50)

1.15

63

The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to?

1.15

64

The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to?

65

The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to?

66

Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M.
falls on what exposure category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)

Exposure A

67

Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what
exposure category for wind loading?

Exposure C

68

Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at
least 2 km falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

Exposure D

69

Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely
spaced obstructions having the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what
exposure category for wind loading?

Exposure B

70

Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

250 kph

71

Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

200 kph

72

Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

125 kph

73

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of 2


cylinders) falls below fc by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)

3.50 mpa

74

Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width b
of compression flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)

50 times

75

For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to take


the radius of gyration equal to _______times the overall dimension of the direction of
stability is being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20

0.3

76

For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r
preferably should not exceed ________?

200

77

For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r
preferably should not exceed _________.

300

188/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

1
0.87

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
78

For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin
connected members is _________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)

.45 fy

79

Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed
_______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)

0.60 fy

80

For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis
of the member shall not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP
504.4.2.1)

81

For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative
movement between connected parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole
shall not be more than ______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP
504.4.2.3)

82
83

The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two
rolled shapes in contact for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP
505.5.4)
The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________.
(NSCP 505.5.80)

2/3

0.80mm

600 mm
140 mm

84

The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________.

85

For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections
where the flanges continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is
_________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

.66 fy

86

For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section
requirements of section 502.6, the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP
506.4.1.1)

.60 fy

87

Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than
______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)

88

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite
section shall be used in calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for
construction without temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength

75%

89

Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP
509.5.8)

25 mm

90

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of
supporting composite beam is ____________.

6 dia. Of connector

91

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of
supporting composite beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)

8 dia. Of connector

92

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be
designed to support not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

26.7

93

The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop


the force due to the design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength of
the member unless a smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that
considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection. (NSCP 510.2.5.1)

50

189/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

200 mm

300 mm

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

94

When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear
connector along the length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed
_______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)

95

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is
________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

8 mm

96

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP
510.3.3.2)

3 mm

97

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

6 mm

98

his is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members induced
T
by vertical loads acting on laterally displaced building frame.

99

A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is
considered as __________.

100

ospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency
H
post-earthquake operations, are classified as ___________.

Essential facilities

101

horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
A
resisting system including the horizontal bracing system.

Diaphragm

900

P- Delta Effect

Weak Storey

102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building.

Braced Frame

onstructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What
C
type of admixture in concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the
103
requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate
and needs very little vibration

Plasticizer

104

The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of
the project for at least

105
W hat is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?

106

2 years
7850 kg.

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than 10mm
originally sprayed under high air pressure of lining tunnels

If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended
107 function or to unsafe, it has reached its __________.
A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a
ductile material due to reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great
108
number of times.
??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance d apart), of the same
109 magnitude but ???
The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected
110 position.
It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to
eliminate all bending moment in the member at that point.
111

190/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Shotcrete

Limit State

Metal Fatigue

Couple
Buckling Load
Hinge

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting
112 beyond a fixed support.
Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to
113 change shall be designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed
load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road
114 slab caused by the presence of water.
The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged
loop or head of greater width than the body, with is proportioned to provide
115
approximately equal strength both in the head and the body.
A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the
116 banks or bed of a river from the eroding effects of the flowing water.
A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded
117 plateshose thicknesses are small compared to their other dimensions.
It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on
118 a building.
119

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on
a building

This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform consisting
120 usually of two layers of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles.
Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and
ensure that it will not move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or
121
compaction
A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a
122 pump is placed the liquid to the sewer pipe.
An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a
stationary point during an earthquake
The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when
subjected to vibration such as earthquake particularly when water table saturates this
124
layer.
It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall
125 over opening.
123

For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil
surface will make in normal condition that will not slide
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans,
127 functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
126

128

1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis,
having a unitary character and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.

A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the principal
vertical supports of a structure.
Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism
130
that acts in one direction only.
Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural
131 assembly, element, or joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which it
was designed.
129

132

A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a
bearing member, as a beam or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.

191/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Semi-Continous Beam

1000 pa

Uplift Pressure

Eyebar

Riparap

Thin Shell
Overturning Moment
Sway Brace
Grillage Foundation

Soil Stabilization

Sump Pit
Seismometer

Liquefaction
Lintel Beam
Angle of Repose
Gerber Beam
Structural member
Bay
One way
Structural failure

Bearing

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole.

134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area.
A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist
uplifting and horizontal forces.
A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to
136
permit them to move in one plane relative to each other.
A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction perpendicular
137
into or away from its face.
135

138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth.
139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight.
140

A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed
water.

141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building.
142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall.
143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening.

144

A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from


and securely tied to a spread footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.

145

A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or
retaining structure.

146 Yard lumber 5 or more in the least dimension.


147

Primary Member
Tributary Load
Anchorage
Pin
Roller Support
Retaining Wall
Non bearing Wall
Coping
Basement Wall
Interior Wall
Lintel

Cantilever wall

Gabion
Timbers

Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension
lumber, and timber.

Yard Lumber

148 A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer.

Split

149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece.

Wane

A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller members
150 with bolts, lag screws, or spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the strengths of the
individual pieces if none of the laminations are spliced.

Built up Beam

151

A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into
rigid sheets.

Fiber board

152

A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to an
intermediate point of the opposite top chord.

Scissors Truss

153 Yard lumber less than 2 thick and 2 or more wide.

Boards

154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane.

Gusset

155

A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of linear
members subject only to axial tension or compression.

156

A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory
movement in each can occur independently of the other.

192/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Truss

Seismic Joint

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
157

The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied


load, to developed internal forces or moments that restore the original condition.

Stability

158

A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the
cable.

Cable Support

159 Yard lumber from 2 4 thick and 2 or more wide.


160

The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a


reinforce slab.

161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars.
162

Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal


reinforcement of a concrete beam to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.

163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss.

164

An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other
member subject to bending, along which no bending stress occur.

The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under
165 transverse loading, increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing in
the moment of inertia of the section or the modulus of elasticity of the material.
166 The extent of space between two supports of a structure.
167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end.

Dimension Lumber
Punching Shear
Welded Splice
Stirrup

Web

Neutral axis

Deflection

Span
Cantilever Beam

168

The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a


slender portion insufficiently rigid in the lateral direction.

Lateral Buckling

169

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments


present in a structure for given set of transverse loads and support conditions.

Moment Diagram

170

A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have no
moment resistance.

A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa as
171 it deflects under a transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a point
of zero moment.
A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate
172
for an anticipated deflection.
173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span.
A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space
supporting elements.
An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a
175
building support or standing alone as a monument.
The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the surface
176 of the ground, designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit its load
directly to the earth.
174

177

A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered


vertically into the earth to form part of a foundation system.

193/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Simple Beam

Inflection Point
Camber
Effective Span
Beam
Pillar
Foundation

Pile

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
178

The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline
and enlarged to distribute its load over a greater area.

Footing

179

A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping


site or bearing stratum.

Stepped Footing

180

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present in


a structure for a given set of transverse load and support conditions

181

A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an


entire building.

182

The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal to
the quotient of the magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.

Soil Pressure

183

The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a
sustained load and an increase in compressive stress.

Consolidation

184

A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load
pile cap or spread footing to other pile caps or footings.

Tie Beam

185

A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building loads
to a more appropriate bearing stratum well below the superstructure.

Deep Foundation

186

One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and
water.

Shear Diagram
Mat

Stilt

187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element.

Distributed Load

188 The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake.

Earthquake Load

189 A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element.
190

A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the
load from a column or grade beam equally among piles.

191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation.

Concentrated Load
Pile Cap
Torque

192

A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating
rapidly in magnitude or position.

Static Load

193

A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the
superstructure.

Foundation Wall

194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body.


195

The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and
opposite torques, producing shearing stresses in the body.

196

The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to


bear without rupturing or fracturing.

197 Length required for 180 deg Hook.

Shear Force
Torsion

Ultimate Strength
4d

198 Curing temperature for concrete.

22.8 deg. C

199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building?

Soil Mechanics

200 Minimum effective depth of pile cap?

300 mm

201 Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap?

100 mm

194/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

202 The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column?

16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least


dim. Of a column

203 Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere.

40 mm

204 Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil.

70 mm

205 Length required for 90 deg hook.

12 d

206 ACI code: Minimum column dimension.

200 mm

207 Induce cracking at preselected location.

Control Joints

The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a
concurrent increase in stress.
A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture
209
expansion to occur without damage to either part.
The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when
210
stressed beyond its ultimate strength.
The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size
211
or volume of an elastic body.
208

212 Length required for 135 deg hook

Yield Point
Expansion Joint
Fracture
Compression
6d

213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force.

Strain

214

Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls,
and machinery bases.

Isolation Joints

215

The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of


longitudinal stress required to rupture the material.

Tensile Strength

216

The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the
collinear compressive forces tending to shorten it.

217

The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when
exposed to the effects of sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.

218

A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to


provide lateral stability across the joint.

219 The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress.


220

An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in


response to a shear force.

221 A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete.

Compressive Stress
Weatherability
Construction Joint
Tensile Strain
Shearing Force
Tendons

222

A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical
and spiral reinforcement.

223

Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a concrete
beam or slab subjected to a negative movement.

Top Bar

224

The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid of
the tension reinforcement.

Effective Depth

225

A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield
strength before the concrete in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain.

Under reinforced
Section

226

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved


recording accelerographs

14

227 Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the

195/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Composite Column

Owner

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Occupant of the
Building

228

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and
shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading

229

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of


intermittent application of the same load

230

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
reduced

231

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they
are subjected

1.50m

232

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied.
Perpendicular to said wall

1/240 wall span

233

Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
perpendicular to said wall

1/120 wall span

234 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit

14 sq.m.

60 m2

235

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the
structure of the level at which the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported

236

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure


to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system

237

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
resisting elements it includes horizontal bracing system

238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure
239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm
240

Load Duration

An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is provided
to resist lateral forces

241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads

Base

Collector

Diaphragm
Base Shear
Boundary Element
Brace Frame
Building Frame System

242

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear


Walls or Braced Frame

Dual System

243

The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a
point away from the column girder joint

Eccentric Brace Frame

244 The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members

Joints

The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam


245 -the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system

Girder

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers
246 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the diaphragm.
Such members may take axial tension or compression

247

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam

248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations
249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces
250

Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile
behavior

251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below

196/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Diaphragm Strut

Diaphragm Chord
Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting
system
Ord. Moment Resisting
Space Frame
Story Drift

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation
limits prescribed in this document

Strength

253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system

Platform

252

254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm
255

An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral
forces

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
256 provides support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls
or braced frames
257

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for
258 gravity loads. Moments resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load
primarily by flexural action of members.
259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above
An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure
is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic
260
response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of
motions.

261

The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than
parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration

262

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical
loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame

263

Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of


concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties

264 Concrete that doesnt not conform to definition of reinforced concrete


265

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral
dimension of less than three (3 m)

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below
proportional limit of material
266
-in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___

267

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into
prestressing tendons

268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section

269

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding
effects of dead load and superimposed loads

270

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of


reinforcement at a critical section

197/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Horizontal Bracing
System
Structure

Bearing wall system

Building Frame System

Moment resisting Frame


system
Weak Storey

Time History analysis

Orthogonal Effect

p-Delta effect

Admixture

plain concrete
Pedestal

Modulus of Elasticity

Jacking Force

Embedment Length

Effective Prestress

Development Length

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile

Curvature Friction
Structural Lightweight
concrete

272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate


273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting

Bonded Tendon

274 ASTM A36

Structural Steel

275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams
276

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary
reinforcement

277

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse
strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain

278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration

TRUE
40 mm
Poisson Ratio
Slenderness Ratio

279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line

Torsion

280 A type of concrete floor which has no beam

Flat Slab

281 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part
282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force
The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain
without failure
It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress
284 -Intensity of force per unit area
283

285

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent


deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress

286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement

Shear
Deformation
Yielding Stress
Stress

Allowable Stress
Stirrup / Tie

287 The measure of stiffness of a material

Stiffness Ratio

288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it

Punching Shear

289 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it


290 Nominal thickness of a timber
291

6 inches

The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
points are zero

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
292 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and
after completion of the project for a period of not less than ___
293 Wood board should have a thickness specification
294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight
295

Deflection

A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving
on solid wood

296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___

198/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Equillibrium

2 years

not less than 1"x4"


Run
Portable Hand Router
Knots

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Smooth & Planed


Lumber

297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___


298

It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
present at all

299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw
300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks
301

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements


between them

302 The total of all tread widths in a stair

Cross cut Saw


Effective Length
Contraction Joint
Total Run

303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces
304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter
305

Live Load

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
horizontal shear between elements

306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear
307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain

Bond Stress
Purlin
Shear Connector
Shear Stress
Hooks Law

308

Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel for
parallel to grain loading is equal to ___

4 x dia. Of bolt

309

According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded
edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least

4 x dia. Of bolt

310

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall
be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2

2.5 times

311

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in


accordance with NSCP specifications

312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___
313

Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than __

314

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications
shall not exceed

315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the


316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed
317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area
318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area
319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area

12 mm
50
11 dia.

1/6 depth of member


middle third span
1/4 depth
.60 of specified yield
strength
.50 of specified min.
tensile strength
0.45 fy

320

Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in
resisting shear

0.40 fy

321

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be

100%

322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___

200

323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___

240

199/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
exposed to earth or weather
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
325
not exposed to earth or weather
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and
326
in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
327
days before test and shall be tested dry.
324

40 mm
20 mm
7 days
7 dyas

328

Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist
condition for at least the ___days after placement

3 days

329

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
but not less than ___

25mm

330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean


331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller
332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar

180 deg. Bend +4db extension


but not less than 65 mm at the
end of bar
90 deg. Bend + 6db
extension at free end
90 deg. Bend + 12db extension
at free end

333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm

.-12mm

334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement

.+/- 50mm

335

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
terminate at different points with a stagger of at least

40db

336

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less
than ___ for strands

3db

337

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less than
___ for wire

4db

338

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against


permanently exposed earth or weather using bars larger than 36 mm

339
340
341
342
343

Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing


a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching
a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in
the same plane
bulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base coat
concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.

an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength
344 but low tensile strength.
in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to
345 receive splines or supporting members of the ceiling suspension system
346
347

a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side


a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite

the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot
348 metal through an orifice in a die by means of a pressure ram

200/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

75 mm
Grade Beam
Abrasion
Batten
Blistering
Block out
Cast iron
Kerf
Pantile
Marble
Extrusion

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
349
350

a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium


is the action of one body upon another

Force

is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the
351 same effect as the force system
states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the
352 point of application of the force but the same for all points along its line of action
is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of related
353 bodies
a sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being
354 considered
355
356
357
358

Static Equilibrium

is acting parallel to member axis

Resultant
Priniples of
Transmissibility
Force System
Free body diagram
Load

in uniform for homogenous sections

Stress

tends to elongate the body

Stress due to tension

tends to shorten the body

is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by


frictionless pin at the joints and arranged so that an area enclosed within the boundaries
359 of the structure is subdivided by the bars into geometric figures which are usually
triangles.

Stress due to
compression
Truss

are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to
360 shear and flexure, they usually carry load directly from the floor.

Beam & Girders

is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved
361 completely using the equation of static equilibrium

Detrminate structure

a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates
362 of the storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each step
a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the
363 presence of water in the soil.
364

a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting

Western Framing

Hydrostatic Pressure
Anchor Bolt

a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which
365 carries joist flush with the upper edge of the beam

Ledger Strip

a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in
366 frame construction

Batt insulation

a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting
367 the second floor joists
368
369

the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam
allowable sag (NSCP)

372

Beam Blocking
100 mm

that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
370 structure below grade
371

Balloon Framing

joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls


a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension

201/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Foundation Wall
Control Joints
Forging

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and
373 ductility
374
375
376
377

carries the roof load between trusses or rafters

Purlin

usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins


carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window
a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building

378 similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge


379
380

large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams


spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls

circular beam that transmits power to the machinery


381 it also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure
382

large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes

is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of cement
383 and water.
is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the
384 tensile strength lacking in concrete
385
386
387
388

height is less than three times the least dimension


strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness
failure is initiated by material failure
a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame

the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists

a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or


391 concrete
392
393
394

the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured


a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete
the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load

a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
395 bending
396

a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property

the horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock
397 cylinder
a joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by
398 riveting, soldering and brizing.
399
400

Rafter
Lintel
Joist
Stringer
Girder
Spandrel
Shaft
Adobe
Concrete
Reinforced Concrete
Pedestal or short
compression blocks
long or slender column
Short column

a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for
389 gravity loads
390

Wrought Iron

the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part
any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force

the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material
401 can sustain without failure

202/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Bearing wall system


Building Frame System
Bridging
Checking
Post tensioning
Slump Test
Creep
Chord
alloy
Backset
Lap seam
Shear
Deformation
Working Stress

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting
402 over public property
403
404
405
406

is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structure


is a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses produced
in the elements by the allowable stress load combinations do not exceed specified
is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy
is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy

Marquee
Addition
Allowable Stress
Design
Alteration
Building

a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building permit
407 has been issued

Existing Building

is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such
that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is subjected to all appropriate
408 load combinations
the term used in the design of steel and wood structures

LFRD (Load &


Resistance Factor
Design)

is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces


produced in the elements by the factored load combinations do not exceed the factored
409 element strength
the term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures
is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of
410 work, artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner
is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural
engineering as recognized by the board of civil engineering of the professional
411
regulation commission
is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to
412 incorporating in the building
413
414
415
416
417

in-place solid rock

420

is a relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed
is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site
is the densification of fill by mechanical means

Structural Engineer

Prefab / precast
assembly

Bench
Borrow
Compaction

is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof

is the mechanical removal of earth material

Earth Material
Erosion
Excavation

is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means

421 is the vertical location of the ground surface

Fill
Grade

is the grade prior to grading


the elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading begins
422
also called natural grade
final grade of the site that conforms to the approved plan
the elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of
423
construction or grading operations
424

Structure

Bedrock

is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or
418 ice
419

Ultimate Strength
Design

the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan

203/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Existing grade

Finish Grade

Rough Grade

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
425

is any excavating or filling or combination thereof

Grading

is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical


426 distance to horizontal distance

Slope

is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the
427 toes of a proposed fill slope

Key

428

is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock

is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and
429 maintenance purposes
is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor
space for the installation of mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems or
430
to serve as an air supply or return air plenum
is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for
such purposes as deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment,
431
amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting transportation
432

is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building

is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure
433 with no additional independent supports
consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building
434 or other structure
is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining
435 structure and/or posts, piers, or other independent supports
are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of
436 extreme environmental loading from wind or earthquakes
is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or
437 combustible liquids or gas in its tank is stored, repaired or kept
is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor
vehicles used by the tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and
438
stored
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful
439 for its intended function or to be unsafe
a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its
440 intended function
441

is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe

loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not
include dead load, construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow
442
load, rain load, earthquake load or flood load
forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants
and their possessions, environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained
443
dimensional changes
is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It
444 may be of
stone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.

204/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Soil
Terrace

Access floor system

Assembly Building

Awning
Exterior Balcony
Dead Loads
Deck

Essential facilities

Garage

Private Garage
Limit state
Serviceaility Limit State
Strength Limit State

Live Load

Loads

Bridge Cap

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
445

a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden
joist.

load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load
446 excluding
wind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.
a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light
447 alloys have
occasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.

Joist

Liveloads

Girder

total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal to
thealgebraic sum of all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the
448 section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is called M for short. Every bending
moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units are poundinches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.

Bending moment

gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of
concretes,asphalts or roads including macadam.

Aggregates

in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in


small quantity,normally less than 5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the properties
of the mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of the concrete made in North America,
Australia, Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more than half contains
air-entraining agent. Other admixtures are
450 accelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, antifreeze,corrosion inhibitors, pore fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers,
coloring (pigments),damp-proofing, expanding, fungicidal, gas-forming, grouting and
flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement needed to such an extent
that the admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this saving
probably never occurs with very lean concretes.

Admixture

an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete.
Calciumchloride (CaCI2) was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel it
is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced concrete. Chloride-free accelerators that
451
are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including formats, nitrates and
thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set for
quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.

Accelerator

449

an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to


452 formwork so thatwhen it is stripped the cement paste which has been in contact with it
can be removed by light brushing.
453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill.
454

piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the members
of a truss.

When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail
by punching shear. Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging the
455
foot of the column so that the shear stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter of the
column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress in concrete.

205/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Retarder

Boring
Gusset Plate

Punching Shear

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
456

for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation per
unit length).

457

the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly
increasing load

the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the
458 elastic limit is also
the limit of proportionality.
459

the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water
content at which a soil can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.

Modulus of Elasticity
Yield Point

Elastic Limit

Plastic Limit

the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the sinking
460 of the midspan of a beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to exceed
1/325 of the span.

Deflection

the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for any
461 other symmetrical load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a simply
supported beam, or to the total load on a cantilever beam.

Shear

462

the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed
in psi, now in N/mm2, MPa, etc.

Stress

463

a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being
expressed as a ratio, the increase or decrease divided by the original length.

Strain

464 a core wall.

Shear Wall

test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well rammed,
and then carefully inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by which the
concrete cone drops below the top of the mold is measured and is called the slump.
465 This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time and in the same
proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This otherwise
most useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than about 20
mm.

Slump Test

a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any
466 point in a beam is found by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of
wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed concrete.
467 a post carrying compressive force.

Beam

Column

the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it
cannot rotate, so that it has a fixed end.

Fixed End Moment

in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature
shrinkages (of concrete or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable
469
places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink appreciably on drying, contraction
joints are needed in every long structure.

Contraction Joint

468

470 a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire.

Tendon

471 the US term for ground beam

Grade Beam

206/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in them.
The wires are anchored either against the molds or against permanent abutments in the
ground. After hardening, the concrete is released from the mold and the wires are cut at
the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss of pre-stress than with posttensioning but is usually economical for small members and may produce better
472
concrete since it is always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing, used for the precasting of pre-tensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be as much as 180
m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m, and their thickness 15, 20 or 25 em. They usually
have tubular voids running down the length and occupying about 30% of the crosssection.

Pre-tensioning

concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast and
partlymatured on the site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a
473 structure. Where many of the same unit are required, pre-casting may be more
economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce shrinkage of
the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.

Pre cast Concrete

either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake


474 shocks. An early seismometer made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls dropping
from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to show the direction of the shock.

Seismometer

the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the
metal.

Slag

475

476 ACI term for grip length.

Embedment Length

477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it.
478

gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in


metals as hightemperature creep.

479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration,


480

the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027
kg-m/cm3, rubber about 0.54 kg-m/cm3.

481

the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly by
pulling in cold drawing.

Dead Loads
Creep
Slenderness Ratio
Resillience
Ductility

482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material.

Modulus of Rigidity

the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam,


483 calculated onthe assumptions that the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances
from the neutral axis.

Modulus of rupture

484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile.
485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical.
a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or
486 other dams, or
simple walls.

Tie
Batter Pile
Footing

487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material.

Web

488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles.

Fillet Weld

207/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling.

Bench Mark

490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over.

Deck

491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical.


for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding
492 strain in all
directions perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force.
The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the
493
following factors.

Strut

494

Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved


recording accelerographs.

495 Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___.

Poisson Ratio
Zoning, site characteristics
Occupancy,
configuringstructural system,
and height

14

Owner
Occupant of the
building

496

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and
shall be liable for any failure on the structure due to overloading.

497

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of


intermittent application of the same load.

498

Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be
reduced.

14 sqm.

499

Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they
are subjected.

1.50 mts.

500

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
perpendicular to said wall.

1/240 of wall span

501

Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied
perpendicular to said wall.

1/120 of wall span

502 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit.

503

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the
structure or the level at which the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.

504

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure


to vertical elements of the lateral force resisting system.

505

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical
resisting elements, it includes horizontal bracing system.

506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure.

507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm.

508

An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is provided
to resist lateral forces.

208/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Load duration

60 sqm.

Base

Collector

Diaphragm

Base Shear, V

Boundary Element

Braced Frame

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads.

Building Frame System

510

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear


Walls or Braced Frames.

Dual System

511

That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a
point away from the column girder joint.

Eccentric Braced Frame


(EBF )

512 The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members.

513 The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam.


An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers
514 diaphragm shear to vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the diaphragm.
Such members may take axial tension or compression.
515

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial
stresses analogous to the flanges of a beam

516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations.

517 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces.

518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile

519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below.

Joint

Girder

Diaphragm Strut

Diaphragm Chord

Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting
System
Ordinary Moment
Resisting
Story Drift

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation
limits prescribed in this document.

Strength

521 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system.

Platform

520

522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.

523

An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral
forces.

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system
524 provide support for gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or
braced frames.
525

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity
loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for
526 gravity loads. Moment resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily
by flexural action of members.
527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above.

209/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Horizontal Bracing
System
Structure

Bearing Wall System

Building Frame System


Moment Resisting
Frame System
Weak Story

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure
is subjected to a ground motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic
528
response to these motion is obtained through numerical integration of its equations of
motions.
The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than
529
parallel to the direction of resistance under consideration.
530

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the
vertical loads acting on the laterally displaced building frame.

531

Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of


concrete and added to concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties.

532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete.

Time History Analysis

Orthogonal Effect

P-delta Effect

Admixture

Plain Concrete

533

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral
dimension of less than three.

Pedestal

534

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below
proportional limit of material.

Modulus of Elasticity

535

In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into
prestressing tendons.

Jacking Force

536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section.

Embedment Length

537

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding
effects of dead load and superimposed loads.

538

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of


reinforcement at a critical section.

Development Length

539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile.

Curvature Friction

Effective Prestress

Structural Lightweight
Concrete

540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.

541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting.

Bonded Tendon

542 ASTM A36

Structural Steel

543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding.

544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams.

ASTM A514

TRUE

545

Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary
reinforcements.

40 mm

546

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of transverse
strain to the corresponding longitudinal strain.

Poisson's Ratio

210/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration.

Slenderness Ratio

548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line.

Torsion

549 A type of concrete floor which has no beam.

Flat Slab

550 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part.

551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force.

552

The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain
without failure.

553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'.

554

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent


deformation remaining upon the complete release of stress.

555 Intensity of force per unit area.

Shear

Deformation

Yielding Stress

Stress

Allowable Stress

Stress

556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement.

Tie / Stirrup

557 The measure of stiffness of a material.

Stiffness Ratio

558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it.

Punching Shear

559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it.

560 Nominal thickness of of a timber.

561

6 inches

The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any
points are zero.

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be
562 preserved and made available for inspection during the progress of completion of the
project for a period of not less than. construction and after
563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of.

564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight.

565

Deflection

A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving
on solid wood.

211/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Equilibrium

2 years

not less than 1"X4"

Run

Portable Hand router

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system.

Girder

567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___.

Knots
Smoothed or planed
lumber

568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___.

569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw.

570

It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be
present at all.

571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks.

572 The amount of space measured in cubic units.

Effective length

Modulus of Elasticity

An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements


between them.

575 the total of all tread widths in a stair.

Contraction joint

Total run

576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces.

577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter.

Bond Stress

Purlin
Size of Dead Load
Defelection

578 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

579

Live load

Volume

573 In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___.

574

Cross-cut saw

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists
horizontal shear between elements.

580 The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear.

Shear Connector
Shear Stress / Shearing
Stress
Size of Dead Load
Defelection

581 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains

Hook's Law

583

Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel
for parallel to grain loading is equal to ___.

4 X diameter of bolt

584

According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the
lodaed edge distance for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.

4 X diameter of bolt

212/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
585

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall
be at least ___ times bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2.

586

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in


accordance with NSCP specifications.

587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___.

588

Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP
specifications shall have a required penetration of not less than ___.

589

Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications
shall not exceed.

590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___.

591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___.

592 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area.

593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area.

594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area.

2.5

12 mm

50

11 diameters

1/6 depth of member

Middle Third Span

1/4 the depth


0.60 of specified min.
yield stress
0.50 of specified
minimum tensile
strength
0.45 Fy

Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in
resisting shear.

0.40 Fy

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be
596 increased sufficiently to provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall
be.

100%

595

597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___.

200

598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___.

240

599

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
exposed to earth or weather.

40 mm

600

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete
not exposed to earth or weather.

20 mm

601

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10C and
in moist condition for at least the first ___ days after placement.

602

If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___
days before test and shall be tested dry.

603

Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10C and in moist
condition for at least the ___ days after palcement.

213/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
604

The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar)
but not less than ___.

605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.

606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.

607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.

25 mm
180 bend + 4db
extension but not less
than 65mm at free end
of bar
90 bend + 6db
extension at free end
90 bend + 12db
extension at free end

608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm

12 mm

609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement.

50 mm

610

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall
teminate at different points with a stagger of at least ___.

40db

611

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less
than ___ for strands.

3db

612

Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less
than ___ for wire.

4db

613

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against


permanently exposed to earth or weather using bars larger than 36mm.

614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627

214/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

75 mm

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657

215/622
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the
main beams
Roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side
Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their
convex side alternately up and down
Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board
Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below
grade
Part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears
directly on the column footing
Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall
System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to
roof supporting second floor joints
System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the
storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

Cross Tee
Pantile
Mission Tile
Dado
Foundation Wall
Grade Beam
Dampproofing
Balloon Framing
Balloon Framing
Western Framing

13

An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key
or thumb-turn
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine
Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
bending
Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property

14

Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder

Backset

15

Baluster

28
29

Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low
tensile strength
Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting
edges of heavy digging tools
Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between
The wall of Intramuros
Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance
Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web
Beam that projects beyond one or both its support
Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring
Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors
Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in
offices
Horizontal exterior roof overhang
Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns

30

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing:

10
11
12

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

31
32
33
34
35
36

Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back
the earth
Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50
Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles
Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss
The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative
Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the
same plane

Dead Bolt
Tryolean Finish
Chord
Alloy

Cast Iron
Nickel Steel
Wrought Iron
Double Glass
Fortification
15mm
Hybrid Girder
Cantilever Beam
Shear Wall
Gluing/ Pasting
0.90 m
24" x 48" x 1/2"
Eaves
Post-tensioning
Building paper sheathing
and space filled
Area Wells
One-Way Slab
Felt
Purlins
Inflection Point
Batten

37

A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a

38
39

butt joint with nails or bolts


The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured

Post-tensioning

40

The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam

Beam Blocking

41

Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of
water in the soil

216/622

Fish Plate or Gusset Plate

Atmospheric Pressure

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

Window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is
located extends to the floor
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls
Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building
Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
against it
Joint used when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was
stopped and continued later
Joint that is a straight groove which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the concrete
should crack
Joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting,
soldering or brazing

Bay Window
Control Joints
Expansion Joint
Cold Joint
Construction Joint
Control Joint
Lap Seam

49

Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

Filipino term for horizontal stud


Filipino term for floor joist
Filipino term for rabbet
Filipino term for plastered course
Filipino term for bottom chord
Filipino term for purlin
Filipino term for eave
Filipino term for top chord
Filipino term for temper (metal work)
Filipino term for plumb line
Filipino term for projection
Filipino term for rafter
Filipino term for baseboard
Filipino term for alignment
Filipino term for bath tub
Filipino term for brace

66

Filipino term for cast iron

67
68
69
70
71

Filipino term for contractor


Filipino term for downspout
Filipino term for pattern
Filipino term for mortar
A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss

72

Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings

73

Dry walls are customarily finished

74

One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of

75

Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout

76
77

The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood


The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses

Grain
G.I. Sheets

78

Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building

Corkboard

79
80
81
82
83

1 1/2 corr
Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing
Chase
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc.
Serpentine
Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica
English Bond
Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers
Running Bond
Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers
Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at
Common Bond / American
Bond
regular intervals
Form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of
Flemish Bond
stretchers
A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled, exterior
Heel Cut
wall plate
A geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of
Soil Bearing Pressure
the building

84
85
87
88

Flat Paint
Trabe-Anzo
Soleras
Vaciada
Kusturada
Tirante
Reostra
Alero
Tahilan
Poleva
Hulog
Bolada
Kilo
Rodapis
Asintada
Baniera
Pie De Gallo
Pundido (parang manny)

217/622

Kontratista (yeah!)
Tubo de Banada
Plantilya
Paupo
Gang Nail Plate
Lightning
Lath and Plaster
1/4 plastic hose filled w/
water
3-4-5 multiples with the
use of steel tape measure

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
89

Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings

90

The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings

Aluminum Foil Sheets


Reinforced Concrete and
High Grade Steel
Asbestos-Cement
Shingles
Door Jamb

108
109

Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good
in sidings of dwelling units
The finished frame surrounding a door
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a
key
Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate
independently or together
A twisting force
The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are
void areas in the foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation
Refers to the term stone-cut
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns
Chord splice connectors for trusses
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together
Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and
excavation lines
Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to
support a part of load
Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected
laterally supported so as to function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids
of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system
The metal latch plate in a door frame into which a doorknob plunger latches
The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces

110

Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation

Aluminum Coating

111

Wood flooring finishing material

7 & 6 Wood Planks

112

A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs

113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
121

Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing


Wall partition wooden framing
The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet
Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks
A type of concrete floor which has no beam
Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position
Tool for testing and for framing work
Vertical surface on face of a stair step
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved
and made available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of
the projects for a period of not less than
Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure
Thickness of a wood plank
Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on
solid wood
A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete
The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system
A wall supporting no load other than its own weight
A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
A wall that holds back on earth embankment
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete
vertical load carrying space frame
A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor

91
92
93
94
95
95
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107

123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134

218/622

Knob Bolt
Dutch Door
Torsion
Honey Combs
Sheet Piling
Wood Siding
AA
Split-Ring
Clamp Nail
Weathered
Hip Rafter
Batter Boards
Composite Column
Spirit Level
Space Frame
Keeper
Zinc Chromate

Chalking
24 hours
Studs
Acrylic Latex Paint
Acrylic Paint
L Hook Bolt
Staple Wire
Flat Slab
Level Tool
Steel Square
Riser
2 years
Collar Beam
2" to 5"
Run
Portable Hand Router
Aggregate
Girder
Nonbearing Wall
Load Bearing Wall
Retaining Wall
Bearing Wall
Floating Wall

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184

It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall


The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all
Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix
The total of all the tread widths in a stair
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the liquid
to the sewer pipe
The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole
An opening in the roof for admitting light
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support
for finish trim around openings and near the base of the wall
Distance between two structural supports
Scientific name for wood
A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors
Roof that has four sloping sides
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
A tough used for carrying off water
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete
A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to
concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening
to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
The placing of glass in windows or doors
Another word for handmill on a stair construction
A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials
The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its
jamb
Lumber that still contains moisture or sap
The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters
A large heavy nail
Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done
Lumber specification S4S
The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss
Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2 laid over a concrete slab floor
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set
A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other exposed
areas on the exterior of a building
A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building
Wedge-shaped stone of an arch
Fireproof door with metal covering
The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf
Lumber that is not squared or finished
A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel
columns or beams, casting, shoes, beams plates and engine heads
Simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable
wires inserted consecutively across the loom
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of
lean cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry
spoon to the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities,
maintenance free, used to finish and topcoat wood flooring
A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally

219/622

Shear Wall
Live Load
Effective Length
Cement
Total Run
Sump Pit
Prefabrication
Skylight
Softwood
Firebrick
Plaster Ground
Span
Xylem
Muntin
Hip Roof
Rip-rap
Moat
Stripping
Purlin
Anchor Bolt
Lintel
Glazing
Banister
Lap Joint
Butt Hinge
Green Lumber
Valley
Facia
Spike
Caisson
Smooth on four sides
Chord
Wood Saddle
45
Latch
Common Wall
Escutcheon
Flashing
Lookout
Formworks
Keystone
Kalomein Door
Corbel
Milled Lumber
Foundation Bolt
Velvet

Scratch Coat
Polyurethane Floor
Coating
Scarf

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

188
189
190
191

A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is
intentionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the
header and sill or about the side jamb
Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks
Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window
Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface
A crosswise groove at the end of a board

Caulking
Rabbet
Masonry Neutralizer
Notch

192

Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only

Figured Wired Glass

185
186
187

193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212

The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in
preparation for a finishing surface such as paving
Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point
One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in
turn by larger beams, girders or bearing walls
A floor finish commercially size 1 x 12 x 12 utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner
making interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns
Steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to
impart prestress to concrete
The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace
A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill
A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long
Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash
The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl
space foundationwall
Frame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an
interior trim related item, such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars
Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door
Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters
Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building
Bonding together two or more layers of materials
Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation,
sometimes called sill plate
Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw
A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home
In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door
opening or below a window sill
Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross

214
215
216

A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and
projecting beyond the face of the stair string/s
A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight
n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall
A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension

217

One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail

218
219
220
221
222

224
225
226
227
228

The arrangement and design of window in a building


What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall
Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is
Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative
A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible
A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice
them together
Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting
A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam
A small finishing nail is called
A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point
A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level

229

A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata

213

223

220/622

Standard Terazzo
Outrigger
Pivoted Window

Grading
Monopost
Ceiling Joist or Roof Joist
Vigan Tiles
Tendon
Cap
Apron
Boardfoot
Casement
Backfill
Backing
Casement Window
Barge
Bay Window
Laminating
Mudsill
Pilot Hole
Rim Joist
Cripple stud
Cogged joint
Bull-nosed step
Gravity wall
Quoin
Scarf joint
Baluster
Fenestration
Fig. A-1
12mm
Inflection point
Rowlock
Scab
Cross bridging
Web
Brad
Pyramid roof
Stirrup
Pile

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
230
231

Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called


Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint

232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252

254
255
256
257
258
259

End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets


Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair
Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance
Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups
Which among the concrete block is the header block
A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint
The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level
Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab
Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12'
Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond
Xyladecor is a product of
Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
The amount of space measured in cubic units.
A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete
The most important component to determine the strength of concrete
Another term for plaster board
The face or front of a building
An opening in the roof for admitting light
Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support
for finish trim around opening and near the base of the wall
The distance between two structural supports
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
Hammer is a
Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete
A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters

260

Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const

253

261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
270
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287

A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening
to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
The placing of glass in windows and doors
A rejected building material because of its below standard grade
A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials
Lumber that still contains moisture or sap
The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice
A large heavy nail is referred to as
What is the scientific name of wood
A wall that holds back on earth embankment
The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss
Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor
A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine
Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period
A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride
The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load
The vertical face of a stair
Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain
The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured
A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone
A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board
Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls
A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom
Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern
Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of
Common hardware fastener for truss braces

221/622

Soldier
Pigment
30cm
Carriage
Channel
6cm
Fig B-2
Miter box
Plastic hose w/ water
100mm
40 bd.ft.
Fig. C-3
Boysen
Load bearing wall
Effective length
Volume
Stirrups
Cement
Gypsum board
Faade
Skylight
Soft wood
Fire brick
Plaster ground
Span
Rip-rap
Striking tool
Fig. D-2
Stripping
Purlins
Anchor bolts
Lintel
Glazing
Cull
Lap joint
Green lumber
Valley
Fascia
Spike
Xylem
Retaining wall
Chord
Sleeper
Stud
Tyrolean finish
Adiabatic curing
Vinyl tile
Creep
Riser
Plough
Post-tensioning
Ashlar brick
Perforated tape
Control joint
Hopper
Parquet
Wrought iron
Lag screw

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311

Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets


Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood
Retarders or accelerators concrete setting
Coated with zinc
Technical term for earthquake
Vertical frame of paneled door
Fascia between floor and wall
Cement, sand, and water
Filipino term for framework
Filipino term for bottom chord
Filipino term for collar
Filipino term for plastered course
Filipino term for purlins
Filipino term for wainscoating tiles
Filipino term for wrought iron strap
Filipino term for ceiling joist
Filipino term for door fillet
Filipino term for girder
Filipino term for masonry fill
Filipino term for downspout
Filipino term for cabinet hinge
Filipino term for brace
Filipino term for bathtub
Filipino term for temper (metal work)

312

Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder

313

A principal member of a truss

314

Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine

315
316
317
318
319

A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength
Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course
That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the
structure below grade
The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam
A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the
storey below and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

320
321
322

Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height

324
325
326
327

Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer


Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer
Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing
Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this

328

Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material

329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336

A brand name of asbestos roofing


Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this
Tradename for plastic materials
First group of wood used as shoring
Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC
A passageway of a chimney
A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin
Lumber defects caused by broken twigs
They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint
has been removed
Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure
Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi
To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc
A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw

338
339
340
341

BACKSET
CHORD

323

337

Lead
Solignum
Admixture
Galvanized
Seismic
Stile
Baseboard
Mortar
Balangkas
Barakilan
Sinturon
Kusturada
Reostra
Asolehos
Platsuela
Kostilyahe
Batidora
Guililan
Lastilyas
Tubo de banada
Espolon
Pie de gallo
Baniera
SUBAN

222/622

TYROLEAN FINISH
PANTILE
WROUGHT IRON
COLD JOINT
CAST IRON
BED
FOUNDATION WALL
BEAM BLOCKING
WESTERN FRAMING
HYDROSTATIC
PRESSURE
ACI INSULATION
JACINTO COLOR STEEL
THERMAL INSULATION
ELECTROLYTIC ACTION
HIGH TENSILE
STRENGTH
PLACA ROMANA
STEEL
FORMICA
TANGUILE
250mm
FLUE
PITCH POCKET
KNOTS
PRIMER SEALER
AA
MOLDS AND STAINS
GALVANIZING
COUNTERSINK

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
342
343
344

353
354
355

A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob
The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material
A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water
A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a
tank
A low wall around a chalet type house
Common hardware fastener for truss braces
A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint
The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware
Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall
A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition
One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window
sash
A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood
A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd
Concrete with low cement content

356

Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints

345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352

357
358
359

A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the
foundations
A fireproof door with metal covering
Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling,
furniture and interior form

ROSE
SCRIBE
DAVIES
GLASS
ZOCALO
LAG SCREW
COMPRESSION SEAL
CRASH BAR
BLEEDER MASS
SOLEPLATE
STILE
SOLIGNUM
COLOROOF
LEAN
FLOOR PANEL
SHEET PILE
KALAMEIN
HARDWOOD

360

The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work

SOFTWOOD

361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370

Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks
Finest wood for furniture
Used for paneling and plywood veneer
Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames
Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame
Used for framing joist, truss
Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs
The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs
Used for paneling
The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch
A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart
shakes, star shakes and wind shakes
A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins
A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer
A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by
shinkage during drying
Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface
A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by
sawing too near the surface of the lag
The decay of seasoned wood caused by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the
wood they infest
1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length
Thickness x Width x Length / 12
1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider
2" to 4" thk
5" x 5" and larger
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with a
thin layer of wood, glued together with industrial glues
Hip roof support
Another term for plaster board
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and support
for finish trims around openings and near the base of the wall
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor
Steel window section for muntins

YACAL
TINDALO
DAO
KAMAGONG
WHITE LAUAN
APITONG
NARRA
TANGUILE
ALMACIGA
KNOTS

371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389

223/622

SHAKES
PITCHPOCKETS
SPLIT
CHECK
WARP
WANE
DRY ROT
1 BOARD FOOT
BOARD FOOT FORMULA
BOARDS
DIMENSION LUMBER
TIMBERS
PLYBOARD
JACK RAFTER
GYPSUM BOARD
TRIMMING GUARD
RIPRAP
SLEEPERS
Z BAR

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

391
392

A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during
installatiuon of floor or wall finishes
A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security
Admixture that impart color on concrete

393

Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete

394

Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring

395
396
397
398
398
399
400
401

The soil or rock directly beneath the footing


Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders
To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing
A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat
A type of concrete floor which has no beam
A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber
A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface
A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk

402

A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived
from coal of petroleum and before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to liquid

390

403
403
405
406
408
409
410
411
412
413
414

The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used
primarily for electrical fixture and pipe sealing
The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement
The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade
Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its
become self supporting
An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width
A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the
elements so that the painting is not required for protection
A pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over
stretchers in the course below
Such as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation
shielding
A type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck,
while the inside edge is supported from the wall being built
A portland cement specification
A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various
embossed pattrens for industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets

415

A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs

416

Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns


A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities,
maintenance free, used to finish topcoat and wood flooring
A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood
imitation, flooring and piping

417
418

POLYMER
DEAD BOLT LOCK
TRUSCON
PRE-TENSIONED
CONCRETE
PRE STRESSING
FOUNDATION BED
3 DAYS
SAHARA
BLISTERING
FLAT SLAB
WOOD PLANK
FLOAT GLASS
CASEIN
ASPHALTIC

TEFLON
HYDRATION
SCREEDING
FALSEWORK
TRENCH
WEATHERING STEEL
FLEMISH BOND
HEAVYWEIGHT
PUTLOG SCAFFOLD
ASTM C 150
ALCLAD
CHALKING
PARQUET
POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING
PVC

419

The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces

420

A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also produces
about 150% of the heat of hydration of normal cement during first seven days

TYPE III HIGH EARLY


STRENGTH

421

The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete mixing

BATCHING

422
423

Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete


The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars

424

A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface

425
426
427
428

A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the
concrete has been placed and screen
An electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through
which a direct current is passed between the aluminum and the solution
The substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or
subtrite
A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up

224/622

GLAZING PUTTY

2 to 5 INCHES
SHOTCRETE
SOLDIERS
VACUUM DEWATERING
ANODIZING
VEHICLES
STAGING

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
429
430
431

No. 5 designation of a bar


A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or
structures below water level
A wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings,
usually caused by shrinkage during drying

432

Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque

433

A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce
The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer
together, thereby expelling the air from the void spaces
A special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during
driving
A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings
A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then
chilling it rapidly which is 3 to 5 times stronger than ordinary glass
A type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as
pigmented lacquer
A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid
Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width
and tied together by metal ties
A type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses
frames along its span and shoring on both ends
Class AA concrete mixture ratio
A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface
A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber,
usually caused by sawing too near the surface
A liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying
and not became part of the film
A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete
A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion
A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal
Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of
moisture or containing salts

434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450

The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale

451

A vertical joints between brick wythes

452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464

16mm
CAISSON
CHECKS
TENSION SET BOLTS
BANK
COMPACTION
BULB PILE
TIE BEAM
TEMPERED GLASS
DUCO
BED JOINT
CAVITY WALL
FLYING FORM
1: 1 1/2 : 3
PIER
WANE
SOLVENTS
KICKER PLATE
EXPANSIVE SOIL
HEAVING
ENAMEL
EFFLORESCENCE
KILN BURNED BRICKS
COLLAR JOINT

A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular
interval
It is not a vehicle of paint
A double unit glass
A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of
headers laid perpendicular to the stretcher course
Additive used to ensure that all particles of cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a
concrete setting
Flouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of
coatings for aluminium
A process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning
them
Another term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a
natural form of oxidation for protective coating
A rigid frame which is done by welding together its two spanning members, both are
connected homogenously to the vertical column members fastened conventionally to the
concrete pedestal
Steel plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests
on a masonry or concrete support
Used as a dry sheet to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of
combination of felted papers, shredded wood fibers and asphalt saturated
A type of surfacing in built-up roof where a flood coat of bitumens is applied over the top ply
and a layer of aggregate is applied while the flood coat is hot
Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out

225/622

CHECKING
EMULSIFIERS
INSULATING GLASS
COMMON BOND
DISPERSAL AGENT
LAMINATED COATING
ANODIZING
WEATHERING STEEL

TWO HINGED FRAME

BEARING PLATE
TARRED FELTS
GRAVEL SURFACING
SHAKES

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

468
469
470
471

PAINT DEFECTS
An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of
which breakaway from the surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to repeated
application of new coats over old coats
Discoloration of coating caused by solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented by
applying an impermeable undercoating
Formation of blisters or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the sun
during the process of drying
Progressive powdering from the surface inward
Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood
Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film
Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help

472

Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning

ORANGE PEEL

473

Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture

PEELING

474

As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or


incompletely dried undercoats, spots of grease or soap

475

Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc brushing

465
466
467

476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493

494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504

Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of old
work, over unclean or greasy surface
Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather
The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather
STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS
What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 10mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 12mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 20mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 25mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 28mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 32mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 40mm hot weld deformed bar
5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT
Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified
Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where
moderate heat of hydration is required
is used where high early strength is required
is used where low heat of hydration is required
is for use when high sulfate resistance is required
TYPES OF DOORS
This is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating sash.
Usually, the lowest light will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum comfort
Another version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting
ventilations but restricting the size of an object that can pass through the window
Operating sash for ease of operation
It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing
hardware intrinsic in the double hung window
A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired
Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door
It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with
casement sash
An awning window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on
appearance and ability to provide weatherstripping
Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg
TYPES OF HINGES
A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot
Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin

226/622

ALLIGATORING

BLEEDING
BLISTERING
CHALKING
DEADENING
MOISTURE BLUSH

PINHOLING
RUNS AND SAGS
TACKINESS
WRINKLING
FADING
0.396 KILO
0.616 KILO
0.888 KILO
1.580 KILOS
2.466 KILOS
3.854 KILOS
4.834 KILOS
6.314 KILOS
7.992 KIOS
9.866 KILOS
TYPE I
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V

PROJECTED

SECURITY
DOUBLE HUNG
SLIDING
COMBINATION
CASEMENT
AWNING
JALOUSIE
PIVOTED
HINGE
BUTT HINGE

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

528
529

A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open
position automatically
The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates
TYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS
A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising
Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door
frame
A hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on
the jamb leaf
A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building
Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure
Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure
TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING
A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row
Large footing extending a wide area
Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the
earth is capable of providing the desired support
Uses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a footing
used to distribute a concentrated column over the top of footing
A footing which supports more than one column load
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete
A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when subject
to the bearing load
An arch in which intrados below the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in
foundations
A watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or
structures below water level
A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure
A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically
located with respect to the footing
A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute
A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing stratum
into which the piles are driven
MIXING OF CONCRETE
About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added
READY MIXED CONCRETE
Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing
Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator

530

Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer

505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527

531
532

533
534
535
536
537
538
539

PLACING OF CONCRETE
Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding
water, then cement setting will start
MIXING OF CONCRETE
It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum
CURING OF CONCRETE
Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist
condition for at least the WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained
above 10 C and in a moist condition for at
least the WHAT days
HANDLING OF CONCRETE
General purpose concrete
Load bearing 4" CHB
Non load bearing 4" CHB
Cement mortar
Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I.
Roofing and cement bag stack
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS

227/622

SPRING HINGE
PIVOT HINGE
FULL SURFACE
FULL MORTISE
HALF MORTISE
HALF SURFACE
FOUNDATIONS
SHALLOW FOUNDATION
DEEP FOUNDATIONS
CONTINUOUS
MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION
PILE FOUNDATION
GRILLAGE FOOTING
COMBINED FOOTING
SPREAD FOOTING
BENCH FOUNDATION
INVERTED ARCH
CAISSON'S FOUNDATION
MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION
CANTILIVER FOOTING
GRILLAGE FOOTING
PILE FOUNDATION

DRUM MIXING
TRANSIT MIXED
CENTRAL MIXED
SHRINK MIXED

30 to 60 MINUTES

1 1/2 MINUTES

FIRST 7
FIRST 3
16 to 20 L of water
28 to 32 L of water
36 to 40 L of water
16 to 20L of water
4 FEET

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
540

Minimum bar size of footing

541

Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm

545
546
547

REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS


Minimum size of column rebar
Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns
Sizes of column ties
BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR
Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span
Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span
Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal

548

Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is

549

Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line

550

If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of cut

542
543
544

NO. 5 or 16mm
1 1/3 times the size of
aggreagates or 25mm
NO. 5 or 16mm
4 PIECES
NO. 2 or NO. 4
L/7
L/5
45degrees
12TIMES BAR DIAMETER
or 305mm
L/4
102mm,152mm,254mm

560

SPLICING OF REBARS
Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be
IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED
lapped or welded
SIZES OF LAP SPLICES
276MPa
24 times bar diameter
345MPa
30 times bar diameter
414MPa
36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm
15 degrees
Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE
ELECTROLYTIC
Aluminum-Concrete reactions
REACTION
THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS
OF SLAB, WALL OR BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING CONCRETE
STRAIGHT EDGE
Or "STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool after the concrete is placed and is used to strike
off the concrete surface to proper grade
JITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in
HAND TAMPER
flatwork construction
A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used
DARBY
to float the surface of concrete slab immediately
BULL FLOAT
A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete

561

A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner

562

A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete


THREE COAT PLASTER
First coat
Second coat
Third coat
A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic
state with water hardens into a stone-like mass
Refers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically
placed to support a building
A vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination of
the above materials
COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT

551
552
553
554
555
556
557

558
559

563
564
565
566
567
568

569

Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar

570

Spiral column combined with WF steel column

571

A steel column used as a support for girders and beams


TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

572

Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact

573
574
575

A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of
cracking
A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of
another

EDGER
JOINTER OR GROOVER
SCRATCH COAT
BROWN COAT
FINISH COAT
MORTAR
POST
COLUMN
SQUARED TIED SPIRAL
COLUMN
COMPOSITE COLUMN
COMBINED COLUMN
LALLY COLUMN
ISOLATION JOINT
CONTROL JOINT W/
DOWEL
T&G CONTROL JOINT
BUTT-TYPE
CONSTRUCTION

Used for floor of 5" thick and greater

228/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
576

Used of heat to prevent contractions


PRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE

577

Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments

578

Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam

579
580

Strands are stretch between massive elements


Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling

581

Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands

THERMAL EXPANSION
PRE-COMPRESSING
METHOD
SELF CONTAINED
METHOD
BOND FRICTION
THERMAL PRESSING
VOLUMETRIC
EXPANSION

587

SITE CASTS
Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the
LIFT SLAB
slabs of the building in a stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up the
CONSTRUCTION
columns to their finl position
Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from
FLYING FORMWORK
one floor to the next by crane, eliminating much of the labor
Useful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of
SLIP FORMING
formwork is oulled steadly upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while
workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous process
Is a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a
TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION
horizontal position, then tilted into positions and grouted together
(Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of
SHOTCRETE
compressed air and can be deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces
THIN SHELLS
The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell

588

Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface

582
583
584
585
586

596
597
598

A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured


components
A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground
level and then raised into sa position by jacking
CLASIFICATION OF PILES
A pile which carries a vertical load
A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it
A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces
One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to
keep water out of foundation
A heavy square timber which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used for
the construction of coffer dams, caissons
FLOOR SYSTEMS
A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist
A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction
Any joist which carries a floor

599

A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other

600

A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist
In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to
prevent or retard the spread of fire
A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes
A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor or
roof frame
STANDARD HOOKS
180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar
90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar
FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS
16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS
Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and
smaller
For bar larger than 16mm are the following:
10mm to 25mm

589
590
591
592
593
594
595

601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610

229/622

SHOTCRETE
PRE-FABRICATED
LIFT SLAB

BEARING PILE
FRICTION PILE
BATTER PILE
SHEET PILE
GUIDE PILE

GIRDER
SILL
FLOOR JOIST
TAILPIECE
LEDGER STRIP
DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP
HEDGER
TRIMMER

4db
12db
6db
12db
6db
4db

6db

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631

28mm to 32mm
36mm
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT
Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance
Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between
longitudinal bars shall be not less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZE
In walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than
WHAT TIMES the wall or slab thickness OF WHAT distance
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS
To 6 inclusive
Over 6 to 12
Over 12 to 20
Over 20
Over 40 to 60
Over 60 to 150
Over 150
Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm
thick or more; not greater than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF FILLET
WELDS
Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size,
or not exceed WHAT of its effective length
The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed
WHAT
The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner
part, but not less than WHAT
The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT
Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners
for a distance of not less than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld

632

Roof insulation under purlins

633

Roof insulation over purlins

634

Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier

635

Acoustical Installation

640
641
642
643

Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder

644

System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology

645

A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-

646

painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards

647

Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed
manner

637
638
639

db; 25mm
25mm
1.5db nor 40mm
3x or 450mm

3
4.5
6
7.5
9
12
16
MINUS 1.5mm
4x
ONE FOURTH or 1/4
200mm
5x;25mm
25mm
4x;40mm
2x
ALUMINIZED BACKING &
TAPE G.I. STRAP LINER
G.I. TIE WAR
ALUMINIZED
BACKINGRUBBER
CEMENT (RUGBY)
ASPHALT
NON FLAMMABLE
ALUMINUM

1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION


An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal
screws
A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like
Plexibond to a tacky consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable
finish
A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus
softens and dissolves by water or by chemical after sufficient drying
What is the standard weight of a 25mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel
bar per meter length
A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers
It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold
A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface

636

8db
10db

230/622

3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM


BLIND RIVETS
CEMENT TEXTURED
FINISH
WRINKLING
3.853 KILOS
SEAM LOCK
SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP
BLEEDING
#16 EXPANDED METAL
LATH
MODULAR
COORDINATION
MAIN/CROSS TEE AND
WALL
ANGLE SUSPENSION
SYSTEM
3/4" THK CEMENT GROUT

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

649

What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel
bar per meter length
What is not a brand of ceramic tiles

650

A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform

651

Floor system by Jackbuilt

652
653
654

In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors
Wood end joint requiring tensile strength
Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood

655

Coarse aggregates standard sizes

648

657

Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making
the connection clean of joint traces
An accessory of tie rod scaffold system

658

Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed

659

A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through
Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the
vertical height

656

660
661

Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry

662

Not a wood parquet geometric design


A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks,
install tiles and pebble washout

663

1.578 KILOS
PIEDRA TILES
3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT
MORTAR
PRESTRESS CONCRETE
T-BEAM FLOOR SYSTEM
MORTISE LOCKSET
SCARF
OIL WOOD STAIN
1/5 SIDE FORMS, 1/3
DEPTH SLABS, 3/4 CLEAR
SPACING
BLIND AND STUB
FORM CLAMP
UNIFORM 10mm
THKCEMENT PLASTER
VISION DOOR
BENCHMARK
SCREW WITH EXPANSION
PLUG
HEPTAGON
FINISHING MASON

664

A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2"
o.c. which serves a s form when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel

CURDOROY or TOOL
FINISH

665

A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets

MODULAR SYSTEM

666

A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free

668
669

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principleSECONDARY COLOR LIKE ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW
A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally
Steel window section for muntins

670

Basic parts of stressing anchor

667

671
672

A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during installation
of floor or wall finishes
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a
thin layer of wood, glued together

673

What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold

674

In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left

675

Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts

676

Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that
can be used for two slab

677

It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete

678

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A


DEGREE OF ITS COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY

231/622

LAMINATED
HUE SCALE
PLAIN MITER
Z-BAR
SHIMS, BEARING PLATE,
STRESSING WASHER,
BOTTOM PLATE
POLYMER
PLYBOARD
CROSS BRACE MUST BE
INSTALL IN OPPOSITE
DIRECTION
75mm WIDE PRESSURE
SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED
DUCT TAPE STRAP AT
600mm O.C.
WOOD LATHE MACHINE
or TORNO
CONDECK
ALUMINUM PIPES &
CONDUITS AT R.C.
SHALL BE SECURED
NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT
MUST BE EFFECTIVELLY
COVERED
CHROMA SCALE

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
679

A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security

DEAD BOLT LOCK

680

A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp

INSTALL POLYETHELYNE
FOAM W/ ALUM. FOIL
BARRIER. ADHERE BY
INDUSTRIAL ADHESIVE
TO GALVANIZED AIR
DUCT

681

To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear
stresses present at the joint

REVERSE THE LOCATION


OF THE "Z" PURLINS

682

Minimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in
place

683

The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door

684

Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof


1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant
decorative surface
Concrete hollow block laying
CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by used
of needles
Simplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across
loom. Pile height is determined by height of wire inserted
The loom is highly specialized and nearly as versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations
and designs are limited only by the number of tufts in the carpet
The loom operates like a velvet loom, except that it has a Jacquard mechanism with up to six
color frames
This process produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a
viscous vinyl face that hardens after the curing

685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692

693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707

The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing
and pile yarns are looped togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles

20 mm
SPACE TO INSTALL
CONCEAL DOOR CLOSER
PURLIN SAG RODS
STUCCO FLOORING
FINISH
ASINTADA
TUFTED
VELVET
AXMINSTER
WILTON
FUSHION

KNITTED

A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of
SCRATCH COAT
cement grout mixed with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry
spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
TANGUILE
Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING
maintenance free to finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by
SANDBLASTING
mechanical or pneumatic means. It is left to dry to give rustic finish
Terrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally
RUSTIC TERRAZO
exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
A type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the
PIVOTED
sill or sides of the jamb
LEFT HAND
A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left
A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry
MASONRY NEUTRALIZER
surface. Without this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in relatively
PEELING
large pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation
The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads
directly into the garage
A series of arches supported by a row of columns
A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved
opening
A recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a basement
window or doorway
A facing of squared stones

232/622

ANCHOR BOLT
APRON
ARCADE
ARCH
AREAWAY
ASHLAR

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

708

709
710
711
712
713
714
715

A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and
decorative trextured surface. This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a
IMPRESSO CRETE
fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the concrete is still plastic to
create the look and finish of stone, slate or brick
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet
INSET or INTERIOR
sidings
SCARF
A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally
A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is
RUSTIC TERRAZO
intenionally exposed while the cement matrix is depressed
STANDARD TERRAZO
The most common type; relatively small chip sizes
VENETIAN TERRAZO
Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between
Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk with
PALLADIANA TERRAZO
smaller chips filling the space
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and sill
PIVOTED
or about the side jambs

716

To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end

717
718
719

and the cement plaster should be..


It is not a brand of house paint
Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window
An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during
installation
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural
light only
is the act of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in
preparation for a finishing surface such as pavings
A floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making
interesting and attractive rustic clay shade patterns

720
721
722
723

KEEP THE CEMENT


PLASTER
AS THIN AS POSSIBLE
ICI DULUX
RABBET
EDGE STRIP TROWEL
SMOKED GLASS
GRADING
VIGAN TILES

724

Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall

305 mm

725

A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system


A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening
to bear the weight of the walls above the opening
Pre-construction of components as part of the whole
Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes
Lumber that is not squared or finished
hinges on left; open inward
hinges on right; open inward
hinges on left; open outward
hinges on right; open outward
A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement
Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened,
the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act in
one direction only, or in both directions.
A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to
provide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow the
original surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to it
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which
gypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a
retarder in Portland cement.
Basic ingredient in clay
A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,
light brown and red
A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not
exposed to back up waste from drainage pipe
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air
between the drainage and vent system where the drainage system
might otherwise be air bound.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing the
qualities of materials and mode of construction.
Additional information contract documents

GIRDER BEAM

726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735

736

737
738
739
740
741
742
743

233/622

LINTEL BEAM
PRE FABRICATION
KNOTS
UNDRESSED LUMBER
LEFT HAND
RIGHT HAND
LEFT HAND REVERSE
RIGHT HAND REVERSE
Party Wall
Spring hinge

Varnishes

Gypsum
Brick
Sandstone
Dry Vent

Relief Vent

Specification
Bid Bulletin

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752

753

754

755
756
757
758
759
760
761

762

763
764
765
766
767
768
769

Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of the
girder shall be __________.
Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall be
the size of its breadth?
Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessible
space below the first floor which is usually less than a full story
height.
The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely
different material.
The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one
another.
Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal?
A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or
translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and
stabilizer.
Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture
through the concrete. Reduces permeability.
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of
concrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase the
rate of early-strength development for several reasons
A traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durability
and beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. In
addition, has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is
adaptable to countless variety of purpose.
A mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or without
coloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts and
types of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface,
forms as adherent continuous film which provides protection,
decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties.
Is a cellular framework of squared steel, concrete, or timber
members, assembled in layers at right angles, and filled with earth
or stones.
Bigger than ceiling joist usually placed every 1.20m o.c.
Used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usually
restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are made
in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness.
What should be the maximum spacing of stirrups applied if the
depth of the girder is 0.40 m?
A wall which separates two abutting living units as to resist the
spread of fire.
Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency of
some clay.
Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surface
of freshly placed concrete to produce some special result
Which of the following is not a Sheet Glass?
a. Picture Glass
b. Window Glass
c. Heavy Sheet Glass
d. Insulating Glass
A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which
are guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drum
which is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motordriven.
The minimum length of splice needed for column.
Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator
Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side to
retain earth and prevent water from seeping into the exaction?
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch
circuits are connected.
Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driven
into the ground to serve as boundaries?
Identify the miter joint

234/622

16 inches or .46 m
9 inches o .23 m

Crawl Space

Adhesiveness
Cohesiveness
Steel
Glass

Damproofers

Accelerators

Wood

Paint

Cribbling
Ceiling rafters
Load bearing wall tile

8 inches
Fire Block
SPT Standard
Penetration Test
Concrete Additives

Insulating Glass

Roll-up door
60 cm
35 degree
Sheet piles
Distribution Line
Brace or the Diagonal

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795

796

797

798

Identify which figure is a dado wood joint


Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork
Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint
Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter?
A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent
retaining wall of the structure below grade is a
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement
of masonry walls are known as
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous
to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a
hand operated machine is
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to
the other primarily to resist bending is a
A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to
obtain a desired property
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the
center of the knob or lock cylinder
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its
corrosion resistance and ductility is
The Filipino term for horizontal stud is
The Filipino term for riser
The Filipino term for collar plate is
The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
The Filipino term for plumb line is
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral parallel to the wallforces
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser
equals 6 how many risers will there be between two floors
having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?
A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden
boards sub-flooring is by
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper
floors is
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunners
used for dropped-ceiling in offices is
The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch
(1) x 4(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the
available T & G is 1 x 4 x 16 and the effective width is 3.5 , the
total board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called

799

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls can be


minimized by

800

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in


tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be
minimized by the use of

801

A material used to remedy vapor flow

802

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and


they are customarily finished with

pantile
foundation wall
control joints
balloon framing
tryolean finish
chord
Casein
alloy
Backset
wrought iron
Pabalagbag
takip silipan
sinturon
poleva
hulog
cantiliver
shear wall
15..

gluing/pasting
0.90 meters
24 x 48 x

1,098 bf

post-tensioning

post-tensioning
providing building paper
sheathing and space filled
wood
glossy surfaced asphalt
saturated paper, 50 lbs or
more

235/622

lath and plaster

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820

821

822

823

824
825
826
827
828

829

830

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also


be applied over CHB masonry wall by using
To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar
materials come together, it is necessary to provide
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing is
A narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges
of two parallel boards in the same plane is a
The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is
The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the
appearance of a larger beam is known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joists of each
storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing
walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building
created by the presence of water in the soil is known as
A window which projects outside the main line of a building and
the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is known
as
A form of brick bond in which each course is alternately
composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers is known as
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next
batch of concrete is placed against it is
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high
compressive strength but low tensile strength is
The Filipino term for plastered course is
The Filipino term for bottom chord is
The Filipino term for purlin is
M
The Filipino term for top chord is
The capacity of a wall to hold moisture is important in the
design of dwelling units. Select the best material which will
reduce moisture in a wall when used
Plaster or plywood ceiling on nailers or joists below a
ventilated roof space may show pattern staining on the
ceiling. This can be prevented by
Heat gain through the walls in buildings exposed to
afternoon sun intensifies discomfort of inhabitants because of
conductivity. However, this can be minimized by the use of
Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by using
less expensive materials with the application of construction
techniques
The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and a
total rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riser
is 7 7/8, therefore, the stringer length is
Dry walls are customarily finished with
The riser of a stair is 6 inches. What is the run using
formula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degrees
One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is
the use of

furring
flashing material
grade beam
batten
post-tensioning
beam blocking

western framing

atmospheric pressure

bay window

flemish bond
cold joint
cast iron
kusturada
estunyo
reostra
sopo
tahilan
1 thick V-cut wood
boards

adequate insulation
combination of wood
boards and plywood with
cavity between
double wall plywood on
horizontal and vertical
studs with
absorbents
3.69 meters
lath and plaster
12.2247 inches
plastic hose filled
with water

A manual method of squaring the corners of a building


lines in building layout, is the use of

3-4-5 multiples with the


use of steel tape measure

When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floor


finishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP)
steps
Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls,
slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existing
buildings should be provided with

felt paper below sub-slab


then WP on top of the subslab

236/622

expansion joints

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
831

832

833
834
835

836
837
838

839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847

848

849

850
851
852
853

A typical block or panel type insulating material used in


flat roof of commercial or industrial building
What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding a
water tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000
U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) and
freeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the water
tank.
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is small
compared to wall area, will normally require acoustical
treatment of the
A ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and
finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools
is a
A building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz,
hornblende and mica is a
A form of brick bond in which the course consists of
alternate stretchers and headers in known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joist of each
storey rests on the top plates of the storey below and the
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
is known as
The Filipino term for rabbet
The Filipino term for projection is
Given a riser equals six inches and using the stair treadriser
proportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers will
there be between two levels having a vertical distance of 9-0
A geological or ground condition considered in determining
the size and type of foundation of the building
These are materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing
system of residential buildings
The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are
These are classified as good and less expensive insulating
materials used in buildings
This is a material that holds less moisture, is very light, less
water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of
dwelling units
The toilet bathroom floor finish is designed to be at least
one inch below the bedroom floor finish. What should be the
vertical distance between the bedroom floor finish and the top
line of the 2 x 6 yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bath
floor system assuming that thick mosaic vitrified tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on
4 RC slab with membrane
waterproofing, using standard acceptable measurement of
materials for residential houses
A Howe Truss is being considered to support the roofing
system of a residential building. The pitch of the truss is 1
vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, if
the span of truss is 12 meters and the eave is 1.5 meters
horizontally?
The finished frame surrounding a door is a
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both
knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key is a
A door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the
other, this leaves may operate independently or together is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a

237/622

corkboard

4.16 meters

columns, splices,
materials, lot
columns, splices,
materials, lot
ceiling only

nickel steel

serpentine
flemish bond

western framing

vaciada
bolada
18 risers

soil bearing pressure


aluminum foil sheets
reinforced concrete and
high grade steel
porous concrete, glass
fibers, guilt materials
asbestos-cement shingles

6 inches

7.906 meters

door jamb
knob bolt
dutch door
lap seam

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861

862

A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or


plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape
laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately
up and down is a
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
wall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a
The wall of Intramuros is
The Filipino term for rafter is
The Filipino term for baseboard is
A climatic factor that is considered in the structural and
architectural design of tall buildings
This is a ground condition that determines the size, type
and shape of the building footing/foundation
What is the height of a curtain wall for a downfeed water
tank at the deck roof with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameter
of 3 meters, freeboard of 0.30 meters, shall be as high as the
water tank

863

Select the grouping one subject of which is a general


criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings

864

The most common materials used for roofing of urban


residential houses

865

For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings,


exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions

866

867

868

869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884

Rise is the vertical distance between the upper surface of


two consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between the
nosing of two consecutive steps is the
Noise inside the building is o two kinds, namely, airborne
noise and impact noise . Insulation must be provided against
both of these by internal walls and floors. Examples of better
sound insulation are
When the soil beneath the building is not exceptionally
well drained and it is necessary to exclude dampness, the best
material to be used which is installed beneath the concrete slab
is
This material holds less moisture, is very light with less
absorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residential
houses in tropical regions
Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
etc. is called
A twisting force is
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil
to stabilize foundation, etc. is
The term stone-cut refers to a
Wood with metal cladding is called
The Filipino term for floor joist is
The Filipino term for bottom chord is
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and
columns is
Chord splice connectors for trusses is
A vertical line check uses a
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints
together is
Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the
ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and
excavation lines are called

238/622

lap seam

mission tile

grade beam
fortification
kilo
rodapis
lightning
soil bearing pressure

3.513 meters

concrete, steel and wood,


type of floor finish
G.I. sheets
space frames, light steel
skeleton structures
going

double wall on 2 x 4
studs

pitch or bituminous felt

asbestos cement shingles


2 corr.
chase
torsion
sheet piling
wood siding
kalamein
soleras
tirante
AA
split-ring
plumb bob
clamp nail
weathered
hip rafter
batter boards

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

913

Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or


cast-iron core designed to support a part of load is
The Filipino term for ceiling joist is
The Filipino term for concrete beam is
Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
is called
The vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where
concreting was stopped and continued later is called
A twisting force is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
etc. is called
It is a special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and
multiple web
When the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less
than 0.50, slab is a
Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably
at the joints of the truss
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of
It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the
wall
The section of which the moment changes from positive to
negative is called
What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces?
Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, having
standard corrugation are coated both sides with
Wood flooring finishing material
What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt strip
roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks?
The time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete
footing
Wall partition wooden framing is called
How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of an
ordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing?
What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing?
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing
sheet is
What hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugated
asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from
the surface inward occurs. It is called
A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is
called
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight
without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame
is called
A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called

914

A one-way concrete slab are used when

915

Level tool is a

885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894

895

896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912

239/622

composite
kostilyahe
biga
spirit level
construction joint
torsion
chase
hybrid girder
one-way slab
purlins

space frame

space frame

15 mm
shear wall
inflection point
zinc chromate
aluminum coating
7 & 6 wood planks
staple wire
24 hours
studs
1
acrylic latex type
acrylic paint
L hook bolt
chalking
construction joint

bearing wall
flat slab
the slab is being
supported by two parallel
beams
tool used for guiding and
testing the work to a
vertical and
horizontal position

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
916

Steel square is a

917
918
919

The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called


Tin shear is a
Auger bit is part of
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression
test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection
during the progress of construction and after completion of the
projects for a period of not less than

920

921

Wood board should have a thickness specification of

922

926

Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is


The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight is
called
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make
smooth cutting and curving on solid wood is called
The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system is
called
Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and

927

Dressed lumber is referred to

928

The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is


Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead
weight
It refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully in
place or may not be present at all is called
The distance between inflection point in the column when it
breaks is called
The amount of space measured in cubic units
An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permit
expected movements between them is called
To find the volume of water in a cylindrical tank, multiply the
area of its base by its
The most important component to determine the strength of a
concrete mix is
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called
Jack rafter is used for
The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called
The face or front elevation of a building
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a
pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to
An opening in the roof for admitting light is called
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than
broad leaves are called

923
924
925

929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953

tool for testing and for


framing work
riser
masonry tool
bearing tool

2 years
not less than 1 thick x 4
and up wide
2 to 5 thick
run
portable hand router
girder
knots
smoothed or planed
lumber
cross-cut
load bearing walls
live load
effective length
volume
contraction joint
height
cement
cantilever beam
hip roof support
total run
faade
sump
Pre fabrication
skylight
softwood
firebrick

The building frame construction system that uses one piece


structural stud from the foundation to the roof
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be
plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings
and near the base of the wall
The distance between two structural supports
The scientific name for wood is
In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide the
height of the stair by the number of
A kind of roof that has four sloping sides
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
A tough used for carrying off water
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured
concrete

240/622

balloon framing

plaster ground
span
XYLEM
risers
hip roof
rip-rap
moat
stripping

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

959
960

A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting


rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for
securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the
top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above
the opening
The placing of glass in windows or doors
A rejected building material because of its below standard
grade is called
Another word for handmill on a stair construction
A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials

961

Green lumber is

954
955
956
957
958

962
963
964
965
966

967

968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980

purlin
anchor bolt

lintel
glazing
cult
banister
lap joint
lumber that still contains
moisture or sap

The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof is


called
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a part
of the cornice
A large heavy nail is referred to as
In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide the
height of the stair by the height of each
Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to
be done

Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedure


refers to

Lumber specification S4S means


The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a
roof or bridge truss
Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2 laid over a concrete slab floor
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent
blade set at
A wall that holds back on earth embankment
In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party
wall
Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass
To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximum
strength
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset
keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof
intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building
vertical space in a building intended for ducts, pipes, wire and
cables
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the
building

981

The zig-zag rule is a

982

Keystone is

983

Kalomein door is

984

Lumber that is not squared or finished

985

How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concrete


reinforcement constructed

valley
facia
spike
risers
caisson
vertical and horizontal
wood sticks and lumber
used to
determine the elevation
and ditances of the
reference points of the
proposed building
smooth on four sides
chord
wood saddle
45
retaining wall
oxy/acetyline welding
common wall
alabaster
stabilize
escutcheon
flashing
chase
formworks
carpenter measuring tool

241/622

wedge-shaped stone of an
arch
a fireproof door with metal
covering
milled lumber
90 degree bend plus 12 db
extension, at free end of
bar

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

986

Good high-strength-bolted connection for steel should have the


following physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT
ideal?

987

What are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are not


critical?

988

989
990

991

992
993

994

995

996

997

998

999

Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply?

What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground to


provide foundation for the superstructure?
What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry
use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes,
beams plates and engine heads?
A concrete flooring and finish which transforms ordinary plain
concrete into an elegant and decorative textured surface. This is
done by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast
color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the
concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate
or brick
Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and
flushed with the cabinet sidings
Type of carpet weave important for an architect/designer to
know to guide him as to what type of construction and specification
should he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weaving
where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable wires
inserted consecutively across the loom?
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and
columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible
base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to
the surface to give a tooth for excellent plaster adhesion
Local species of wood commonly used for wall studding, cabinet
framing, and flush door framing, though scarcely available in the
market now due to forestry ban. This type of species is due to
cheaper cost than the other listed below
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while
maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to
finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency
mortar mix is sprayed by mechanical or pneumatic means. The
sprayed cement is left to dry and give a rustic finish. Optional paint coat maybe required
What criterion conforms to good construction practice for the
earliest time to remove scaffolding for concrete flooring other than
early-strength concrete if no anticipated load is expected over
poured floor?

A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal
angles diagonally
When utilizing knock-down modular system of cabinets and
1001
furniture, an end user is constrain of using:
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance
1002 whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the
cement matrix is depressed
1000

242/622

Surface in contact with


the bolt head and nut
shall have a
slope of not more than
1:10 with respect to a
plane normal to the
bolt axis
batter piles
group of parallel
reinforcing bars bundled
in contact to act as
a unit shall be limited to
three in any one bundle
grade beam

foundation bolts

stucco floor finish

asintada
inset or interior

velvet

scratch coat

mahogany

polyurethane floor coating

sandblast
25% of scaffoldings can
be removed at slab area
after 14 days
and 100% of scaffolds
after 21 days after pouring
scarf
standard sizes, shapes
and forms
standard terazzo

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

1003

Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs the


quality of concrete?

1004

A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees


to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb

1005

To prevent cement plaster from improper adhesion, the


substrate must be roughened while observing the following:

1006
1007
1008
1009

1010
1011
1012

A type of hands of door where the hinge is at the left and the
door leaf swings inside the room to the left
What type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a
French window?
An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the
underside of a ________ tile during installation
A water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime
activity in new masonry surface. Without preparing the surface with
this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
A paint defect which indicates imperfect adhesion of paint to
the surface, with the film getting stripped off in a relatively large
pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door
with glass to allow natural light only
Vernacular term for rough plastering

Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and must


be well graded, easy workability and method of consolidated are
1013 such that the concrete can be poured without honeycomb or voids.
What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate when
working spaces between reinforcements for proper bonding>
What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcement
1014 of beams and columns not exposed to earth or weather for precast
manufactured under plant control conditions?
What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound
1015 material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing
surface such as paving?
A floor finish commercially size 1 x 12 x 12 utilizing clay and
fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic
1016
clay shade patterns. Because of the rustic effect the floor is finished
rough and simply adhere by cement with some irregularities
What is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand,
1017
or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete?
1018 An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete
Class of rock changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or
1019 combination of these forces.
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made;
colorless when pure used as a retarder in Portland cement
Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to
1021 absorb shocks from sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof.
1020

A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows
1022 air to circulate around every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly.

243/622

concrete shall be carried


on at such a rate that
concrete is at
all times plastic and flows
readily into space
between reinforcement
pivoted
keep the cement plaster
as thin as possible
left hand
rabbet
notch trowel

masonry neutralizer

peeling

figured wired glass


rebokada
Course aggregates shall
be no larger than the
minimum
clear spacing between
individual reinforcing bars
or wires, bundles of
bars, or prestressing
tendons or ducts
db but not less than 30
mm

grading

vigan tiles

tendon
Accelerators
Igneous

Gypsum

Wood

Air Drying

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain
1023 directions are all substantially parallel
It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at
1024 right angles to the grain of each adjacent layer.
1025 In masonry, a joint or interstice between stones, to be filled with mortar or cement
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
1026 against it.
1027 A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A
To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly
1028 aluminum, by electrolytic action.
1029 Squared building stone
1030 Usually the lowest storey of a building, either partly or entirely below grade.
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated
1031 deflection so that it will have no sag when under load
A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement
1032 and water
1033 A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length
1034 A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure
That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 feet above
1035 grade
1036
1037
1038

1039
1040
1041
1042

1043

1044

1045
1046
1047

1048

What is the protective plate surrounding the keyhole


of a door
A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door
A type of catches for closing of cabinet doors in
place. A fastener which holds a door in place by
means of a projecting spring actuated steel hall
which is depressed when the door is closed
For finishing accessories, what is the term for a hand
grip installed in a shower, which may be used in
steadying or support ones self.
For finishing accessories, a device attached above
screen door as automatic door closer.
A type of tape used in finishing joints between
gypsum board.
A threaded bolt having a straight shank and a
conventional head such as square, hexagonal,
button or countersank.
It is a type of thermal insulation and it is made from
fibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber,
cotton fiber, or animal hair.
For the soil method of testing, it is a boring with
standard penetration tests can give indication of the
bearing capacity of the soil by the number of blows
of a standard driving hammer required to advance a
sampling tube into the soil by a fixed amount.
For the soil type classification, if the particle of soil
takes the whole hand to lift it is called.
For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is
For brick work construction.what brick work with
alternate courses of headers and stretchers.
For control of concrete mix. It is prepared when
freshly mixed concrete and filled in the cone with
three equal layers. Being tamped and rodded 25
times with a standard 5/8 bullet nosed rod.

244/622

Glue Laminated Timber

Plywood
Joint Filler
Cold joint
A-Frame
Galvanize
Ashlar
Cellar
Camber

Cement Paste
Brace, Diagonal
Boliden salt process
Cellar

escutcheon
cremone bolt

bullet catch

grab bar

spring door closer


perforated tape

machine bolt

blanket insulation

test boring

Cobble
senepa
English Bond

Slump test

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
A type of wall in construction that laterally braced
1049 that bears against an earth or other fill surface and
resists lateral and other forces.
It has been proven in construction that
_____________has durability and beauty. It has a
1050 great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load and
light in weight which adaptable in a countless variety
of purposes.
In construction, it is a mixture of cement, sand and
1051 water, used for laying brick or masonry. It is too
weak to be used by itself as a material for building.
In history of masonry,____________were apparently
first used around 3500 B.C. by the people who lived
1052
in the flat, low laying plain between Tigris and
Eupharates rivers in what called now Iraq.
A valve controlling the flow of water or gas from
1053
main to a service pipe. Also called corporation cock.
A shieve like device for mixing air with the water
1054
flowing from the end of the spigot.
Any of a class of thermoplastics characterized by
extreme toughness, strength and elasticity and
1055
capable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, and
sheets.
1056 These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage.
These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together
1057 to form a uniform film
during the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface.
These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and
1058
color particles from separating from each others.
1059 Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet"
1060 English term for " Sinturon"
1061 A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
1062
bending is a
1063 A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is
It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts, foundation
1064 sills, railroad tiles and
other construction where strength and durability is required.
A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the process
1065 of deposition,
resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms.
It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely crushed
1066
stone. (
Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and
1067 that is calibrated with a nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to
be measured.
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light
1068
only
1069 Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter.

retaining wall

Wood

mortar

bricks

Corporation stop
Aerator

nylon

Stabilizers

Coalesting agents

Anti-flooding Agents
Liso galvanisado
Kanallado
Collar plate
French Tile
Chord
Wrough Iron

Bansalagin

Aerocrete

Granolithic finish

Magnetic Gauge

Figured wired glass


Fascia board

An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able
to reach at some parts of this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection cover.

Manhole

A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks, quarry
stones, ashlars, concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes and mostly
1071
bonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of
not reinforced concrete.

Masonry

1070

245/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same
1072 Materials as brick, but all
are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.
A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse at
the center of the
1073 board to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces
are sanded. Uses are
floor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates.
1074 Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll"
is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture,
structures, toys, and
1075
other items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use only
wood elements.
1076 Filipino Term for "Terrace"
Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is used1077 one is a kraft paper.
The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods.
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100

In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose of
removing fuzz of protruding fibers?
is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compact
appearance
is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process
In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or
fabric with low thread count?
is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushing
process to raise the fiber ends
is a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteria
resistant
also known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a little
or no ironing after washing
In fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by hand
on the fabric until the color and design are transferred.
is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on a
cardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portions
is a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engraved
on rollers
is another method of fabric design wherein the color is
removed from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating design
It is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep
scallops.
have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavy
polyester fabric
are factory manufactured and can be insulated, also called
accordion shades
have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cord
and the surface overlaps in horizontal folds
What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane?
is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing
are the vertical bars separating the glass pane
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in
drywall construction
During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers,
this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the
outside.
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width
of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.
The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical units
except ______.
Which material would effectively reduce reflected noise and
reverberation time to produce safe and enjoyable surrounding?

246/622

Structural tile

Particle board

Palupo

Joinery

Asotea

Vapor barrier

gassing
beetling
fulling
slip-resistant finish
napping
antiseptic finish
drip-dry finish
block printing
stencil painting
roller printing
discharge printing
Austrian shades
honeycombed shades
pleated fabric shades
roman shades
mullions
frame
muntins
Rigid Board Insulation

Outside Door Latch

Panic Bar
Hardwood panel
Melamine foam linear
wedges

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
This acoustical material is manufactured from rock wool, glass
1101 fibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood or
metal framing system.
Acoustical cotton fiber composite board is manufactured using
1102
BAP. What does BAP stand for?
A type of gypsum board available in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inch
1103 thickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibers
mixed with gypsum core.
Any of a variety of soft floor finishes made of synthetic materials
such as nylon or natural material such as wool. It is either glued
1104
directly to the floor or installed over an underlayment of hair felt or
foam rubber. What is it?
Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of
all the provisions in the
mechanical code on elevator design and installation?
a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cables
1105
b. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom of
pit to the underside of the car platform
c. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevator
d. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator
Pyramid is a type of commercially produced acoustical tile.
Which of the following is not a characteristic of this material?
a. Made of open celled polyurethane acoustical foam
1106
b. Available in 2,3, & 4inch thickness
c. Tetrahedral in shape
d. Ideal for audio room application
Which material would exhibit the highest sound absorption
1107
coefficient (SAC) value?
These consist of loose fibers or granules and is made from
cellulose, fiberglass, rock wool, cotton or other materials. These
1108
materials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities using
special equipment. What are these?
Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____.
1109 a. Ductile
b. Malleable
What are the property(ies) of concrete as an acoustical material
are/is important?
a. Aerated concrete is fairly absorptive
1110
b. Concrete provides virtually no absorption
c. Concrete accepts and transmits impact sound
d. All of the above
A roofing tile which has the shape of an S laid on its side is a
1111

Acoustical tile

Bonded acoustical panel

Type x

Carpet

3 ropes are required for


traction type elevator

Tetrahedral in shape

carpet

Loose fill insulations

A and b

All of the above

Pantile

That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure
1112 below grade is a

Foundation Wall

Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known
1113 as

Control Joints

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second
1114 floor joints is known as

Baloon Framing

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second
1115 floor joints is known as

Tyrolean Finish

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist
1116 bending is a

Chord

1117

A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is

247/622

Casein

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1118

a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property

The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock
1119 cylinder

1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127

A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is
The Filipino term for horizontal stud is

1130

The Filipino term for riser

Wrought Iron

Takip silipan

The Filipino term for collar plate is

Sinturon

The Filipino term for temper (metal work)

Poleva

The Filipino term for plumb line is

Hulog

A beam that projects beyond one or both its support


A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall

A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by


The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is

The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped1131 ceiling in offices is
The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1) x 4(commercial size) T &
G flooring. Assuming that the available T & G is 1 x 4 x 16 and the effective width is 3.5 ,
1132
the total board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be
1133 wider than the ordinary by adopting a structural method of construction called
Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs
1134 by conduction. This can be minimized by the use of

1135

Backset

Pabalagbag

Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 how many risers
1128 will there be between two floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?

1129

Alloy

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished with

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB
1136 masonry wall by using

Cantilever
Shear

15

gluing/ pasting

0.90 m.

24"x48"x1/2"

1098 bf

Post tensioning

Wood

lath & plaster

furrings

To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is
1137 necessary to provide

Flashing material

The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and
1138 bears directly on the column footing is a

Grade Beam

** 6 to 8 - distances of nails
1139 ** Every 4 - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing
1140

248/622

notes

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171

249/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202

250/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233

251/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264

252/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295

253/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326

254/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010
BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349

255/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER


1

These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization
(mountains; deserts; seas)

Visible architecture is composed of:

A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three
dimensions: length, width and depth.

Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are
distinct, regular and easily recognizable
One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two

forms be relatively close to each other or share a common visual trait.

Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater
as the greater is to be the whole.
One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the view
of another

Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and


interrelationships of the planes that describe the boundaries of volume

Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment.

10

It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity.

11

The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose of
the building or reason of erection.

12

Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture.

13

Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes in
a wheel.

14

It means equality

15

It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality.

16

When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence.

17

A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or
growing out of past experience.

18

It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a
various object or part of a competition.

19

Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.

20

It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual.

21

These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body.

22

The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known
or assumed size.

23

Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then
regular repetition is presented.

24

The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of
human body.

256/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER


25

The art and science of building design and construction.

26

Who said that The magnificent display of volume put together in the light

27

That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets.

28

With respect to an observer.

29

A series of form arranged in sequence in a row.

30

A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid.

31

Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another.

32

This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its
shape and volume.

33

Who said The will of the epoch translated into space

34

A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner.

35

Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized.

36

A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form.

37

One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity.

38

A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common


visual trait.

39

Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies.

40

is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other
physical features at one level of a
structure.

41

Describes the relationships between elements of a design.

42

Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their commodities
in a limited space or
modules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both to
retail and wholesale.

43

What do you call the study that deals with human measurements?

44

deals with space planning in relationship with mans activities

45

human factor engineering

46

Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug


(military town) and fauborg (citizens town) of the medieval ages.

47

Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super


building that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is
the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?

48

It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combination


of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on
town center.

49

A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area


(1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of
open space as structuring element.

257/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

50

He is remembered for his Ideal Cities star shaped plans with


street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church,
palace or castle

51

Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms


of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established
lines of transportation.

52

53

Published the book called Fields, Factories and Workshops; or


Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work.
Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density and
variety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includes
flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of
seating possibilities.

54

A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community.

55

The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more
parcels.

56

Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic Survey
uses south.

57

Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit.

58

A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats up
the remaining adjacent rural open spaces.

59

A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general
public interest but rather to serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented groups
in society.

60

In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land
resources to ensure that the present generation can benefit from its continued use without
compromising future generations.

61

This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive

62

land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances.

63

Reason for planning.

64

Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without
compromising the needs of the future generations.

65

First Planner and developed the Gridiron.

66

A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being.

67

The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and
later to the birth of cities.

68

The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted from
the population growth of the city and the congestion that existed in streets.

69

In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits of
the city and the congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.

258/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER


70

A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision.

71

The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces.

72

He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'.

73

A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for
residential development.

74

A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale organization
and design of the city, with the massing and organization and the space between them, but not with
the design of the individual buildings.

75

The science of human settlement.

76

By definition, settlement inhabited by man.

77

Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste
disposal facilities.

78

The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element.

79

A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by Ernest
W. Burgess. The city is conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the central
business district and fanning out from which are the residential and commuter zones.

80

The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces.

81

A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.

82

This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc
coated wire hexagonal mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.

83

A very steep slope of rock or clay.

84

A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low
grassy land near a river or stream.

85

A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains.

86

A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water.

87

On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection.

88

Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single ownership,
and which is legally recorded as a single piece.

89

A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall.

259/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER


90

Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___.

91

In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a given
amount of space.

92

The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the
Philippines.

93

Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and characterized
by substantial subsidies and direct assistance.

94

A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can
investigate the property and make a decision.

95

Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the potential
buyer has serious intentions.

96

A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges
against the capital account.

97

Written document to transfer the property to one person to another.

98

They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses.

99

Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the
industry.

100 Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply.
101

Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at
the site.

102 Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings.
103

Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to separate
different types of living units.

104 Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.
105 System building is the complete integration of all ___.
106 The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city.
107

An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and
services.

108 Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry.


109 Three general types of structures.
110 A piece of land with an economic use for farming.
111 Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature.

260/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER


112 Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect.
113 Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow.
114 Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun.
115 Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___.
116 A lattice structure that serves as a summer house.
117 In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___.
118 The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape.
119 The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat.
120 Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___.
121

Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied in
the ___.

122 Also called the blood-stream of a city.


123 A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community.
124 The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___.
125 An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas.
126 A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the ground.
127 A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier
128 The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals.
129 The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water.
130 A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land.
131 A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line.

132

The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of
deficiencies which might exist and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development goals.

133 A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area.

261/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER


134 In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course.
135 An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown.
136

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time,
usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.

137 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease.


138

Early type of settlement in America taken after the baug (military town) and fauborg (citizens town)
of the medieval ages. (CDEP IX-15)

139

Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental
planning? (CDEP IX-45)
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a super building that contained 337 dwellings

140 in only ten acres of land. What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? (CDEP IX18)

141 Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area?

142

It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one
item at a time, beginning with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)

143

It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured in
cm or inches per hour). (CDEP IX-2)

144

It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and have
moderately difficult terrain. (CDEP IX-3)

145 What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4)
The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of
nuclei in the patterning of urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two
146
theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, which among the zones is the medium class
residential? (PTIT 132)

147

It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external. They
are usually a rather simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT 133)

148

In the book called The Neighborhood Unit he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive
neighborhoods which was applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)

149

A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in
greater London Plan; Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109)

150

t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts,
and main axis focusing on town center. (CDEP IX-16)

151

first conceptualized the Garden Cities; and author of Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social Reform.
(CDEP IX-16)

152 Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132)
153 Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132)

262/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER


154

These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the
intensive foci to and from which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)
Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a

155 garden image. It sometimes included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety
of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)

156

When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP IX31)

157

He is remembered for his Ideal Cities star shaped plans with street radiating from central point,
usually proposed for a church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)

158

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peters and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed
a Network of avenues connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)

159

The author of The Death and Life of Great American Cities one of the most influential book in the
history of planning. (PTIT 116)

160

Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the cities
and municipalities of Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)

161

Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to
the city center along established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)

162

Published the book called Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture
with manual work. (PTIT 128)

163

Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of
other disciplines, all of those are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)

129
95
61
27
-7
-41
-75
-109
-143
-177

263/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER


-211
-245
-279
-313
-347
-381
-415
-449
-483
-517
-551
-585
-619
-653
-687
-721
-755
-789
-823
-857
-891
-925

264/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Geography
Volume & Depth
Volume

Platonic Solids

Face to face contact

Golden section
Juxtaposition
Form
Color
Contrast
personal character
Balance
Centralized
Balance
Scale
Rhythm
Assoc. Character

proportion
balance
personal char.
anthropomorphic
proportion
visual scale
unaccented rhythm
human scale

265/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
architecture
Le Corbusier
form
visual inertia
linear form
grid form
subtracting
transformation
articulation of form
Adolf Hitler
Radial Form
design process
. clustered
dimensional trans.
grid form
color
Floor Plan
Balance

Tiangge

anthropometrics
ergonometrics
ergonomics
Medieval Organic City

Unite d Habitation

Letchworth

Leslie Patrick
Abercrombie

266/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Leon Battista Alberti

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

Garden Oasis

Greenbelt

Platting

Azimuths

Final Plat

Urban Sprawl

Advocacy Planning

Sustainable Land Use


Planning
Local Government Code,
1991
R.A. 7160

Promote Human Growth

Sustainable Development

Hippodamus of miletus

City

Agricultural Surplus

Insula

Truebounded City

267/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Traffic.

City Planning

Daniel Burnham

Subdivision Regulations

Urban Design

Ekistics

Human Settlement

Capital Facilities Planning

Physical Settlement

Concentric Zone Concept

Buildable Area

Dwelling Unit

Gabion Wall

Cliff

Meadow

Ridge

Ravine

Restriction

Parcel

Common Wall

268/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Brasilia

Density

National Shelter Program

Social Housing

"Option to Buy"

Earnest Money

Amortization

Deed

Developers

Appraiser

Real Estate Broker

Total System

Housing Codes

Zoning
Prefabrication
Manufacturer
Subsystems

Urban Renewal

Urban Area
Code of Multiplicities and
Tradition
Primitive / Vernacular /
Grand
Productive Use

Health and General Use

269/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Social Implications

6.00 mts.

Bedrooms

Growth and Change

Gazebo

Grass and Plants

Site Planning

Ecology

Accurate Aerial Mosaic

Comprehensive Plan

Transportation System

Urban Blight

Star

Freeways

Landmark

Lane

Land-use Plan

Land

Land Boundary

Land Survey

Land-use Analysis

Land-use Survey

270/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Latitude

Lawn

Lease

Leasehold

Medieval Organic City


d. National Development
Planning
Unite d Habitation

Pateros

Specialists

Permeability

10-15 %

2%

Landmarks

Clarence Perry

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

Letchworth

Ebenezer Howard
Outlying Business
Districts
Heavy Manufacturing

271/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Nodes

Garden Oasis

1916

Leon Battista Alberti

Sir Christopher Wren

b. Jane Jacobs

ZIP

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

c. ekistics

272/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

273/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


1

Minimum exit door width.

Minimum floor to ceiling height.

Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

10

Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

11

Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

12

Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

13

Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

14

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

15

Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

16

Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

17

Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

18

Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

19

Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

20

Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

21

Minimum height of a guard rail.

22

Maximum height of a guard rail.

23

Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

24

Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

25

Minimum width of a class A ramp.

26

Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

27

Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

28

Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

29

Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

30

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

31

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

274/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


32

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

33

Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

34

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

35

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

36

Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

37

Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

38

Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.

39

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with
sprinkler system for institutional use.

40

Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

41

Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with
sprinkler.

42

Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

43
44
45

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a
public assembly building.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a
public assembly building.
Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly
building.

46

Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

47

Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

48

Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

49

Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

50

Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

51

Occupant load per person for laboratories.

52

Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

53
54

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what
classification of occupancy.
Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification
of occupancy

55

Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

56

Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

57

Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

58

Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

59

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form
part of an air distribution system.

60

A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

61

Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

62

A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support


combustion.

275/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


63
64
65

A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension.
The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less
volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly
purified substance.
A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and
ignited will cause an explosion.

66

Temperature rating at flash point.

67

A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

68

The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

69

Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

70

A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

71
72

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient
concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs,
rodents or other pests.

73

Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

74

Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

75

Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

76

For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

77

Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6
persons.

78

Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

79

Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family
dwelling.

80

Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

81

Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

82

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than
a balcony.

83

Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

84

Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

85

Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

86

Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

87

Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

88

Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.

89

Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread
below 25 cms in dimension.

90

Maximum height of a handrail.

91

A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

92

The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire
test is known as.

276/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


93

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements
produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.

94

Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

95

Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

96

Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

97

Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

98

Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

99

Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

100

Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

101

Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

102

Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

103

Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

104

Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

105

Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

106

Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

107

Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

108

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

109

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

110

Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

111

Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

112

Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

113

Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

114

Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

115

Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

116

Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

117

Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

118

Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

119

Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

120

Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

121

Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire
escape.

122

Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

123

Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

277/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


124

Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

125

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and
other similar materials.

126

Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth,
rubber, and plastics.

127

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials


are immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

128

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source


of extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection
engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device,
suppresses fire within the area protected.

129

A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

130

Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

131

Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

132

Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

133

Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

134

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

135

Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

136

Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

137

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many
degrees Celsius?

138

In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

139

Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

140

Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

141

Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

142

Occupant load per person for classrooms.

143

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to
the

144

outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)

145

Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

146

Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

147

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

148

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.

149
150

Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum
area of how many square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are
more than 15 sleeping accommodations for hire.

278/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

151

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and
bathroom facilities, whether designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden
apartment, or by any other name.

152

Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

153

Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

154

Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives

155

Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)

156

Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate

157

Materials easily set on fire

158

Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.)

159

Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F)

160

Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals

161

Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below


the bottom chord of roof trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several
compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.

162

Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.

163

Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.

164

Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance

165

Continuous passageway for transmission of air

166

Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.

167

Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a space
between 2 conductors due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor

168

Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames

169

Active principle of burning

170

Building unsafe in case of fire

171

Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of
presence/danger of fire

172

Fire resistive door

173

condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting,


safeguarding of life & property.

174

Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units.

175

Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke


detectors, warning system)
- Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves)

279/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


176

Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of
building components with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe
evacuation of people.

177

Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition

178

Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension

179

Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion

180

manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or


explosions.

181

Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in approximately
same floor level.

182

Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored.

183

Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected

184

Rocket or liquid propellant

185

Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain


salts to form uniform glazing on the surface of treated materials

186
187

Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system


Intended use/purpose of a building

188

Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease


contract/permission with the owner/administrator

189

Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible
material under condition of high temperature.

190
191
192

Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical


system.
Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property
Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion

193

Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which


includes fans for introduction of air.

194

building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble

195

street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use

196

Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

197

partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture

198
199

Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire.
Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals.
Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically
discharges water when activated by heat.

200
201

Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where
water is made available to outlets as needed.

202

Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building

203

Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building

204

Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent


actuated by automatic detecting device to suppress fire.

205
206
207

Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor


Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics)
Flammable liquids and gases

280/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


208
209
210

Electrical
Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.)
Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use of
Fire Service and occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.

211

Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored.

212

Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are


immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.

213

pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections

214

Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and
ammunition

215

Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general


alarm to prevent panic

216

An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire (dampers,


curtain board, fire stoppers)

217

Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test

218

A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4
hours and structurally stable.

219

Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material.

220

Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials

221

Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth
that fires are likely to occur and hard to suppress.

222

Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.

223

Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to a
public way.

224
225
226
227

Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions
thereof.
Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic) w/c when spread on surface becomes
protective and decorative finish.
Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which when
pushed from the inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a building,
structure or facility.
Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or
groups.

228

Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air
distribution system.

229

density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time.

230

PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS

231

PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more

232

TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS


INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants)
MAX. ______ from any point of the room to

exit door.

281/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

233

234

235

236

237

238
239
240

241

242

243

244

Lot Occupancy Corner Lot 90%


Inside Lot 80%
*at least 2m from property line
Sanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainage
Foundation Footings 250mm thick & 600mm below ground
Floor Live Load
1st Floor 200 kilograms per sq.m
2nd Floor 150 kilograms per sq.m
*minimum
Roof Wind Load 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projections
Stairs Clear width 750mm
Rise 200mm
Run 200mm
Entrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit
min. horizontal dimension not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a
street or yard, or by a passageway 1.20m min.
a. Natural Ventilation min of 2.70m
Artificial Ventilation (min.)
1st storey 2.70m
2nd storey 2.40m
3rd storey 2.10m
b. Mezzanine min. of 1.80m
1. Rooms for Human Habitations 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m)
2. Kitchens 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m)
3. Bath & Toilet 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m)
1. School Rooms 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person
2. Workshops, Factories, Offices 12.00 cu.m of air space per person;
3. Habitable rooms 14.00 cu.m of air space per person.
eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side & rear
property lines / sum of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas of
walls
at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system)
a. Ventilation or vent shafts horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter
height of shaft
b. Air Ducts 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm
1. Office, Administrative purposes not < 3 changes of air per hour
2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens not < 10 changes of air per hour
3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute
4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute,
supplied each person
a. Footings at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not > 300mm
beyond Property line.
b. Foundations not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public
sidewalk areas
Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade
a. Definition a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by
the building and projecting over a wall or sidewalk
b. Projection & Clearance outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be
not < 300mm, vertical clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall
not < 3.00m
c. Construction incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive

282/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

245

246

247

248

249

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


a. Definition a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be
retracted, folded, collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.
b. Clearance
Awning to curb line not < 300mm
Vertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) not < 2.40m
not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project
beyond PL except fire exit doors
a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner
Chaflan
b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m
a. Temporary walkway 1.20m wide (during construction
b. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m
a. Railings street side of the sidewalk at least 1m in height
b. Fences not < 2.40m above grade
c. Canopies 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m.

250

a. Removal protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no


longer required.

251

1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions


w/in ______

252

253

Escalator draft curtain at least 200mm on all sides


Automatic Sprinklers provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft
curtain. Distance bet sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center
1. Access not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm
2. Area Separation enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided
into horizontal area max of 250 sq.m. area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fireextinguishing system.

283/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

254

255

256

1. Number of Exits
Above 1st storey 10 occupant 2 exits
Mezzanine 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension 2 exits
500-999 3 exits
2. Exits if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the perimeter
area.
3. Distance of Exits w/o sprinkler 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m
4. Doors
a. Swing exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more occupant
load
b. Double acting doors view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.
c. Width and Height not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening 90
degrees and exit way clear width not < 700mm
5. Door Leaf Width max of 1.20
6. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies
a. Width not < 1.10m
b. Dead Ends max 6.00m in length
7. Stairways
a. Width serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant load
of 50 or less may be 90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant load of <
10 may be .75m (750mm)
b. Rise and Run. Rise max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)
c. Winding Stairways narrower side of the thread 150mm 300mm
d. Circular Stairways used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mm
e. Landings straight run max of 1.20m, vertical
f. Distance bet landings max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.
g. Handrails not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.
h. Stairway to Roof if 4 or more storeys in height
i. Headroom clearance 2.00m
8. Ramps width 1.10m min
9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passageways
a. Slope exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8
a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of
< 45 degrees, if located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof.
b. Space bet supports
- flat wire glass not exceed 625mm
- corrugated wire glass - 1.5m
- glass no wired 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mm
c. Ordinary Glass if ridge doesnt exceed 6.00m above the grade
d. Glass for Transmission of Light not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area
have wire mesh
1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc.
w/c has an occupant load of more than 20.
2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or
assembly halls w/ occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more
than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.
3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles

284/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

257

258

259

260

261

1. Construction and Test shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to


withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of water pressure
2. Size 900 liters water per minute
3. Number Required every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is
950m or less, equipped w/ 1 dry standpipe.
4. Siamese Connections:
2 way 100mm dry standpipe
3 way 125mm
4 way 150mm
Siamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade
5. Outlets standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2
way standpipes 63mm outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)

1. Size Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per
sq.cm water pressure
2. Outlets 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above
the floor.
3. Water Supply street main not < 100mm in diameter
4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes
5. Fire pumps capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm
connected to street main w/ not < 100mm diameter

1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area
2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m
3. Window Grilles
4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.
5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m

1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc.


2. Non load-bearing partition walls.
3. Interior portion of a house
4. Replacement of windows
5. Replacement of flooring
6. Perimeter fence & walls
7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures
8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices

any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertise


Specific Provisions:
1. Business Signs max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg.
2. Ground Signs shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self supporting
outdoor signs 10.00m away from PL
3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires
4. Wall Signs not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/
combustible materials shall not exceed 4.00sq.m. area
5. Temporary Signs
a. Steamers lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the pavement
6. Administrative Provisions
a. Exemptions sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.

285/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

270

1. Width
1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk
1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line &
the outermost face of bldg not < 500mm
1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width
separating bet arcaded portion and open portion of sidewalk
2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits
2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or
steps
2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not
exceeding 100mm

1.1. Primary Lines min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement,
7.5m from the top of the shoulder/sidewalk
1.2. Secondary Lines min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement
a. Fire Hydrants not < 5m
b. Curbs not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway
a. Clearances Over Roof Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of
roofs
4.1 New Building load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault
4.2 Location ventilated to outside air
4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less
than 200mm, 300mm load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface
constructed of HCB shall have a coating of cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm.
Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.

5.1 Ventilation Openings


5.1.1. Size not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the net
are shall not be < 0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA
5.1.2. Drainage vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided w/
drain
6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor
rating
1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom of
pit.
1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype
elevators.
1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm
1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.
1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger
elevator shall be kept on 24 hour constant service.

2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal
2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall
not exceed the width of the steps by more than 330mm.
2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.

286/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

271

272

273

274

275

276

277

3.1 Location
3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located outside
w/ distance not < 3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the boiler
3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall
3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at
least 5m above the eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.
3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding
water, 1 steam driven and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector.
3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler
3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.
3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of water
heating surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety valves
are required.

4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60 MPM
temperature at an air movement.
4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.
4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be
provided for every .04536kg of ammonia in the system.
4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the
floor.
4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground

5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be
used:
5.1.1 Overhead tank supply may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an overflow
pipe leading to a storm drain and be fully covered.
5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank unfired pressure vessel
6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes may
be screwed
6.2 Color coding of Piping:
Steam Division High Pressure White
Exhaust System Buff
Water Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue
Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue
Salt water piping Green
Oil Division Delivery Brass or Bronze
Discharge Yellow
Pneumatic Division All piping Gray
Gas Division All piping Black
Fuel Oil Division All piping Black
Refrigerating Division Pipes Black
Fittings - Black
erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line.
4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway
4.2 Railings not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street
and ends of the canopy. Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m.
4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its
length
G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas

287/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

278

6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the use
of pedestrians). Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway shall
be allowed
6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.
6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.
6.4 Railings not < 1m in height

279

7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its
length

280

8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles
exceed 1.2m height, material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back.

281

282

9.1 All buildings 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor.


9.2 In every construction at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or
dry fire extinguisher.
9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such
hydrant/connection bet it and the center of the street.
10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be
provided w/ a physician/nurse.

283

11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors average light intensity not < 2 foot candles.
11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used 5 foot candles.

284

shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height

285

286

287

288

13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height


13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/
handrails & toe boards. Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm.
13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level of
such floors
13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide.
13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days.
13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m
13.7 Temporary stairs (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm
nor more than 660mm) 2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not <
762mm long
14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks
14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:3
14.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8,
runways/ramps shall be provided w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart
14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings
15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load.
15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the
end shall not < 150mm
15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to
sustain @ least 6 times the max load
15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground
15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform

16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used
for loading & unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the
edges of openings, guard rails not < 910mm high placed not < 600mm.
16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high

288/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

289

290

291

292

293

294

295

17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate
rail shall be provided bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not
more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs. per
meter
17.2 Toe Boards shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of
Wood shall not < 25mm nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart, Metal
shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart.
18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations
w/ are more than 6m above pt. of material to be removed
18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matls
18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides
18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the
upper side
18.5 Openings into matls/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be
protect by a substantial guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor
Private Open Space Requirements
% OF OPEN SPACE
TYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Other
a. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road)
50% 25%
b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15%
c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5%
d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of
seashores, etc) 5% 5%
unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and unobstructed
from the ground upward.
a. Inner court bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.
b. Open court bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open
space
c. Through court bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite sides
bounded by other open space.
Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may reduced
to not < 1.50m in cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2 storeys in
height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not < 3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like triangular shall
be < 3.00m
Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the rate
of 300mm
Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational Buildings
ROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR
30M & above 10m 3m
25-29m
8m
3m
20-24m
6m
10-19m
4m
2m
Below 10m
2m
2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use &
50% of each of the non-dominant
2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises

Average automobile parking size

289/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


296

297

298

299

Truck or bus
1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots
not more than 100sq.m Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units
1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units
b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units
c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit
1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms
1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms
1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit
1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer area
1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area
1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds
1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator area
1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area
1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms
College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms
1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds
1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys
Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area
Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area
1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and
storage bins 1 car slot/1,000 sq.m of gloss floor area
1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant
1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character
2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer
3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years
4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction
1. Public Buildings
2. Traditional Indigenous Family
Dwellings native materials
Cost doesnt exceed P15,000

300

Null & Void not commenced in a period of 1 year


Abandoned work for 120 days

301

P.D.. 1096

302

Maximum height of a combustible stand.

303

Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back.

304

Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle.

305

Maximum slope of an aisle.

306

In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back.

290/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


307

Minimum width of any seat.

308

Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.

309

Minimum clear width of an exit doorway.

310

Maximum width of an exit door leaf.

311

Minimum width of an exit corridor.

312

Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of
more than 10

313

Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999.

314

Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain

315

Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials.

316

Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler.

317

Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials.

318

Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques.

319

Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade.

320

Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway.

321

Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace.

322

Minimum number of exit for a projection room.

323

Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof.

324

Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof.

325

Minimum thickness of glass used for floors.

326

Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next.

327

Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300.

328

Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand.

291/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


329

Minimum width of a run in a stand stair.

330

Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back.

331

Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back.

332

Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle.

333

Minimum intensity of lights for exits.

334

Minimum width of side aisles.

335

Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter.

336

Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side.

337

Open space requirement for an interior lot.

338

Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot.

339

Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

340

Minimum stair width for a residence.

341

Standard minimum area of a toilet.

342

Minimum dimension of a kitchen.

343

Minimum area for vent shafts.

344

Air space requirement for a school room per person.

345

Air space requirement for a habitable room per person.

346

Minimum area of opening of an air duct.

347

Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at
least 2.40 mts. In depth.

348

Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk.

349

Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50.

350

Minimum width of a temporary walkway.

292/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


351

Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk.

352

Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width.

353

Minimum horizontal dimension of a court.

354

Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court.

355

Standard air space requirement per person for factories.

356

Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine.

357

Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums.

358

Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation.

359

Minimum dimension for a vent shaft.

360

Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee.

361

Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground.

362

Minimum height of a construction fence.

363

Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy.

364

Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction.

365

Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection.

366

Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

367

Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms.

368

Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

369

Maximum dimension of a stair landing.

370

Maximum slope of an exit court.

371

Minimum width of run for circular stair.

372

Minimum headroom clearance for any stair.

293/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


373

Maximum slope for an exit passageway.

374

Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground.

375

Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose.

376

Minimum number of exit for any stage.

377

Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof.

378

Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress.

379

Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies.

380

Maximum length of glass for jalousies.

381

Minimum width of exit in a stage.

382

Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights.

383

A store window in which goods are displayed.

384

Maximum width of a business sign.

385

Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires.

386

Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot.

387

Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step.

388

Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp.

389

Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair.

390

Standard turn circle of a wheelchair.

391

Office building parking ratio.

392

Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot.

393

Hotel building parking ratio.

394

Hospital building parking ratio.

294/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


395

Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served.

396

Colleges and university parking ratio.

397

Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.

398

Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for
auditoriums.

399

Minimum width of a dropped curb.

400

Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator.

401

Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building.

402

Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable.

403

Minimum door width for an accessible elevator.

404

Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall.

405

Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably.

406

Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled.

407

Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential)

408

Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation.

409

Minimum area of rooms for human habitation.

410

Least dimension of rooms for human habitation.

411

Least dimension of an air duct.

412

Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below


the grade line.

413

Minimum width of an exit door.

414

Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors

415

Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants.

416

Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants.

295/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


417

Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails.

418

Minimum run of a winding stair.

419

Maximum run of a winding stair.

420

Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step.

421

Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail.

422

Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides.

423

Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle.

424

Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it.

425

Maximum width of seat in a stand.

426

Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof.

427

Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof.

428

Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials.

429

Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials.

430

Minimum firebox wall thickness.

431

Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls.

432

minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls.

433

Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes.

434

Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide.

435

Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection.

436

Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection.

437

Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection.

438

Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide.

296/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


439

Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe.

440

Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening.

441

Standard length of a fire hose.

442

Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building.

443

Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve.

444

Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade.

445

Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk.

446

Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk.

447

Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire.

448

Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width.

449

Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade.

450

Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade.

451

Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk.

452

Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above.

453

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when
crossing the highway.

454

Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along the
side of the highway.

455

Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street.

456

Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof.

457

Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.

458

Maximum area of a dumbwaiter.

459

Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which
they might be reached.

460

Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its
point of attachment to than building or pedestal.

297/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


461

Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street.

462

Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter.

463

Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac.

464

Unit area per occupant for dwellings.

465

Unit area per occupant for Hotels.

466

Unit area per occupant for offices and garages.

467

Unit area per occupant for class rooms.

468

Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors.

469

Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children.

470

Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor.

471

Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria.

472

Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs.

473

Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room.

474

Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like.

475

Parking requirement for Hotels.

476

Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters,
and the like.

477

Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area.

478

Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area.

479

Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area.

480

Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.

481

Parking requirement for motels.

482

Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.

298/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


483

Parking requirement for colleges and universities.

484

Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools.

485

In BP344, the required width of a corridor.

486

Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street.

487

Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb.

488

Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts.

489

Maximum slope of a ramp.

490

Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served.

491

Preferred width of corridor for the disabled.

492

Maximum height of a water closet from the floor.

493

Preferred height of switches from the floor.

494

Minimum height of a switch from the floor.

495

Maximum height of a switch from the floor.

496

Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled.

497

In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail.

498

Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair.

499

Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs.

500

One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to
be occupied by one family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.

501

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to
the ground or soil.

502

A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

503

A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one
family for living, sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.

504

A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation.

299/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


505

A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised
1.20 mts or more above the level of the main floor.

506

The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney.

507

A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and
which is built in conjunction with a chimney.

508

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls
over opening.

509

Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of helicopters


is permitted.

510

The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional


type of construction.

511

Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction


intended for the storage of valuables.

512

A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.

513

The unit area per occupant for hotels.

514

The unit area per occupant for dining establishments.

515

The unit area per occupant for theaters.

516

A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time
after commencement for a period of.

517

Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall
have a minimum width of

518

Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person?

519

Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road
directly connecting said building to a public street a width of.

520

Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not
less than how many millimeters in width?

521

Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal
clearance between the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall
not be less than.

522

Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

523

Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

524

Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

525

Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

526

Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

300/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


527

Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end.

528

In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is.

529

Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the

530

top and bottom of any ramp.

531

Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall?

532

Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?

533

Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?

534

Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall?

535

Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall?

536

Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels.

537

Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served.

538

Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200
meters of structure.

539

Parking requirement for amusement centers.

540

Parking requirement for markets.

541

Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.

542

Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area.

543

Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area.

544

Parking requirement for places of worhip.

545

Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6 mts.

546

Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width.

547

Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts.

548

Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts.

301/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


549

Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall?

550

Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?

551

Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using


incombustible and non-explosive materials.

552

Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?

553

Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?

554

Standard length of a Wheelchair.

555

Standard width of a wheelchair.

556

How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a
wheelchair.

557

How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for
wheelchair users.

558

Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are
the basic planning requirements of BP344.

559

Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300.

560

R.A. 7277

561

A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms.

562

A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc.

563

The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of
standards and requirements which is the

564

Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in

565

Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for
an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than

566

Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than

567

Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is

568

Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is

569

Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is

570

Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line
to the face of the building is

302/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


571

Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement
in the form of

572

Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk
and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than

573

Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of

574

Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what
occupancy classification?

575

Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the
sidewalk

576

Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are
available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of
the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?

577

Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current
worldwide practice follow the

578

Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is

579

Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least

580

Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how
many?

581

Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds?

582

Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass
with a minimum width of

583

Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an
inside non-corner single frontage lot?

584

Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification

585

Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

586

Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified
under occupancy classification?

587

Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor
area of room?

588

Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how
many meters in length?

589

Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart
of not less than what fraction of?

590

Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air
space per person of

591

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is

303/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


592

Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at
least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than?

593

Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot
for every how many units?

594

Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have

595

Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of

596

Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification

597

Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy
classification?

598

Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

599

Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

600

Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy
classification?

601

Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an
access road directly connecting said building to a public street a width of

602

Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person?

603

Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width
of 25-29 m shall be

604

Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or
suspended at any time after commencement or a period of

605

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is

606

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is

607

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is

608

Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy
classification?

609

Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

610

Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy
classification?

611

Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of
100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses?

612

Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of
more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at

613

Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have
an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of

304/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


614

615

Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to
the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from
Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial
ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening
equal to at least how many percent of the floor area of the room?

616

Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of

617

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is

618

Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is

619

Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy a
building or a portion thereof at any one time is

620

Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________

621

Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum
_________

622

Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________

623

Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________

624

Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________

625

An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________

626

Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley

627

Parking ratio of Private Hospital

628

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot?

629

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot?

630

Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and
below it.

631

What is the minimum Kitchen size?

632

What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)?

633

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot?

634

What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot?

305/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


635

Least dimension for Toilet and Bath?

636

Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than
__________ measured from the floor to ceiling.

637

What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator?

638

Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance and
should be easy to locate with the aid of signs.

639

Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________.

640

Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person.

641

How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway?

642

A bar which extends across at least the width of each door leaf, which will open the
door if subjected to pressure.

643

Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy.

644

Contractors License law

645

Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well
as the enforcement of orders?

646

A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

647

The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for
habitation / use or within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.

648

The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the
establishment grade and the first of a typical floor of the building / structures tower
component.

649

The stone or marker at the head of a grave.

650

How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building?

651

How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building?

652

A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed
50% of the area of the yard.

653

What pipe color is for Hot Water?

654

What pipe color is for Cold Water?

655

The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the horizontal.

306/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


656

The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than
__________ meters per minute.

657

Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________

658

Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully
compressed buffers, a clearance of not less than __________ remains between the
underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.

659

How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it?

660

. What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over
14.00 meters

661

Water Code of the Philippines

662

What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement?

663

Escalators width shall not be less than __________

664

What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the
RROW?

665

Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of
not less than _________ in width.

666

What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac?

667

Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________

668

What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of


egress?

669

Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height
clearance of __________ above the roof.

670

What is the minimum setback for residential-1?

671

What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and
above?

672

What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW?

673

What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot?

674

What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot?

675

Roof The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection.

676

Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and
shall be at least __________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.

307/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


677

What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near
major intersections?

678

A store window in which goods are displayed.

679

A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and
become null and void if the building or work authorized therein is not commenced within
a period of _________

680

A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if


after final inspection and submittal of a Certificate of Completion.

681

What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms?

682

Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the firststorey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

683

That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to
the soil or the pile.

684

All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the
structure rests.

685

A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls
over opening.

686

The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of


helicopters is permitted.

687

A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building.

688

The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall
construction above.

689

A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than
__________ guest rooms where rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.

690

The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.

691

The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal.

692

. A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.

693

The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an


enclosing wall between piers.

694

What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating
capacity?

695

Pertaining to the measurement of the human body.

696

An exit, or a means of going out.

697

Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________

308/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


698

All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________

699

Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________

700

The Fire Code of the Philippines

701

Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of __________
to prevent water from collecting at the walkway.

702

The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________

703

Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________

704

What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways?

705

Minimum walkway headroom should be __________

706

Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of __________

707

The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be greater
than __________ above the adjacent surface.

708

Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate
because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within
the area.

709

What is the minimum length of a chaflans?

710

Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________ depth
and a 1.50m width.

711

The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall
provided with landing not less than 1.50m

712

What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level?

713

Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________

714

All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard
specification of the __________ of the Department of Trade and Industry.

715

The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

716

The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

717

Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building /
structure within __________ meter radius.

309/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


718

What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use
condominium buildings / structures if the unit gross area is 18 40 m2?

719

In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of
__________cm 50 cm

720

In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height
above the road or gutter.

721

Which does the building code regulate and control?

722

Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public
Works, Transportation and Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?

723

Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code?

724

What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction does
not commence with in one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is
suspended for more than one year; III - when construction is suspended for six months;
IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of 120 days :::

725

Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building


permit?

726

What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?

727

Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken?

728

Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy?

729

What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated

730

What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially ventilated?

731

The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room.

732

An off premise sign.

733

In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___.

734

When means of exit is insufficient.

735

Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or
structure.

310/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


736

Change from residential to commercial use of a building.

737

Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable.

738

Comfortable cool temperature is _____

739

What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code?

740

Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach
and departure zones of airports?

741

Which is not required in applying for a building permit?

742

Which is the most important basic need of human settlement?

743

What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled?

744

Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed
objects such as buildings and
nonbuilding structures.

745

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the
provision of the code in the field
as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

746

This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two
terraced flats or row houses so
that one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls built
at different times.

747

Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner
association for preliminary
approval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of permits.

748

Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for


downspouts.

749

Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.

750

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable


window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

751

Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.

752

Required number of water closets for males for an


auditorium serving 16-35.

753

Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving


10-50.

754

Required number of water closets for females for a


theater serving 51-100.

755

Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary


and secondary school.

311/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


756

Ratio of water closets for female population for


elementary and secondary school.

757

Ratio of urinals for elementary school.

758

Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal


Worship Places.

759

Minimum required number of water closets for female for


office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.

760

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to


poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of
occupants

761

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the


car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

762

Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and


counterweight rope.

763

Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an


escalator.

764

Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator


along the angle of travel.

765

Defining open space in residential subdivision

766

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake


low and middle income mass housing production

767

A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from


lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a
minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof
and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of
the abutting living units?

768

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.

769

This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like that


have been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture of
the Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures,
& other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects,
other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Board
of Architecture?

770

BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is

771

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium


Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may
meters away from the building it serves?

772

PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involving


flammable liquids and gasses?

312/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


773

Minimum exit door width.

774

Minimum floor to ceiling height.

775

Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

776

Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

777

Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

778

Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

779

Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

780

Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

781

Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

782

Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

783

Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

784

Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

785

Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

786

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

787

Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

788

Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

789

Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

790

Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

791

Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

792

Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

793

Minimum height of a guard rail.

794

Maximum height of a guard rail.

795

Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

796

Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

797

Minimum width of a class A ramp.

313/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


798

Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

799

Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

800

Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

801

Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

802

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

803

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

804

Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

805

Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

806

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

807

Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

808

Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

809

Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

810

Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.

811

Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system
for institutional use.

812

Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

813

Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

814

Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

815

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly
building.

816

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public
assembly building.

817

Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

818

Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

819

Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

820

Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

821

Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

822

Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

314/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


823

Occupant load per person for laboratories.

824

Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

825

Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
occupancy.

826

Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of
occupancy

827

Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

828

Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

829

Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

830

Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

831

An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an
air distribution system.

832

A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

833

Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

834

A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

835

A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension.

836

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts
and then cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

837

A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will
cause an explosion.

838

Temperature rating at flash point.

839

A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

840

The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

841

Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

842

A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

843

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form
an ignitable mixture with air.

844

A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or
other pests.

845

Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

846

Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

847

Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

315/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


848

For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

849

Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

850

Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

851

Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

852

Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

853

Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

854

Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

855

Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

856

Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

857

Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

858

Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

859

Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

860

Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.

861

Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms
in dimension.

862

Maximum height of a handrail.

863

A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

864

The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is
known as.

865

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid
drop in temperature of the immediate surrounding.

866

Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

867

Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

868

Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

869

Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

870

Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

871

Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

872

Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

316/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


873

Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

874

Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

875

Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

876

Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

877

Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

878

Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

879

Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

880

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

881

Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

882

Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

883

Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

884

Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

885

Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

886

Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

887

Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

888

Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

889

Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

890

Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

891

Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

892

Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

893

Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

894

Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

895

Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

896

Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

897

Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other
similar materials.

317/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


898

Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and
plastics.

899

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are
immersed for the purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

900

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of


extinguishing agents or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering
standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area
protected.

901

A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

902

Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

903

Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

904

Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

905

Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

906

Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

907

Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

908

Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

909

Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees
Celsius?

910

In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

911

Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

912

Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

913

Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

914

Occupant load per person for classrooms.

915

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the outside
and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)

916

Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

917

Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

918

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

919

Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.

920

Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how
many square meters?

921

Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than
15 sleeping accommodations for hire.

318/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

922

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities,
whether or by any other name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden
apartment,

923

Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

924

Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

925

An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines

926

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils.

927

An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP

928

Sanitary Engineering Law

929

An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber

930

Ammended Civil Engineering Law

931

Contractor's License Law

932

Condominium Act

933

Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC)

934

Magna Carta for Disabled Persons

935

Urban Development Housing Act of 1992

936

Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines

937

Interior Design Law

938

PRC Modernization Act of 2000

939

Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000

940

The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004)

941

Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973)

942

Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums

943

National Building Code

944

Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977)

945

Fire Code of the Philippines

946

Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions

319/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


947

Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning

948

Government Infrastructure Contracts

949

Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros

950

Economic and Socialized Housing

951

Accessibility Law

952

set offs explosives

953

explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material

954

plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base

955

flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F

956

liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter

957

produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings

958

in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire

959

first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less

960

extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current

961

a hot piece or lump after a material is burned

962

active principle of burning

963

minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air

964

a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions

965

stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion

966

a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined

967

materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion

968

descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

969

impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element

970

melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals

971

interior lot

320/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


972

inside lot

973

corner/through lots

974

3 sides public open space

975

REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW

976

REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW

977

REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE

978

minimum open space requirement from density 60-100

979

minimum size of pocket parks

980

potable water supply per capita per day

981

if independent from the developer

982

far away from pollution or source of contamination

983

difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation

984

not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing

985

minimum lot area- single detached

986

minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot

987

minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse

988

minimum lot frontage- single detached

989

minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot

990

minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse

991

maximum block length

992

provide an alley

993

maximum block length provided by an alley

994

maximum block length provided by pathwalk

995

height limitation

996

minimum horiizontal dimension of courts

321/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


997

minimum size of passageway or street

998

floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit

999

minimum ceiling heights

1000

minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine

1001

mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in %

1002

minimum door clear height

1003

minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom

1004

opening of main door

1005

service door/bedroom

1006

bathroom

1007

window opening and floor area

1008

window opening and floor area of bathroom

1009

stairway clear width

1010

maximum riser height

1011

minimum tread width

1012

headroom clearances

1013

maximum height between landings

1014

maximum number of risers w/o handrail

1015

handrail measurement

1016

minimum clearance of handrail to wall

1017

minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side

1018

maximim variation in tread and risers

1019

maximim distance between landings required of ladder

1020

electrical requirements

1021

2 units abut each other is re required of

322/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


1022

non residential shall not exceed from residential

1023

minimum distance between two dwelling units

1024

minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units

1025

minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

1026

minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

1027

minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1028

minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1029

minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1030

minimum parking requirement

1031

minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units

1032

exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less

1033

for every additional occupant load of 25

1034

maximum exit of travel

1035

maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher

1036

maximum dead end corridors

1037

maximum corridor of an interior corridor

1038

maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation

1039

clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units

1040

maximum landing width; equal to run

1041

with 3.00 m width of stair

1042

with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width

1043

above the nosing or tread

1044

maximum distance of travel when above one storey

1045

for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3

1046

headroom clearances

323/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


1047

lifespan of indigeneous materials

1048

a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles

1049

a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways

1050

a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units

1051

a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire

1052

a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall

1053

a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement

1054

shall cover of each phase

1055

min. lot sizes rowhouse

1056

min. lot sizes duplex

1057

min. lot sizes single detached

1058

Frontage Model A and B

1059

Frontage Model C

1060

Frontage irregular lot

1061

Frontage rowhouse

1062

Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block

1063

Frontage maximim length of blocklength

1064

DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS

1065

dwelling unit (household)

1066

occupancy unit (single)

1067

parking slot

1068

not more than the building it serves

1069

parks and playground

1070

4 floors

1071

5-6 floors

324/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


1072

7 floors and up

1073

required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm

1074

features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function

1075

a small recess space in a room or a wall

1076

a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate


mobility of wheelchair

1077

the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio

1078

a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels

1079

a paved footwalk at the side of the street

1080

a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor
materials meet

1081

an exterior passage for walking along

1082

width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety

1083

maximum dimension of turn about spaces

1084

maximum distance between restop

1085

width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair

1086

entrance depth w/ vestibule

1087

structural opening of door entrances

1088

clear opening of door entrances

1089

minimum dimension of floor area of toilet

1090

minimum dimension of floor area of elevator

1091

minimum width of door elevator

1092

centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches

1093

maximum gradient of ramp

1094

maximum length for 1:12 ramp

1095

minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp

1096

level area at the top and bottom of any ramp

325/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


1097

handrail level on both edges

1098

length of extension in a handrail from ramp

1099

height of curbs in a ramp

1100

parking slot width

1101

maximum height of tresholds

1102

provision of one fountain

1103

height of the rim of the fountain from the floor

1104

unobstructed clear space for public telephones

1105

height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth

1106

clear opening of telephone booths

1107

regular buses

1108

air conditioned bus

1109

passenger trains

1110

passenger airplanes

1111

4-50 seating capacity

1112

51-300 seating capacity

1113

301-500 seating capacity

1114

a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him
proceed with the construction

1115

all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place
of components of a building or structure

1116

any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding

1117

installation of all components of a building or structure

1118
1119

construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used partitioning,


location, size of openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not
increase its overall area thereof
any physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its
aesthetic quality

1120

a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has
different requirement

1121

remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original
condition

326/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


1122

the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position
to another, either on the same lot or to either one

1123

sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part

1124

a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to
that of the main building

327/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

328/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
0.71 mtr.
2.30 mts.
0.19 mtr.
2.75 mts.
2.00 mts.
0.28 sqm.
4
46.00 mts.
61.00 mts.
0.83 mtr.
14
7
60 cms.
91 cms.
2.00 mts.
56 cms.
112 cms.
3
76 cms.
38 mm.
91 cms.
106 cms.
7.50 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.
20.3 cms
1floor
55.9 cms.
55.9 cms.
15.25 cms.
30.5 cms.

329/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
22.9 cms.
3.66 mts.
2.13 mts.
1.98 mts.
3
50-300
2
30 mts.
30 mts.
31 mts.
2.5 cms.
91 cms.
1.00 mtr.
76 cms.
1.80 mts.
2.44 mts.
1.83 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.
4.60 sqm.
Institutional
Assembly
Assembly
Business
Picking rooms.
High rise building
Explosive magazine
Plenum
Fulminate
Phyrophoric
Oxidizing material

330/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Forging
Distillation
Dust
37.8 oC (100 oF)
Class B
Boiling Point
4 hrs.
Duct System
Flash Point
Fumigant
4.50 mts.
1.80 mts.
3.70 mts.
1.50 mts.
15.00 mts.
23.00 mts.
3.00 mts.
9 cms.
71 cms.
20.5 cms.
7 kgs.
112 cms.
76 cms.
20
61 cms.
91 cms.
25 mm
86.5 cms.
37.8 oC (100 oF)
Fire resistance rating

331/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Cryogenic
30.50 mts.
Assembly
Institutional
Business
Industrial
Mercantile
71 cms.
1
1.50 mts.
3.66 mts.
15 mts.
763 cms.
19 cms.
20 cms.
112 cms.
91 cms.
38 mm.
25 mm.
3.70 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.
76 cms.
10-17%
No limit
3.66 mts.
1.20 mts.
55.9 cms.
55.9 cms.
30.5 cms.
3.66 mts.

332/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
23 mts.
Class D
Class A
Dip Tank

Automatic Fire
Suppression System

Means of Egress
5.00 mts.
Assembly
Business
1.22 mts.
22.9 cms.
30.5 cms.
25 cms.
60 oC
0.83 mtr.
30 cms.
(1:8) 12.5%
63.5 mm.
1.8 sqm.

76.25 mts.

55 cms.
82 cms.
2.44 mts.
1.83 mts.
465 sqm.
Hotel

333/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Apartment Buildings
3
12
BLASTING AGENT
CELLULOSE
NITRATE/NITRO
CELLULOSE
PYROXYLIN
COMBUSTIBLE,
FLAMMABLE OR
INFLAMMABLE
COMBUSTIBLE
FIBER
COMBUSTIBLE
LIQUID
CORROSIVE LIQUID

CURTAIN BOARD

CRYOGENIC
DAMPER
DISTILLATION
DUCT SYSTEM
DUST

Electrical Arc
Ember
Fire
Fire Trap
Fire alarm
Fire Door
FIRE HAZARD
Fire Lane
FIRE PROTECTIVE &
FIRE SAFETY
DEVICE

334/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
FIRE SAFETY
CONSTRUCTIONS
Flashpoint
Forging
Fulminate
HAZARDOUS
OPERATIONS/PROC
ESS
HORIZONTAL EXIT
Hose BOX
Hose Reel
HYPERGOLIC FUEL
INDUSTRIAL BAKING
& DRYING
JUMPER
OCCUPANCY
OCCUPANT
Organic Peroxide
Overloading
Owner
OXIDIZING
PRESSURIZED/FORC
ED DRAFT BURNING
EQUIPMENT
PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
BUILDING
Public Way
PYROPHORIC
Refining
SELF-CLOSING
Smelting
Sprinkler system
STANDPIPE SYSTEM
VESTIBULE
VERTICAL SHAFT
AUTOMATIC FIRE
SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM
Boiling Point
Class A Fire
Class B Fire

335/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Class C Fire
Class D Fire
COMBINATION
STANDPIPE
COMBUSTIBLE
FIBER LOOSE
HOUSE
Dip Tank
Dry Standpipe
EXPLOSIVE
MAGAZINE
FIRE ALERTING
SYSTEM
FIRE PROTECTIVE
ASSEMBLY
FIRE RESISTANCE
RATING
FireWall
Flame Spread Rating
FLAME RETARDANT
HAZARDOUS FIRE
AREA
HIGHRISE BUILDING
MEANS OF EGRESS
OccupantLoad
ORGANIC COATING
PANIC HARDWARE
PICKING ROOMS

plenum
SMOKE DEVELOPED
RATING
1 HOUR FIRE
RESISTANCE
RATING
2 HOUR
FIRE
RESISTANCE
RATING
15 m

336/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Minimum
Requirements for
Group A Dwellings

Size & Dimensions of


Courts

Ceiling Heights

Size and Dimension


of Rooms
Air Space
Requirements in
Determining the Size
of Rooms
Location on Property
Window Openings
Vent Shafts

Minimum Reqts in
Air Changes

Projection into Alleys


or Streets

Arcades

Canopies (Marquees)

337/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Movable Awnings or
Hoods

Doors & windows

Corner Bldgs. with


Chaflans

Temporary Walkway

Pedestrian Protection
3o days
48 hrs.
Enclosure of Vertical
Openings

Roof Construction
and Covering

338/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Skylights

Fire-Extinguishing
Systems

339/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

b. Dry Standpipes
for bldgs. w/ 4 or
more storeys

c. Wet Standpipes

2. Building Permits
(Exceptions)
a. Minor
Constructions:

2. Building Permits
(Exceptions)
b. Repair

Signs

340/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Arcades & Sidewalks

1. Location of Poles
and Clearances of
Power Lines along
Public Roads.
2. Clearance of
Supporting
Structures such as
3. Clearance of
Service Drops

Provisions for
Transformer Vaults

Ventilation Openings

Capacitors

Elevators

Escalators

341/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Boilers & pressure


Vessels

Refrigeration and Air


Conditioning

5. Water pumping for


Bldg./Structures

Pipings

Fence

Canopy

5. Protective
Nets/Screen

342/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

6. Walkways &
Railings

7. Precautionary
Measures
8. Storage of
Materials

9. Fire Protection

10. Sanitation & First


Aid
11. Temporary Light
& Power
12. Hoist Towers

13. Ladders &


Temporary Stairways

14. Runways &


Ramps

Scaffolds

Floor Openings

343/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

17. Guard Rails & Toe


Boards

18. Chutes

Private Open Space


Requirements

Courts

2. Parking
Requirement
Computation:
2.40x5.00m
perpendicular or
diagonal, 2.00x6.00m
for parallel

344/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Min of 3.60m by
12.00m

Parking & Loading


Space Requirements

QUALIFICATIONS OF
BUILDING OFFICIAL

Exemptions of Bldg.
Permit

Validity of Building
Permits
National Building
Code
2.70 mts.
0.85 mtr.
45.00 mts.
One is to Eight (1:8)
0.84 mtr.

345/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.45 mtr.
1,300 sqmm / 1.30
sqm.
0.70 mtr.
1.20 mts.
1.10 mts.
2
3
0.30 mtr.
250.00 sqm
1.80 mts.
750.00 sqm.
Ga. 18
300 mm
300 mm
200 mm
2
600 mm
2" / 50 mm
12.5 mm
400 mm / 0.40 mtr.
3
0.90 mtr

346/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.28 mtr.
0.75 mtr.
0.60 mtr.
1.70 mts.
10.70 lux
1.10 mts.
30 mm
800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
50% of lot area
10% of lot area
Inner court
750 mm / 0.75 mtr.
1.20 sqm.
1.50 mts.
1.00 sqm.
3.00 cum.
14.00 cum.
300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm
300 mm
3.00 mts.
0.90 mtr.
1.20 mts.

347/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.00 mts.
Setback
2.00 mts.
1.20 mts.
12.00 cum.
1.80 mts.
0.30 cum
10% of flr. Area
0.60 mtr.
300 mm
2.40 mts.
2.40 mts.
600 kgs./sqm.
1.00 mtr.
120 kgs./sqm.
0.90 mtr.
2.70 mts.
0.80 mtr.
1.20 mts.
One is to ten (1:10)
250 mm
2.00 mts.

348/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

One is to Eight (1:8)


1.20 m
6.00 mts.
2
1.20 mts.
750 mm
5.60 mm
1.20 mts.
900 mm
2.50 mts.
Show window
1.20 mts.
1.00 mtr.
10% of lot area
300 mm
One is to ten (1:10)
2
1.50 mts.
1:125 sqm. Of gross
floor area
2.40 X 5.00 mts.
1:10 bedrooms
1:25 beds

349/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

60.00 mts.
1:5 classrooms
1:50 sqm. Of
spectators' area
4
0.90 mtr.
1.10 X 1.40 mts.
30.00 mts.
1.40 mts.
0.80 mtr.
1.70 X 1.80 mts.
1.60 mts.
3.70 mts.
200 mm
2.10 mts.
6.00 sqm.
2.00 mts.
300 mm
500 mm
0.90 mts.
200 mm
1.10 mts.
750 mm

350/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

100 mm
150 mm
300 mm
5 mm
3.00 mts.
1.00 mts.
7
300 mm
480 mm
8.40 mts
one third (1/3)
100 mm
300 mm
250 mm
150 mm
200 mm
4
900 liters/minute
4" (100mm)
5" (125mm)
6" (150mm)
190 liters/minute

351/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2" (50mm)
2 1/2" (63mm)
23.00 mts
6.00 mts.
38 mm (11/2")
1.00 mtr.
5.00 mts.
3.00 mts.
120 days
0.80 mtr.
500 mm
6.00 mts.
1/3 - 1/4
One is to Eight (1:8)
10.00 mts.
7.5 mts.
7.5 mts.
2.50 mts.
1.20 mts.
3,861 sqcms.
3.00 mts.
3.00 mts.

352/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

5.50 mts.
277 kgs.
3.00 mts.
28.00 sqm.
18.6 sqm.
9.30 sqm.
1.80 sqm.
5.60 sqm.
3.25 sqm.
2.80 sqm.
8.40 sqm.
46.50 sqm.
28.00 sqm.
0.65 sqm.
1 slot/5 rooms
1 slot/50 sqm. Of
spectators' area
1slot/8 units
1 slot/unit
1 slot/4 units
1 slot/100 sqm of
gross flr.area
1 slot/unit
1 slot/50 parking
slots

353/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1 slot/5 classrooms
1 slot/10 classrooms
1.20 mts.
1:20
1:12
12.00 mts.
1:12
60.00 mts.
1.50 mts.
0.50 mts.
1.10 mts.
0.90 mts.
1.20 mts.
3.70 mts.
0.70 mtr.
6.00 mts.
1.50 mts.
Dwelling unit
Footing
Course
Apartment
Barbecue

354/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Balcony
Chimney connector
Fireplace
Girder
Helistop
Suportales
Vault
Cross wall
18.60 sqm.
1.40 sqm.
0.65 sqm.
120 days / 4 mos.
8.00 mts.
12.00 cum.
3.00 mts.
800 mm / 0.80 mtr.
500 mm
Business and
mercantile
Industrial
Residentials, hotels
and apartments.
Storage and
hazardous
Institutional

355/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.50 mts.
1:12

1.80 mts.

Institutional
Residentials, hotels
and apartments.
Business and
mercantile
Industrial
Accessory
1 truck loading slot
60 mts.
20%
1/50 sqm of gross
floor area
1/150 sqm of
shopping flr area
1/100 sqm of
shopping flr area
1/living unit
1/8 living units
1/50 sqm of
congregation are
0.60 mtr.
1.00 mtr.
4.50 mts.
4.50 mts.

356/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Accessory
Storage and
hazardous
Industrial
Storage and
hazardous
Business and
mercantile
1.10 - 1.30 mts.
0.60 - 0.75 mts.
0.70 - 1.20 mts.
0.74 mts.
Safety
4
Magna Carta for
Disabled Persons
Corridor
Curb
minimum
. Fire zones
1.20 mts
3.60 mts
a. 10%
20%
50%
2.00 mts

357/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

5.00 mts
3.00 mts
3.00 mts
business &
mercantile
3.00 mts

20%

System International
750 mm
2.50x5.00
1.80 mts
25
2.00 mts
80%
institutional
storage& mercantile
industrial
10%
6.00 mts.
1/5.
14 cu. mts.
9.3 m2

358/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

185 sm.
5 units
750 mm
6 m2
business &
mercantile
storage & hazardous
residential, hotels
and apartments
storage & hazardous

3.00 mts.
12 cu. mts.
8 mts.
120 days
65 m2
1.4 m2
18.6 m2
business &
mercantile
residential, hotels &
apartments
storage & hazardous
50%
2.40 mts.
3.00 mts.

359/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1/3 to

10%

200 mm.
4.6 m2
28 sm.
occupant load
3.70 mts.
2.50m x 5.00m
2.15m x 6.00m
3.00m x 9.00m
3.60m x 12.00m
3.60m x 18.00m
1 car : 4 alley
1 car : 12 beds
10% open space
10% open space
1.80m
3.00m2
2.00m
20% open space
50% open space

360/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.90m
2.40m
1.10m x 1.40m
30 m.
1.70m x 1.80m
6
2 or more
Panic hardware
Alter / Alteration
RA 4566
Building Officials
Inner court

Redevelopment

Podium

Headstone
16 up storey
1 5 Storey
Courtyard
Yellow
Green
30 degree

361/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

38 m./min.
20 deg C 24 deg C

600 mm.

4 Storey
1.50m
PD 1067
10.00m
560mm
200mm
800mm
9.15 m.
330 mm
820mm x 1000mm
400mm
4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00
8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m
300mm
. 5% open space
50% open space
120
250mm & 600mm

362/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

50.00m
Show Window

12 months

30 days

14.00m3
Arcade
Footing
Foundation
Girder
Helistop
Common Hall
Lintel
5
Masonry Socalo
Soffit
Bearing Wall
Curtain Wall
4
Anthropometrics
Egress
1.20m

363/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.80 m.
1.20m
PD 1185
1:20
0.90m
1:12
12.00m
2.00 mts
0.10 m
0.35 m

Slum

4.00m
1.80m
6.00m
0.30m
3.00m

Bureau of Product
Standards

200 kg/m2
150 kg/m2
200

364/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1 car : 2 units
30 cm.
25 mm.
Construction

formulate guidelines
on land-use planning
and zoning

Building Officials

I & IV

errors found in plans


and specifications
certificate of
occupancy
gross floor area
Use
2.7 m.
2.10 m.
1.2 m2
advertising sign
1:50
Fire Hazard
Addition

365/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Concersion
Addition
20-23 centigrade
3 m.
Air Trans. Office
Bussiness Permit
Water
1:12

Building Codes

Building official

Party Walls

Local Ordinances

GA 26
15 cms.
0.90 mtr.
3
2
1
4
1:30

366/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1:25
1:75
1:75
4

1:5

600 mm
30 mm
558 mm
38 Meters/Min
PD 1296

Home Insurance &


Guarantee
Corporation (HIGC)

Firewall; fireblock

PD 957

CPD Provider

1 slot/family dwelling

100 meters

Class B Fire

367/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
0.71 mtr.
2.30 mts.
0.19 mtr.
2.75 mts.
2.00 mts.
0.28 sqm.
4
46.00 mts.
61.00 mts.
0.83 mtr.
14
7
60 cms.
91 cms.
2.00 mts.
56 cms.
112 cms.
3
76 cms.
38 mm.
91 cms.
106 cms.
7.50 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.

368/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
20.3 cms
1floor
55.9 cms.
55.9 cms.
15.25 cms.
30.5 cms.
22.9 cms.
3.66 mts.
2.13 mts.
1.98 mts.
3
50-300
2
30 mts.
30 mts.
31 mts.
2.5 cms.
91 cms.
1.00 mtr.
76 cms.
1.80 mts.
2.44 mts.
1.83 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.

369/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
4.60 sqm.
Institutional
Assembly
Assembly
Business
Picking rooms.
High rise building
Explosive magazine
Plenum
Fulminate
Phyrophoric
Oxidizing material
Forging

Distillation

Dust
37.8 oC (100 oF)
Class B
Boiling Point
4 hrs.
Duct System
Flash Point
Fumigant
4.50 mts.
1.80 mts.
3.70 mts.

370/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1.50 mts.
15.00 mts.
23.00 mts.
3.00 mts.
9 cms.
71 cms.
20.5 cms.
7 kgs.
112 cms.
76 cms.
20
61 cms.
91 cms.
25 mm
86.5 cms.
37.8 oC (100 oF)
Fire resistance rating
Cryogenic
30.50 mts.
Assembly
Institutional
Business
Industrial
Mercantile
71 cms.

371/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1
1.50 mts.
3.66 mts.
15 mts.
763 cms.
19 cms.
20 cms.
112 cms.
91 cms.
38 mm.
25 mm.
3.70 mts.
112 cms.
112 cms.
76 cms.
10-17%
No limit
3.66 mts.
1.20 mts.
55.9 cms.
55.9 cms.
30.5 cms.
3.66 mts.
23 mts.
Class D

372/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Class A

Dip Tank

Automatic Fire
Suppression System

Means of Egress
5.00 mts.
Assembly
Business
1.22 mts.
22.9 cms.
30.5 cms.
25 cms.
60 oC
0.83 mtr.
30 cms.
(1:8) 12.5%
63.5 mm.
1.8 sqm.
76.25 mts.
55 cms.
82 cms.
2.44 mts.
1.83 mts.
465 sqm.
Hotel

373/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Apartment Buildings

3
12
RA 0386
RA 0544
RA 0545
RA 1364
RA 1378
RA 1582
RA 4566
RA 4726
RA 6541
RA 7277
RA 7279
RA 8293
RA 8534
RA 8981
RA 9053
RA 9266
PD 0223
PD 0957
PD 1096
PD 1151
PD 1185
PD 1216

374/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PD 1308
PD 1594
PD 1616
BP 220
BP 344
BLASTING AGENT
CELLULOSE
NITRATE
PYROXYLIN
COMBUSTIBLE
LIQUID
CORROSIVE LIQUID
CRYOGENIC
DAMPER
DISTILLATION
ELECTRIC ARC
EMBER
FIRE
FLASH POINT
FORGING
FULMINATE
HYPERGOLIC FUEL
OXIDIZING
MATERIAL
PYROPHORIC
REFINING
SMELTING
50%

375/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
20%
10%
5%
3.50%
7%
9%
30%
100 sqm
43 li.
75 li
25 mts.
TYPE OF PAVEMENT
SLOPE
72 sqm
54 sqm
36 sqm
8m
6m
3.5 m
250 m
250 up to 400 m
150 m
100 m
2 STOREY
2.00 m

376/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1.20 m
20 sqm
2.00 m
1.80 m
50%
2.00 m
1.80 m
.80 m
.70 m
.60 m
10 % opening
1 over 20
.60 m
.25 m
.20 m
2.00 m
3.60 m
4 steps
.80 m - 1.20 m
38 mm
150 mm
5 mm
1.80 m
1 light and 1 conv.
outlet
4" thk fireblock

377/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
25%
4.00 m
1.5
6.00 m
2.00 m
10.00 m
6.00 m
1.00 m
1 for every 20 units
36.00 sqm
.80 m
plus .15 m
45.00 m
60.00 m
12 m
25%
15%
.90 m
1.20 m
one handrail
two handrails
.80 m - 1.00 m
24.00 m
one stairwell
2.00 m

378/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
25 years
ALLEY
BLOCK
CLUSTER HOUSING
FIREBLOCK
FIREWALL
PARTYWALL
10 hectares
50 sqm
150 sqm
100 sqm
10 m
8m
6m
4m
4.00 m
400 m

40 sqm
31 sqm
1 slot / unit
100 m
50 sqm/10 units 3
sqm/additional unit
optional
1 elevator

379/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
2 elevators
100 sqm
ACCESSIBLE
ALCOVE
CURB CUT OUT
GRADIENT OF RAMP
RAMP
SIDEWALK
THRESHOLD
WALKWAY
1.20 m
1.50 m
3.00 m
1.20 m
3.00 m
1.00 m
.80 m
1.70 m x 1.80 m
1.10 m x 1.40 m
.80 m
.90 m - 1.20 m
1:12
6.00 m
1.50 m
1.80 m

380/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
.70 and .90
.30 m
50 mm
3.70 m
2.5 mm
1 for 2,000 sqm
0.85 m
1.50 m x 1.50 m
1.10 m
.80 m
5 seats
4 seats
6 seats
2 seats
2 seats
4 seats
6 seats
BUILDING PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION
ADDITON
ERECTION
ALTERATION
RENOVATION
CONVERSION
REPAIR

381/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MOVING
DEMOLITION
ANCILLARY
BUILDING

382/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

383/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
1

Defining open space in residential subdivision

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income
mass housing production

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial
capability of program beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes (RA 7279).

Architectural programming is one of the architects services that falls under

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities


When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of
Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall constitute?
Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, &
with exceptional or recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture;

10

BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the
project & issue certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish
outstanding work during period of making good of all known defect of 60 days
In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular
architectural services for the same project, he is compensated separately for these services
as stipulated in what UAP Documents?
Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.


This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural
Service. It wraps-up the whole range of architectural services.
The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on
the part of the contractor to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract
BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is
PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is
allowed but must NOT be more how may meters away from the building it serves?
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the
provision of the code in the field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made
pursuant thereto

384/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
20

21

22

Contract Documents shall be the property of the


It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the
contract.
The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architects approval

23

are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials,


methods, or systems.

24

shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for
materials. Open specs may be subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.

25

establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties.
Such can not be changed or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the specs
writter or the architect

26

specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used
for each specific work.

27

Combines two or more techniques.

28

Division 01 General Requirements


Division 02 Site Construction
Division 03 Concrete
Division 04 Masonry
Division 05 Metals
Division 06 Wood and Plastics
Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division 08 Doors and Windows
Division 09 Finishes
Division 10 Specialties
Division11 Equipment
Division 12 Furnishings
Division 13 Special Construction
Division 14 Conveying Systems
Division 15 Mechanical
Division 16 Electrical

29

30

31

an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language


as pertains to building specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing
in their Project Resource Manual, formerly called the Manual of Practice (MOP).

The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information for
commercial and institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and
section numbers and titles within each division, to be followed in organizing information
about a facilitys construction requirements and associated activities
Classes
A wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plastics
B flammable liquid and gases
C fire involving energized electrical equipment
D involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)

385/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
32

not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed)

33

air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected

34

neutralize or remove a fire hazard

35

it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke

36

the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when exposed
to flame

37

an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device

38

stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in

39

not allowed as a form of escape

40

41

signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervised


paid illegal amount in the application
impersonation
aided an illegal practice
develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized housing
projects
for socialized and economic housing
housing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross family
income)
it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling units
more affordable without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection

42

Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection

43

defining open space

44

Condominium act

45

comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the
mechanism for its implementation, and for other purposes
a. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in
resettlement areas by making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic
services, and employment opportunities;
b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the
following:

386/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

Environmental Impact Statement


prepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects the
quality of the environment a detailed statement on:
the environmental impact of the proposed action,
any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be
implemented;
alternative to the proposed action;
a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are consistent
with the maintenance and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the same
whenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding
must be made that such use and commitment are warranted.

Philippine Environmental Code


a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except
the drawings
Organization of the Project Manual
bidding requirements
parts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)
general and supplementary conditions of the contract
technical specifications
invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms

bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions


agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond,
certificates of insurance
general conditions
(also called closed), specifies brand names, product,
proprietary specification the most restrictive
approved equal language,
(also called open), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the
choice on how it will be achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competition
descriptive like a recipe to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredients
reference standard reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC
complete, accurate and unambiguous
up to date references (standards)
do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict)
use standards than can be measured
avoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility)
avoid and/or, etc.,
keep it short

56

one general contractor

57

major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors
favor this but make coordination difficult

387/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
58

59

60

used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs
are available, other will have to wait, this overlaps the design process
graphic presentation of work to be done

written and verbal description of work

61

changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds,
correction of work, termination or suspension of the contract

62

compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated


damages, payment

63

64

65

changes before contract execution

changes after contract execution


Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure
it is consistent with the contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for
payments and administers the project closeout procedure

66

illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work,
very detailed

67

physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and
workmanship

68

brochure, charts, instructions

69

authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time. Architect
prepares it, the owner issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.

70

when the building is made ready for occupancy

71

when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule

72

a result of architects inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected

73

formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc

388/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

74

formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of urban
and rural communities, optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental protection

75

provident savings fund for housing

76

generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market
system

77

undertake housing development and resettlement

78

develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials

79

1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo


Gardiner
National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master buildings
were registered as architects)
1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees)
1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA)
1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted
1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects
1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated
1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations
1975 - United Architects of the Philippines

80

81

responsibilities toward the public


constructive civic service
preservation of heritage
uphold interest of its professional organization
abide by the code of ethical conduct
refrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicity
refrain from taking part in paid advertisement
introduce oneself by sample (no free design)
ascertain nature and scope of project, define charges
honest advocate (even that would mean loss of project)
explain character of estimate
consider needs and stipulation of the client
charge the client
not undertake fixed contract sum
not accept payment from other source
refrain from business that would discredit oneself

389/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

82

83

84

85

86

make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes)


architects error should not be absorbed by the contractor
promptly act on non-conformance of the contractor
not accept free engineering services or other freebies that would make him obligated
promptly act on request for payments

no freebies
avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame
no free architects services except small civic and charitable projects
not knowingly compete with other architects on basis of fee
not seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiating
not be part of a competition where there is conflict of interest
not invade or conquer another architects project
notify original designers when undertaking renovation works
not maliciously talk about another architect
protect ones name from being used maliciously
sign only on plans one has prepared
treat well employees and subordinates
share technical information and experience
serve ones professional association
feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or
analysis, site studies, space studies, promotional services (marketing)
schematic design, design development, contract document, construction

87

interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning (starts
with data base gathering end culminates with master development plan)

88

implements construction
hires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts

89

90

91

92

involves the use of a revolving fund


savings and excesses are shared with conditions
50/50 split on savings
50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed cost
architect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.
full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractors work, record keeping)
construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality
control and record keeping)
building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use)
building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations)
post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved)
all in one

390/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

93

94

95

96

97

Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum))


cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profit
multiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor,
this is increased by a multiplier for overhead and profit
percentage of construction cost
unit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room)
per diem plus reimbursable expense
revised RA 6541
BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment
fill-up a form
lot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract)
drawings, specifications and estimates
lot plan
permit becomes null and void if:
construction does not commence within _______
suspended/ abandoned for ________

98

no building can be occupied without such certificate


no change in occupancy allowed
issued within 30 days after final inspection

99

Type I - wood construction


Type II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughout
Type III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughout
Type IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonry
Type V - fire resistive

100

time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without
collapsing, develop any openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or
exceeding specified temperature on the side away from the fire

Category I - residential
Category II - commercial and industrial
101 Category III - educational, social and institutional
Category IV - agricultural
Category V - ancillary

102 classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement

103 size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for
toilets but not less than 0.24 m2)

104 ceiling heights (min):


2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m
105
2.7m ceiling height

391/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
106
1.8m Ceiling height
107

min. sizes and dimension of rooms


human habitation

108 Kitchen

109 bath/ toilet


110 installation in place
111 increasing height or area
112

changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without


increasing area

113 physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics

114 Change in use

115 remedial work on damaged portion, restore

116 transfer of building or part

117 systematic dismantling

118 secondary building

119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building)

120

of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or
division walls

121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space

122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person)

123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground

124 underside of a beam, lintel

392/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
125

an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top

refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that
126 closes when subjected to increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke
detector.
three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge,
127 must be fully enclosed and protected, 1 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the
building). These must lead to public way.
128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire

129

door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat
extends across at least of the the width of the door

an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific project


can be prepared in various phases of the architects regular design services
area method
130 detailed
architects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work, they
do not have control over the prices

131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation
the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical
construction of the permanent facility
directly based on building plans and specifications
132
elevator belongs to the direct cost
crane does not

133

all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the
orderly completion of the installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)

134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work

135

inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part
of the work

specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope;
events that will increase the cost and will likely occur; expected to be spent
misinterpretations
errors (oversights, take-off, pricing)
136 insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order)
labor and material (productivity and availability)
not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in
conditions, abnormal weather)

the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material,
137 labor, etc. over those specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over
time.

393/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
138

earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted from
sales of revenues

139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues

140

estimated by quantities and pricing

by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m)


141 as a percentage of the cost of materials

142

acquisition, depreciation, rental,

143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment

144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost)

145 indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and dependencies
graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they
146 must occur, duration, earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest
possible finishing time
** 5 days means immediately
** 7 days NTP notice to proceed
** 10 days request for materials and drawings
notice (stop, begin or resume)
** 15 days money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages)
** 30 days arbitration
** 90 days government stoppage
147 ** 120 days Building Permit (stoppage)
** 365 days Building Permit (without construction)
3 consecutive board examination failures
guaranteed bond
reinstatement
** 3 years renewal of license
** 15 years liability of architect to his project

148 15 % of contract amount


15% of Contract amount
149 - valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond
30% of contract amount
150 - valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance

151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation

394/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue
152 certificate of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during
period of making good of all known defects of 60 days.

Doc 201 Pre- design Services


Doc 202 Design services
Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services
Doc 204 Construction Services
153 Doc 205 Post- Construction Services
Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural
Doc 207 Design- Build Services

Services

Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation


Doc 209 Competition Code
Doc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence

Simple 6%
Moderate 7%
Exceptional 8%
Residential 10%
Monumental MBF + 50%
154 Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40%
Housing 60%, 30%
Extensive Detailing 15%
Alteration and Renovation 150%
Consultation P200
PD 1185 Fire Code
PD 1096 Building Code
PD 957 Condominium & Subdivision,
PD 23 Law that Created the PRC
PD 49 Intellectual Property Law

Bridges Protective Law

155
RA 545 The Architects Law
BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled
BP 220 The Socialized Housing Law

395/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
1. Performance Specifications
- the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified
2. Descriptive Specifications
- gives a description of the product
3. Brand Name Specification
- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number
or an equal approved by the architect
4. Closed Specification
-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product.
Closed specifications are usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same
as a single product except that more than one product is used. no other brand will be
156
accepted
5. Open Specifications
- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description specified
may bid. All performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name specifications
are open if the phrase or equal
6. Reference Specification
- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a
specification.
7. Combination Specification
-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification.
1.
2.
3.
157
4.
5.

M-achines
M-oney
M-anpower
M-aterial
M-inutes

1.
R-eference Horizontal, Vertical
2.
E-xcavation min. depth .60m until stable w/ signature of the Architect, must have a
permit
158 3.
R-ebars
4.
C-oncreting
5.
F-inishes Mock up (samples)
1.
2.
3.
159
4.
5.
1.
2.
160 3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
161
4.
5.

Proposal Fee 5%
Schematic Design 15%
Design Devt - 15%
Contract Docs - 50%
Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%
Proposal Fee 5%
Prelim Drawings - 25%
Final Drawings - 50%
Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect
G-eneral Conditions Execution, Intent satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation
A-greement
S-pecifications
S-pecial Provisions
D-rawings

UAP degree of difficulty/complexity of design


FCP risk of occurrence of Fire
162
NCP use and occupancy

396/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
1.

DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost

Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10%
(if residential proj.) + 7% = 17%
163 2.

DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost

a. Lump Sum
b. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client.
However if the excess is more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%

164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates)

165

validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception government
structure; excepted if P15,000 proj. cost

166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment

167

is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is


recognized by the law and legal remedies can be provided.

168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract.
is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation
including legal reasoning set forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision
169
which determines rights and obligations between the parties involved.

There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be
evidence that the parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct
170
manifesting their assent, and a contract will be formed when the parties have met such a
requirement.
171

is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises to
the other party.

172 only one party to the contract makes a promise.

173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing

174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words.

175

is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even
though they have not done so expressly.

A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means for
176 the courts to remedy situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he or she
is not required to compensate the other.

397/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
177

If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no
action in contract is available if the statement proves to be wrong

A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a


contract and which does induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker of
178 the statement does not guarantee its truth. If the statement proves to be incorrect, it cannot
be enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a misrepresentation,
whereupon other remedies are available.

179

A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the
person who made the statement. The test is an objective test.

180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project.

181

is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for
a project, not yet considering their cost.

182

is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the
productivity of the workers

183 is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each item.
is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and
184 specifications of construction materials. Its aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use of
each material
185

is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible.
Each component are often described with specifications

186

is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area,


volume, or bulk.

187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components .

188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time

189 The ____ ethically can order a change during construction anytime

190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation

191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture
The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the
192 contract

193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents:

194

The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be
prepared

398/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:
Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method of
196 compensation is:

197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:

198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:

199

Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____
practice architecture

200 PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning

201

____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional


organization.

202

The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any
certificate of registrations

203

The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.

An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee
204 or prevent

205 If not clearly specified, a material could be installed:


The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct & sense
206 of moral values are formulated under the:

207

Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be
allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam:

208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of:

209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the:

210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction

211 ____ shall mean furnish and install

212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____

213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____.

399/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment:

215

A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for


substitution is:

216

The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic &
____ projects

217

The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the
project

218

The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the
contractors bonds.

219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees.
Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect suspend
220 work/terminated
contract?
221

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the


owner.

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on


222 the needs and financial capability of program beneficiaries and
appropriate financial schemes (RA 7279).
223

Architectural programming is one of the architects services that


falls under:

224

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more


activities

225

It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of


systematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921


226 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to
register as architects?
When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the
227 whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall
constitute?
Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?
a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages
228 b. Performance & Payment Bonds
c. Cost Records
d. Payments
He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and
229 professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise
or specialization in any branch of architecture;
After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the
architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion
230
after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during
period of making good of all known defect of 60 days.

400/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

231

Which of the following is NOT the architects responsibility in


relation to the contractor?

25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager


performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is
232
compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP
Documents?

233

The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment is


to be released except for:

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from


date of Final Payment?
This services give full meaning to what the professional calls
235 comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of
architectural services.
234

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a


236 guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the
work in accordance with terms of the Contract.
The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 for
237 the first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenth
housing unit?
Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the
238 secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as
the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.
Which of the following situation would trigger the owner to
suspend work?
a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIR
239 b. Insubordination
c. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence of
contractor
d. All of the above
240 Contract Documents shall be the property of the
241

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, &


general conditions of the contract.

Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good construction


documents as are the drawings or the specifications. All are included
forms except
242 a. Invitation to Bid
b. Wage Scales
c. Bond Form
d. Building Permit
243

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for


the architects approval

244

A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the


supervision of the work.

245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.

401/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect.

247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.

248

The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside from
his fee for regular design services.

249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code.

250

For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon
submission of the final design.

251

When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared by
the architect, the architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.

252

The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert
witness shall be.

253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building.

254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

256

In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal


liability for both the design and construction on the.

257

The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the
date of final payment.

258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract.

259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.

260

A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish materials,


labor or both.

261

A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work
accomplished.

262

A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in
accordance with the terms of the contract.

263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost.

264 The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration.

402/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution.

266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared.

267

The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration of
how many months from the final acceptance of the work.

268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment.

269

How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final
inspection of the project.

270

A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged
damage or injury.

271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute.

272

A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless
there is a written memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.

273

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of
time, usually for periodical compensation called 'rent'.

274 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease.

275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense.

278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.

279 Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false.

280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.


This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and
281 other works which the Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied
services.
282

This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers,
and lawyers.

283

For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work be
located to allow reimbursable expenses.

403/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
284

This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a


series of projects.

285

The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of
the ___.

286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate.

287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect?

288

Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final
occupancy permit.

True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the
289 lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the
contractor for such works?
290

Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and
benchmarks?

Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of the
291 location of column centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility lines,
and other similar works required by the contract.
292 Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor.

293 Professional fee for the Construction Manager.

294

Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right- ofway?

295

At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to pay
the latter beyond 30 days from receipt of billing?

296

What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a certain
period of time.

297

What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is
required, such as conferences, joint venture activities, etc.?

298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract?

299

What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper
works and is advantageous to both client and architect.

300 Professional Fee for the Project Manager.

301

If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the
Construction Manager?

404/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
302

True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility
insofar as design and construction is concerned.

His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of
303 many of the anxieties that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting cost
and completion dates.
304

In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek
opportunities for constructive service in civic and urban affairs?

305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals.

306

Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and
years of experience. His action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?

307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding.

308

The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made
out and submitted on the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.

The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as
309 a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of the
work, if the contract is awarded to him.
310

Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify drawings,
specifications, and/or general conditions of the contract.

311

Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode of
construction.

Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or sent
312 by registered mail to the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business address of
such individual, firm or corporation.
313

Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary


to commence and complete the construction called for in the contract.

314

Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the
intended use.

315 Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite.

316 Means to furnish and install.

317

No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent of
the contract has been completed?

318 No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract price.

319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price?

405/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
320

How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the
preparation of the schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?

321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts.

322

Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the
contractor as temporary facilities for the project.

323

All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall be
done by the ___ at his own expense.

324

If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be


followed?

325

How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to
the particular areas of work which requires evaluation of the architect?

326

How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid
reason?

327

Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no
act or fault of the contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.

328

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the
contractor any sum within 15 days after its award by arbitration

329

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any
request for payment within 30 days after its certification by the architect.

330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract?

True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that
331 materials and equipment left by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and
rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.
332

True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses
incurred during suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.

333

True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work
from the contractor for failure to complete the project.

334

How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the
intention to cancel?

335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond?

336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond?

337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach.

406/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
338

Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial
centers, sports complex, resorts, etc.

339 Predecessor of PD 1096

340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning?

341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation.

342 Minimum basic fee for simple projects.

343 Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations.

344

When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on


technical matters pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.

345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr.

346 Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental).

347 What is Group 6 Project classification?

348 Minimum Basic fee for housing projects.

349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?

350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?

351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office.

352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.

353

Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how
many days after written notice by owner?

Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right to
354 remove said work at contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the expenses
incurred within how many days from removal by the owner of said work?

355 Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.

407/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped.

357

Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is less
than a freehold.

358

No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the
profession unless the country of his relation allows the same ___.

359

AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS /


DRAWINGS

360 full time construction inspector

361 offer of the bidder to perform the work

362

cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in the
contract with the owner

363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work

364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations

365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed

366

contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements
thereto and all general and special provisions

367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project

368 additional information on contract documents

369

list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for
the award of contract

370 graphical representation of the work involved in the project

371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract

372

instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings,
specifications and general conditions

written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and
373 mode of construction additional information which may be issued as an additon or
ammendment to the provisions of specifications
374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used

408/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
375

listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in
materials and labor; including allowance for profit and overhead

376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered.

377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature

378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project

379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities

380 purchase or fabricate

381 build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended used

382 furnish and install

the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders as
383 a guaranty that the bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the
contract with the owner for the works if the contract is awarded to him.

384

a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the
work in accordance with the terns of the contract

385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract.

386 for life and property

387

as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship
performed by the contractor.

388

are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all
supplementary details and shop drawings.

389

are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and
modes of construction

is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents
390 including all supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining
to the work materials therefore
drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared by
391 the contractor which illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated and/or
installed.
392 precise drawings

409/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
393

the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for judicial
proceeding.

the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving
394 information as to the nature of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract
documents & date of bidding
395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding

396

the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions
for the award of contract

397

are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the
contract

398

a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of the
contract

399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415

410/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440

411/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PD 1296
Home Ins. & Guarantee
Corp. (HIGC)
Actual Cost +
10%(profit,overhead &
tax)
Affordable Cost

Pre design

Burst node

Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

Project representative

98%

UAP doc. 202

3 months

PD 957
Post Construction
Services
Performance Bond

1 slot/ family dwelling

100 meters

City Engineer

412/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Architect

Special Provisions

Contractor / 2

Specifications

Open Specifications

Closed Specifications
Brand Name
Specifications
Combination
Specifications

Division of Master
Format Specifications
(1995 - Nov 2004)

CSI - Construction
Specification Institute

Master Format
Specifications

Classes of Fire

413/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Dry Standpipe

Plenum

Abatement

Damper

Flash Point

Jumper

Smokeproof Tower

Fire escape ladders

Grounds for
suspension and
revocation of license

BP 220

PD 957

PD 1216

RA 4726

R.A. 7279 - Urban


Development and
Housing Act

414/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

P.D. 1151 - Philippine


Environmental Policy

PD 1152

Project Manual

Bidding Requirements
supplements to bid
forms
contract forms
general and
supplementary
conditions

Prescriptive
Specification

Performance
Secification

Writing Specifications

single prime contract

multiple prime contract

415/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

many prime contracts

Drawings

Specifications
General Conditions

Agreement
addenda

Modifications

Construction
Administration

shop drawings

Sample

Product data

Change Orders

Project Closeout

Substantial Completion

punchlist

Housing and Urban


Development
Coordinating Council
(HUDCC)

416/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Housing and Land Use


Regulatory Board
(HLURB)

Home Development
Mutual Fund (Pag-ibig
Fund)

National Home
Mortgage and Finance
Corporation (NHMFC)
National Housing
Authority (NHA)

National Housing
Corporation (NHC)

History of Archl.
Organization in Phils.

architects
responsibilities in
relation to
people

architects
responsibilities in
relation to
Client

417/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

architects
responsibilities in
relation to
Contractor
architects
responsibilities in
relation to
agents, dealers

architects
responsibilities in
relation to
colleagues &
subordinates

Pre-Design

Design
Specialized Allied
Design-Build
by administration
Design Build by
guaranteed maximum
cost

Construction Services

Post Construction
Services
Comprehensive
Architectural Services

418/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Compensation Method

PD 1096

15 days

Bldg. permit
Requirements

one year / 120 days

Certificate of
Occupancy

Types of Construction

fire resistance rating

Classification of
Buildings by Use

mixed occupancy

10% & 5 %

(artificially ventilated)

if naturally ventilated

419/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

mezzanine

6 m2 (least side 2m)

3m2 (least side 1.5m)

1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m)


erection
addition
alteration

renovation

Conversion

repair

moving

demolition

ancillary

minor const.

bay or panel

buildable area

dispersal area

socalo

soffit

420/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Atrium

automatic closing

egress system

non combustible

panic hardware

Estimates

Construction Cost

Direct Cost

InDirect Cost

Subcontract

Overhead

Contingencies

Escalation

421/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Gross Profit

Net Profit

Materials

Labor

Equipment

Overhead

Profit

bar chart

critical path method


(cpm)

Notes

Performance Bond

Payment Bond

Guarantee Bond

After 65%

422/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

After 98%

Architects Fee

Laws in Architecture

423/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Types of Specification

5 Ms of Construction

Important Milestones of
Construction

Architects Fee for RDS

Architects Fee for SAS

Architectural Contract
Documents

PROJECT
CLASSIFICATION

424/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Design Build Services


Fee

Contractor

Building Permit

7 Days

Contract

parol evidence rule

Adjudication

Mutual agreement

Bilateral Contract,

Unilateral Contract

Expressed Contract

Implied Contract
Implied in fact or
implied in law

Quasi-Contract

425/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Puff statement (sales


talk):

Representation
statement

Term Statement

Cost Estimate

Quantity Survey

Productivity Estimates

Bill of Materials

Value Engineering

Detailed Estimate

Rough Estimate

Lumpsum

Liquidated Damages

Owner

Liens

Legally

The General Conditions

Bid Bulletin

Instructions to Bidders

426/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

By Guaranteed
Maximum Cost
Salary
Percentage of Gross
monthly Rentals
Multiple of Direct
Personnel Expense
Private

PD 1308

UAP

PRC

Owner

Force Majeure
only after the approval
by the architect
UAP Doc. 200

one

2%-5% of Project cost

Architect

Work

Provide

Notice to Proceed

Regulate

427/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

3 months

Close Specifications

Charitable

Architect

Surety

Payment

10 days
b. Actual direct cost
plus 10 percent for
profit, overhead and tax

Affordable cost

Pre Design
Burst node
Technical Transfer
Engineers and
Architects Law Act no.
2986
Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

98%

428/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
The Architect shall consider
the needs and stipulation of
the
Contractor and the effect of
his work upon the life and wellbeing of
the public and community as a
whole

UAP Doc 202

Guarantee Bond equivalent to


40% of the Contract Price
covering
a period of one year after the
Final Acceptance of the Work.

3 months
Post-Construction
Services

Performance Bond

Php 480,000.00

City Engineer

All of the above

Architect
Special Provisions

Building Permit

Contractor/2
Project Representative
Contract documents
phase

429/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Pre-design services
Specialized allied
services
10%

10%

50%

85%

PHP 500.00

12%

6%

8%

Architect

3 months

General conditions
Schedule of material
and finishes
Quotation

Certificate of payment

Performance bond

Bid

7%

430/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Closed specification

Instruction to bidders

2 months

12 months / 1 yr

30 days

Statute of Limitation

Statutory Bond

Statute of Frauds

Lease

Leasehold

Lessee

Lessor

2-2.5
Multiple of Direct
Personnel Expenses
TRUE
Percentage of
Construction Cost
Multiple of Direct
Personnel Expenses
Percentage of
Construction Cost
50 kms.

431/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Professional Fee Plus


Expenses
Architect

Letter of transmittal

Contractor

TRUE

Owner

Contractor

1-1.5%

1.5-3%

(1/6)

2%

Civil Code
Per Diem+Reimb.
Expenses
Payment Bond

Lump Sum / Fixed Fee

2-5%

Project Manager

432/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

TRUE

Project Manager

Public / People

PD 223

People / Public

Bid Bulletin

Proposal

Proposal Bond

Special Provisions

Specifications

Written Notice

Work

Install

Furnish

Provide

50%

65%

30%

433/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

30%

2.5

12 sqm.

50 / Contractor

Specifications

15 Days

15 Days

90 Days

False (30 days)

False (15 days)

Contractor

TRUE

TRUE

FALSE

10 days

15%

15%

Penalty Clause

434/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

5,000 for First 50


Hectares
R.A. 6451

PD 1308

Liens

6%

50%

200 / hr

500

12%

Repetitive Construction
10% of 1st unit / 60%
2nd-10th Unit / 30% 11th
and above
Group 3 (Exceptional
Character)
Group 3 (Exceptional
Character)
PHP 750.00
Construction Phase
Service
5 days

10 days

7th day / Notice to


Proceed

435/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Civic Center

Chattel

Reciprocity
CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS
PROJECT REP.

PROPOSAL

PROPOSAL BOND (5%)


PERFORMANCE BOND
(15%)
PAYMENT BOND

GUARANTEE BOND

AGREEMENT

INVITATION TO BID

BID BULLETIN
INSTRUCTION TO
BIDDERS
DRAWINGS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SPECIFICATIONS
SCHED. OF MATERIALS
AND FINISHES

436/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES
BREAKDOWN OF
WORK AND
CORRESPONDING
VALUE
WRITTEN NOTICE
ACT OF GOD OR
FORCE MAJEURE
TIME LIMITS

WORK

FURNISH

INSTALL

PROVIDE

PROPOSAL / BID BOND

PERFORMANCE BOND

PAYMENT BOND

INSURANCES

GUARANTEE BOND

DRAWINGS

SPECIFICATIONS

AGREEMENT

SHOP DRAWINGS

AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

437/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

ARBITRATION
ADVERTISEMENT OR
INVITATION TO BID
BID BULLETIN
INSTRUCTION TO
BIDDERS
SPECIAL PROVISION

PENALTY CLAUSE

PROPOSAL

438/622

PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

439/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
1

An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes

. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes

On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously.

The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device protecting
the circuit

An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid
underground.

The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas.

Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere.

In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only

In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in
manner ensuring a good conductive path to the ground.

10

A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot.

11

A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes.

12

What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in?

13

a generator of alternating current

14

device used to measure rate of flow of electricity

15

device for storing electric energy

16

What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source?

17

device used to transform AC to DC

18

device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle

19

What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring?

20

controls the flow of current to the distribution elements

21

cap that receives the service drop

22

box used for maintaining light control devices

23

What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals?

24

electromotive force

25

number of AC that flow in a conductor

26

rate or measure of power used or consumed

27

What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted?

28

controls the flow of current to the distribution elements

29

instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor

30

materials that resist the flow of electric current

440/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
31

What is the unit for quantity of electricity?

32

unit of resistance

33

unit of electromotive force

34

unit of candlepower

35

Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.

36

PABX or PBX means.

37

Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

38

Another name for distribution panel.

39

Standard size of wire for a circuit line.

40

Standard size of wire for a switch line.

41

A device for converting alternating current to direct


current.

42

Another name for a Rectifier.

43
44
45

46

Interrelationship between value of voltage and current


with the same frequency.
Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch
circuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW stranded
copper conductor in a raceway.
Standard frequency of power supplied by the local
power utility company like Meralco.
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or
other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the
building.

47

The simplest type of building automation system.

48

Resistance in alternating current system.

49

The reciprocal of conductance.

50

51

52

53

A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors


insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called
Busduct.
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper
bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric
currents, also called a busbar.
An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting
and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated
protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such
current.
A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of
joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the
enclosed conductors.

441/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders,
54

55

switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up


to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical
version of a vertical section taken through the building.
In a lightning protection system, the combination of a
metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a
structure.

56

TW in electrical wire specification means.

57

XHHN in wire specification means.

58

Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______.

59

60

61
62

63

64
65
66
67

68

69
70
71
72

73

74
75

A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electrical


power?
Who said these prophetic words: Let the future tell the truth
and evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment.
The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for is
mine.?
A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pulling
in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place.
The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHN
is ______.
What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse?
a. It can act as a switch
b. Its position can be easily detected (close/open)
c. It can be used again after fault has been corrected
d. All of these
What switch combination may be used in order to control a lamp
or group of lamps in three different locations?
It characterizes short circuit
A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittings
forming a rigid structural system used to support cables.
Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the following
except___.
It affects the resistance of a conductor.
a. Length
b. Area
c. Temperature
It is also known as electric panel or load center.
A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficient
to receive a standard pipe.
A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually
insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metal
tape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube.
It is analogous to pressure in water flow.
Alternating current is characterized as having _____.
a. Positive and negative polarity
b. Average value is zero c. Has frequency
d. All of these
A circuit type where components are electrically connected end
to end.
The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuit
cables shall be ____.

442/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
76
77

78
79
80
81
82
83

The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except


A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an
outer sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallic
material.
Cables are conductors that are ____.
a. Larger than wires
b. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)
Which of the following metallic materials is considered as the
best conductor of electricity?
Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______.
a. Concealed knob and tube
b. Open wiring on insulators
A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductors
and receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory.
A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductor
connections from one power source to another.
The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an
excessive load

84

Unit of power

85

The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity

86

This is where an electric service conductor can be installed

87

A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are hinged
and which make contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between them

88

Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA

89

The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC)

90

A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element

91

An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed

92

A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum

93

Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground

94

Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way

95

A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces

96

Original name of P-Trap

97

The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected

98

The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit

99

Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on

100 The most practical conductor of electricity


101 A channel system in carrying electrical wire

443/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
102

An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted


together

103 Another name for power panel


104 A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa
105 Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum
106

The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop
conductor from NBC

107 To bring down voltage


108 Wiring not concealed by the building sructure
109

Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during
brownout

110 One with contacts that separate in air


111 The voltage across the welding arc
112

Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of
mechanical protection

113

A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc


evolves only non-explosive gases

114

Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus,


mounted on a supporting frame or panel and properly interwined

115 Minimum load over a given period of time


116
117
118
119
120
121

That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting
the current
Is a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a
common connection for two or more circuit
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry
System of conductor forming an essentially continuous conducting network over the
object protected and including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object
A device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury
itself
A wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric
current

122

A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner, the
electric power delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected

123

A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by voltage
gradient exceeding a certain critical value

124 A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted
125

Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total
connected load of the system

126 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy
127 A single enclosed runway for conductor cables
128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power

444/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
129

The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of an
isolated plant and the branch circuit overcurrent device

Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a
surface one square foot in area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen
An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and
131
severed by the passage of the overcurrent through it
130

132 Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered
133 Density of the luminous flux on a surface
134

Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between
stationary contact blades when closed

135 Artificial source of light


136 Device for mechanical support of light
137 A radiant energy
138

Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing


surge current

139 Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning


140 Is the radial branch connection to a main line
141

Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring in
that period

142 Unit of luminous flux


143 A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter
144 Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment
145 A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle
146 Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time
147 Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord
148

Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating
apparatus at a distant point

149

Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling in
the conductors and the distributing of the conductors

150 Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars


Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an attachment
plug
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
152
pulling in or the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and
151

153

Enclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for
connecting the flexible cord carrying a pendent to permanent wiring

154

The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
splices if any connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building

155 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors


156 Cable designed for service under water

445/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
157 Is a transient variation in the current potential or power
158

Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a 30
ampere rating

159

This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the
secondary circuit is short

160 This connections is used in most urban distribution circuits


161

The 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, this
connection is used for small industrial applications

162

Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the common
wire must carry /2 times the load current

163

This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load
simultaneously

164

This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the
power load

165

Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to
increase its potential capacity

This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed
The primary neutral should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single
166
phase ground fault may result in extensive blowing of fuses throughout the system This
connection requires special watt-hour metering
167

When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced
load

168

The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents
in any one bank

The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential
capacity of the system
When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the
170
most economical way of stepping down the voltage
169

171 In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system
172

If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the special
tap must be provided on the secondary side

173 Thermoplastic
174 Moisture Temperature Resistant
175 Underground Feeder
176 Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant
177 Heat Resitant Rubber
178 Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber
179 Heat Resistant Latex Rubber
180 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic
181 Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon

446/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
182 Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer
183 Armored Cable
184 THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT
185 POLYETHELENE
186 SILICON ASBESTOS
187 ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC
188 Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire
189 135deg-197deg F
190 Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or diode
191

It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered when
IR energy flickers at rate which is chracteristics of flame

192

Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized
sampling

193 chamber to detect fire


194

Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used


both on exposed and concealed work

A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and
195 enclosed in a mettalic sheath of interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type of
cable is especially used for service feeders, branch circuit and for indoor, outdoor work
Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed
refractory mineral insulation enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. This
196
type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously moist location as service feeders or branch
circuit
Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture resistant,
197 flame retardant and non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used specifically for one
or two family dwellings not exceeding 3 storey building

This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded
198 core of moisture resistant and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral
metal tape. This type is used in hazardous locations and in cable trays or in raceways

Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in
the ground as feeder or branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated
199 conductors with or without associated bare or covered or grounding under a mettalic
sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is supported by messenger
wire

200

Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web designed
especially for field installation in metal surface or raceways

447/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and
enclosed with an insulating assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes such
201
as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual branch circuits, especially in hard smooth
continous floor surfaces and the like

202

Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher.
This type is used for power system up to 35,000 volts

203

Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each
floor and at the highest or end of a feeder riser cable

Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave
204 links, analog and digital telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured
cabling and similar devices

205

Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at three
points

Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover
206 ground conductor under a non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in
raceways or in supported by a messenger wire
207 Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees

208

Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high
illumination levels for detailed work such as needle work

209

A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required
from a two phase system

210 Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees


211 Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside

212

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees


w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE

213

Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits
(drawing)

214

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees


w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW

215 Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings

Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the
216 ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic
and over 600 volts to ground

448/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
217 completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry
fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the
218 pulling in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of
metal pipe of standard width and thickness
219 System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load
220

Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates
froma shaft attached to a dynamo to produce electricity

221

A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to
concentrate

Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to
222 zero, drops to the negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second
depending on the frequency for which the machine is designed
Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to
223 each other and provided with separate external connections current waves will be produced
and each of which will be at its maximum when the other is zero
224 Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable
225 Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C
226 Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations
227

Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts as
a vent

A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the
228 circuit automatically on predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly
applied within its rating
229 The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors
230

A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from 2400
volts to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system

231

Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a
30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

232

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
circuit with 30 ampere rating

Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes,
233
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled
together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground

234

Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

235

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with
20 ampere rating

449/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
236

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees


w/a 8 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW

237

A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference
between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it

238 A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres


239 A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a
240 completely enclosed, ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry
fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current
241 Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco
242 Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees
243

The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
the splices, if any connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building

244

A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by
operating at somewhat low pressure

245

In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each of
the three phase with this objective to attain

246

Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system
used to support cables

A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power.
247 This connection is used when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the power
load
248

A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one phase
resulting into unbalanced primary

249

Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit its
use at exposed weather or excessive moisture

250

A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings set
at 120 degrees to each other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave

251 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance
252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies
253 Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second
A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks
254 to zero, drop to a negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds
depending on the frequency of the machine is designed

450/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
255 Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory
256 A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe
257 Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at

258 three points


Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits
(drawing)
A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN
260
CONDUCTORS AND NOT LESS THAN 26mm
259

A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential


261 difference between them, and a grounded conductor having equal potential difference
between it
262

What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest
for an effective disaster prevention in building

Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the
263 ground over residential and comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic
and over 600 volts to ground
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the
electrical service entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes,
264
measure from final grade line or other accesible surface only for service drop cabled
together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300 volts to ground
265

Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a
30 ampere branch circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

266

Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit
supplied by a 3-wire feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees


w/a 22 sq.m cross sectional area in size for USE
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30
268
degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for THW
267

269

Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees


w/a 2.0 sq.m cross sectional area in size for TW

270

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch
circuit with 30 ampere rating

271

Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit
with20 ampere rating

272 Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance
A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will
273 automatically transfer the power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during
electrical power failure.
274 TW in electrical wire specification means.

275

A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower
arrangements, etc.

451/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
276 XHHN in wire specification means.

277 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.

278 The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type.

279 PABX or PBX means.

280 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

281 Another name for distribution panel.

282 Standard size of wire for a circuit line.

283 Standard size of wire for a switch line.

284 Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency.

285

Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured,
and does not soften when reheated.

286 Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using

287 Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway.

288 Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco.

289

The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including
splices, if any, connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.

290 The simplest type of building automation system.

291 A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or

292 metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire.

293 A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems.

452/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
294 Resistance in alternating current system.

295 The reciprocal of conductance.

296

A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the
enclosure, also called Busduct.

297

A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying,
and distributing large electric currents, also called a busbar.

An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in


298 completely enclosed ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such current.
299 A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature.

300 A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam.

301 A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern.
A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of raceways
302 or cables and provided with sufficient space for connection and branching of the enclosed
conductors.
303

A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from
movement outside building through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

304 This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or

305 Microwave system.

306

This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered,
caused by intrusion.

307

A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a mixture
of a metallic vapor, similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

308

A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it
produces light by means of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.

309

A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the bulb
reacts with chemically with tungsten.

310 A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.

311 Building with fire alarm and suppression system.

453/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
312

In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on
the upper part of a structure.

313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341

454/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER
SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372

455/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Ammeter

Amperage

Blackout Switch

Feeder Line

Cable Vault
Candlepower
Current
Direct Current
Grounding Wire
Footcandle
Electric current
appliances
alternator
ammeter
capacitor
diffuser
rectifier
illumeter
greenfield
regulator
entrance cap
utility box
flux
voltage
phase
watt
rheostat
regulator
ohmmeter
insulator

456/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
coulomb
ohm
volts
candela
10 ft.
Pvt. Automatic Branch
Exchange
Capacitor
Power Panel
No. 12
No. 14
Rectifier
D.C. Generator
Phase
5.5 sqmm
60 Cycles

Service Drop
Telecommunication
System
Impedance
Resistance
Busway

Bus

Busway

Pull Box

457/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Riser Diagram

Air Terminal
Moisture resistant, in
wet and dry location
Moisture and Heat
Resistant- Cross-Linked
Thermosetting
the reciprocal of ohm
Watt

Nikola Tesla
Rigid metal conduit
(RMC)
Heat resistant
thermoplastic

All of these

2-s3w and 1-s4w


Low resistance, high
current
Cable tray
Silver

All of the above

Panelboard
Conduit
metal clad cable (type
MC)
Current

All of these

Series circuit
a. Fungus resistant
b. Corrosion resistant

458/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Switch
Non metallic sheathed
cable (type NM and
NMC)
Both a and b
Gold
Both a and b
Multi-outlet assembly
Transfer switch
CIRCUIT BREAKER
WATTS
AMPERE
TOWER OR FLATFORM

KNIFE SWITCH

TRANSFORMER VAULT
RECTIFIER
RAPID START
FLOURESCENT LAMP
JUNCTION BOX
5 STOREYS
3.00 m
500 mm
AIR CURTAIN
GOOSENECK

DISTRIBUTION LINE

1.20m
PLUG IN TYPE
COPPER WIRE
RACEWAY

459/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
CABLE WIRE

DISTRIBUTION PANEL
TRANSFORMER
NON FERROUS METAL
2.50m
STEP DOWN
TRANSFORMER
OPEN WIRING
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER
SWITCH
AIR SWITCH
ARC VOLTAGE
ARMORED CABLE

ASKAREL

ASSEMBLY
BASE LOAD
BRANCH CIRCUIT
BUS
BUSWAY
CAGE
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CONDUCTOR

CONTROLLER

CORONA
CUT OUT BOX
DEMAND FACTOR
DEVICE
DUCT
ELECTRIC MOTOR

460/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
FEEDERS

FOOTCANDLE
FUSE
GENERAL LIGHTING
ILLUMINATION

KNIFE SWITCH

LAMP
LAMPHOLDER
LIGHT
LIGHTNING ARRESTER
LIGHTNING SURGE
LINE TAP
LOAD FACTOR
LUMEN
LUX
OUTLET
OUTLET BOX
PEAK LOAD
PENDENT
PILOT WIRE
PULLBOX
RACEWAY
RECEPTACLE
RIGID METAL CONDUIT
ROSETTE

SERVICE DROP
SERVICE RACEWAY
SUBMARINE CABLE

461/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
SURGE
5.5 mm2
SINGLE PHASE TO
SUPPLY 120 V LIGHTING
LOAD
SINGLE PHASE TO
SUPPLY 120/240 3-WIRE
LIGHTING AND POWER
SINGLE PHASE FOR
POWER
TWO PHASE
CONNECTIONS
DELTA-DELTA FOR
POWER AND LIGHTING
OPEN DELTA FOR
LIGHTING AND POWER
Y DELTA FOR POWER

Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING


AND POWER

OPEN Y DELTA
DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING
AND POWER
Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
POWER
Y-Y AUTO TRANSFORMER
SCOTT CONNECTION
3PHASE TO 2PHASE
SCOTT CONNECTED
2PHASE TO 3PHASE
T
TW
UF
FEPW
RH
RHW
RUH
THW
THWN

462/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
XHHW
BX
THHN
PE
SA
AVA
FIXED TEMPERATURE
HEAT DETECTOR
PHOTO ELECTRIC
DETECTOR
INFRARED FLAME
DETECTOR
IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT
DETECTOR
ARMOR CABLE (AC)

METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)

MINERAL INSULATED
CABLE (MI)

NON METALLIC SHEATED


CABLE (NM)

SHIELDED NON METALLIC


SHEATED CABLE (SNM)

UNDERGROUND FEEDER
AND BRANCH CIRCUIT
(UF) POWER AND
CONTROL TRAY CABLE
(TC)

FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY


(FC)

463/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

FLAT CONDUCTOR
CABLE (FCC)

MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE


(MV)

TELEPHONE TERMINAL
CABINET

TELECOMMUNICATION
SYSTEM

SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT


START, 3-WAY SWITCH AT
MIDPOINT AND SINGLE
POINT SWITCH AT END

POWER AND CONTROL


TRAY CABLE TYPE

RH

METAL HALIDE

SCOTT CONNECTION 2
PHASE TO 3 PHASE
TW
ILLUMINATED SWITCH

85 amperes

DRAWINGS

15 amperes

PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS


LONG AS BOTH BURIAL
DEPTH OF NO LESS
460mm AND CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IS
PROVIDED

5.500 mm

464/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

BUSWAYS

RIGID STEEL CONDUIT

120/240 VOLTS
WINDMILL

PANEL BOARD

SINGLE PHASE
ALTERNATING CURRENT

TWO PHASE
ALTERNATING CURRENT

2.2, 30, 8, 14
UF
THW
CIRCUIT VENT

CIRCUIT BREAKER

SERVICE RACEWAY
Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND
POWER

24 AMPERE

5.5 sq.mm

3500mm

30 amperes

3.5 sq.m

465/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

45 Amperes

MULTI WIRE BRANCH


CIRCUIT
PRESSURIZED WATER
REACTOR
DEVICE

BUSWAYS

60 CYCLES
USE

SERVICE DROP

BOILING WATER
REACTOR

BALANCE LOADING

CABLE TRAYS

OPEN DELTA FOR


LIGHTING AND POWER

DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING


AND POWER

ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL

THREE PHASE
ALTERNATING CURRENT

30 amperes
POROUS ABSORBENT
HERTZ

SINGLE PHASE
ALTERNATING CURRENT

466/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND
COMBINATION
NUMBER OF BRANCH
VENTS
SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT
START,
3-WAY SWITCH AT
MIDPOINT AND
DRAWINGS
Pre requisite in use of split
knob and tube wiring
MULTI WIRE BRANCH
CIRCUIT

6000mm to 7600mm

5500 mm

3500mm

24 amperes

30 amperes

85 amperes
45 amperes

15 amperes

5.5 sq.mm

3.5 sq.m
30 amperes

Automatic Transfer
Switch (ATS)
Moisture resistant, in
wet anddry location
Specific Lighting

467/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Moisture and Heat
Resistant- Cross-Linked
Thermosetting
10'

Infra Red
Pvt. Automatic Branch
Exchange
Capacitor

Power Panel

No. 12

No. 14

Phase

Thermosetting

5.5 sqmm

5.5 sqmm

60 Cycles

Service Drop
Telecommunication
System
Fixed Temperature

Heat Detector

PABX

468/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Impedance

Resistance

Busway

Bus

Busway

Passive Infrared

Light Beam

Ultrasonic

Pull Box

Microwave

Passive Infrared with


Ultrasonic (or
Microwave)
Proximity / Capacitance

Metal Halide Lamp

Mercury Lamp
Tungsten Halogen
Lamp
High-Pressure-Sodium
(HPS)
Intelligent Building

469/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Air Terminal

470/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

471/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
1

What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked in


the sanitary field of ancient Rome?

What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in the


field of sanitation?

NPCP refers to:

Its complete RA no:

What is the meaning of BOD?

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18

Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be


equipped with __________.
Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,
fixtures and other apparatus.
What is the general role of Sanitary and Environmental
Engineering?
This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system that
is governed by set of rules
In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first
___________ laws.
What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europe
was plagued with epidemics.
Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of the
strength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls and
other surfaces through fixture usage.
In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbing
became more defined and appreciated?
The ability of an area resource system to support the activities of
a given population.
____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the
environment.
____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properly
usable
This the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impact
of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises when
temperature rises.
An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in the
Philippines.

19

In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, with


the city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom?

20

This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18,


1955.

21

The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary living
process, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as to
permit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the public
sewer or by means of private disposal system.

22

When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the National
Plumbing Code of the Philippines approved?

23

When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated?

24

What is the act for Water Quality Management?

472/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
25
26

TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealing


with environmental degration and prevention and control of diseases
TRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system is
governed by a set of rules promulgated by the National Standard
Plumbing Code (NSPC)

27

Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, while


Plumbum is to ___________.

28

Solid waste, from water closet

29

Liquid only, fixtures other than WC

30

is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped during


periods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir.
In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south and
west sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneath
sidewalks.
____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in the
skeleton of the distribution system.
____________ is used for city water pipes.
____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and inverted
siphon where pressures are high and sizes are large.
____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used in
newer plumbing installation.
A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallic
electrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds.
Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger moves
backwards and forwards.
Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequently
for individual houses.
____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within the
distribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank.
Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatment
plant.

42

Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains.

43

Used to supply or remove water from a building.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called


____________ .
Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be low
but not low enough to allow sedimentation.
Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about
____________ of the total daily demand.
In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, the
pressure in the pipes should be between _____________.
High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is to
low lying areas
TRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps,
pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances.
It is a special type of underground water that is found on islands
or in the coastal regions near the sea.
This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or at
adequate pressure to enable them to function properly.
Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable water
supply system should be equipped with approved ___________.

473/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
53

_____________ is a junction between water supply systems


through which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter an
otherwise safe supply.

54

What are the 3 main sources of water supply?

55

_____________ is required to be installed so as to register the


amount of water supplied to a building.

56

_____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.

57
58
59
60
61
62
63

______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similar


devices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage.
______________ is when water contains visible material in
suspension
______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidal
state should be distinguished from turbidity.
The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesium
are the common impurities which cause ______________.
_______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount it
will cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures and
incrustations in water mains.
Excavation for the installation of underground water supply piping
should be _____________.
The proportional change in length corresponding to 1F change in
temperature is known as the _______________.

64

________________ is water bearing stratum.

65

There are two types of well____________ & ____________.

66

The recommended slope for the house drain.

67

A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary and


domestic waste only.

68
69
70
71
72

A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry human


excretement.
A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include human
excretement.
Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable for
domestic purposes.
A communicable disease which may be transmitted by water
include bacterial, viral and protozoal infections.
A water is _____________ when it contains visible material in
suspension.

73

MCL means

74

A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as well


as storm water.

75

This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable.

76
77
78

In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from the


basement ceiling.
A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near as
possible the ______________ of the building.
A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainage
system.

474/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
79

The house drain should be provided with adequate number of

80

The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES.

81

Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within


____________ of the water intake.

82

TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branch


shall be run at right angle as a floor drain.

83
84
85
86
87

TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also be


utilized as floor drain.
TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with short
radius fittings.
A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewage
sealed with a wooden shelter.
A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period to
the deposit settle able material.
A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner as
to allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of the
ground.

88

The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________.

89

____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer.

90

____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sources


such as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manhole
covers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.

91

A pipe venting acid waste system.

92

A watertight container of sewage.

93

A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage or


liquid waste from a sump other than ejector.

94

This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen.

95

Considered as the oldest type of sewer.

96

Minimum width for septic tank.

97
98
99

That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts from


the outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer in
the street or septic tank.
Sometimes referred to as the collection line of a plumbing
system.
The septic tank should be double compartment and should be
capable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.

The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENT


ACT 2000.
How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic and
101
subject to rotting.
100

102 TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m

103

TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under a


house.

104

TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15m
away from potable water to prevent contamination.

475/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
junction of the drain pipe?
An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms for
106
Hydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.
105

What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,


usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?
This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congested
108
business areas.
107

109

It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water


to a satisfactory terminal.

It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also the


110 portion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof
terminal
111

This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ample


amount of ground space between buildings is available.

A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceiling


by substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally is
112
adapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficiently
deep in the street.
This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floor
113 within the walls of the building and is used in buildings located in
congested business areas.
114

What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveys
storm water to a satisfactory terminal?

115 Rainwater piping should not be used as:


116 Roof drains shall not be made of __________.
117 The outside roof leader is located on the _____
118 The inside roof leader is installed ___________
119

What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
junction of the drain pipe?

120 All storm drains should be graded at least


This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewer
discharges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant.
The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of the
building to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________
122
to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of
expansion and contraction of the roof.
121

123 Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal


Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of
time to allow settle able material to deposit
TRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe varies
125
according to its length and grade per foot.
TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm drain
126
difficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.
TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining the
127
size of the drain is the depth of the building.
124

TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer at


128 right angles by means of a 45 Y and curve assembled in exactly the
same manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.

476/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
129

TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point of


the conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45 fitting.

TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be provided


with a concrete or stone foundation.
TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanized
131
steel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.
130

132

TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended from


band iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure

TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically through


the floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is then
133
extended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which may
result because of expansion and contraction of the roof.
TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to the
134 drain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering the
conductor.
TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,
135 or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the joint
between the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.
136

TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing a


hub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.

137 Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply?


138 What type of plumbing material is a water heater?
139

What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of a


ball floating on the surface of water?

140 What is the most expensive type of all pipes?


141

What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance to


corrosion?

142 What type of plumbing material is a water closet?


143

What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainage
installation in buildings?

144 What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes?


145 What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser?
146 CISPI stands for:
147 U in UPVC stands for
148

The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings


______stories in height.

149 It is a non-metallic plumbing material?


Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and
____________.
A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a u
151
bolt clamp.
A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to
152
fixtures for flushing purposes.
150

477/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
153

Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewer


and drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.

This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is not


154 required by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flow
through it rapidly.
155 A pit for the reception or detention for sewage
A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm
156 water, waste water or sewage
157 The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical
158 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement
The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom of
159 the tank
A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for
160 reducing the pressure exerted on trap seal
161 A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste
All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not less
162 than ____ percent
163 All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg.
164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown
165 A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes.
166 Level 3 types of water service refers to:
167 A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap:
168 One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is:
169 The minimum size of a swimming pool drain:
170 Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for:
171 The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by:
172 A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water:
173 Womens urinal fixture:
174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank.
175 Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe fittings:
176 Prevents water hammer:
177

Theater or movie houses water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons of


water per day :

178 . Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of:
179 The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:

478/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
180 A pipe fitting shape like letter S:

The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or
181 behind the fixture and extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the
fixture trap:
182

The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an
elementary school:

183 The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet:
184 A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter
185 A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping:
186 The minimum slope of a building drain:
187 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal:
188 The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall:
189 The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath:
190 Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for:
191

The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both
elementary and secondary school:

192 The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings:
A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite
193 screws at the end. By turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal rods
and regulate the length and tension of this rods:
The first section of water supply piping in a
building after the water meter.
A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by
means of a circular disk that fits against the
valve seat. The plane of movement of the disk
195 is parallel to the normal direction of flow of
water, which is turned through a tortuous
passage to direct the flow normal to the face of
the disk.
194

196 The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called?
197 lowest portion of a trap
198 pipe for wastewater
199 liquid waste
200 These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets.
201 vertical pipe used for the storage of water
202 receptacle for organic discharge
203 accumulated or settled solid waste
204 It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water lines.

479/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole
206 end of a pipe that fits into a bell
207 backflow due to negative pressure
208

What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing circulation
of air to and from any part of the drainage system?

209 gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects
210 vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets
211 It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction.
212 reservoir for liquid
213 valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures
214 It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead
215 process of injecting chlorine gas into the water
216 Minimum width of a septic tank.
217 Minimum length of a septic tank.
218 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.
219 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.
220
221
222
223
224
225

Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary


compartment of a septic tank.
Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic
tank.
Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a
septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic
tank.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
seepage pit or cesspool.
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
disposal field.

226 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.


227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
228 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.
229 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub
230 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.
Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and
polybutylene.
A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the
232
connection at the water main.
A vent with a function to provide circulation if air
233
between drainage and vent system
Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a
234
floor or wall which the pipe pass.
231

480/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting.
A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of
fixture.
Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable
237
matter in suspension or solution.
236

238 Component of fire extinguisher.


239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.
240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.
241 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.
242 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.
243
244
245
246
247
248
249

Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type


water closet.
Term applied to the interconnection of the same
fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.
A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case
of a back to back vent.
Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which
the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service
connection.
Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more
than 15 meters from the source.
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is
venting.
It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary
field of ancient Rome.

250 In Latin, it means 'lead'.

251

252
253
254

A specially designed system of waste piping


embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more
sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and
vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of
air above the flow line of the drain.
Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged
directly to the nearest ___.
Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,
water-carried waste into a drainage
system with which they are connected.
Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located
at each floor.

255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.


256 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.
257 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.
Best type of fire detection that can detect fire during
the incipient stage.
A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used
259
as a draw-off tap.
Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a
260
trap.
258

261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.


262

Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower


stall.

481/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
263
264
265

266
267

Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal


urinal.
Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each
section of plumbing for water test.
How many days, at least, shall be given before any
plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for
inspection.
Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in
the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy
said testing.
Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings
safe for humans.
Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes

268 to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on
top of the other.
Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating
269 equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar
equipment requiring union fittings.
270 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.
271 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for
pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for
273
pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.
Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any
274
access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.
272

275 Maximum length of a tailpiece.


276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284

Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the


roof
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above
any other vertical surface.
Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any
openable window or opening.
Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck
where it is protruded.
Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a
roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from
weather.
Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack
requiring a parallel ventstack.
An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating
inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.
The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits
in water.

285 Women's urinal fixture.


A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to
286 clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a
small irregular passageway.
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet
287 except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water
surface area, moderately noisy.

482/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient.
288 Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush
valve, requires higher pressure.
Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is
289 directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet;
siphon.
A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet.
290
Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the
291 flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or
vortex which scours the bowl.
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through
292 the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the
contents of the bowl through the trapway.
A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a
293
smaller water surface and trapway.
This type of water closet is prohibited by some health
294
codes
The concussion and banging noise that results when a
295 volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses
momentum.
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate
296
across the passage.
A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an
297
internal wall.
Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or
298
sewage treatment plant.
299 The centerline of pipe.
300 The interior top surface of a pipe.
301 The interior bottom surface of a pipe.
302 Color code for pipes containing acid.
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du
303 pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive
polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.
a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5
meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals.
b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be
304 used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above
ground.
c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for
water supply.
a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage
pipe.
305

b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a


reducer or adapter.
c. 60 branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a

true vertical position.


Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes
306
referred to as.
Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory
307
faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.
308 Treats hard water.

483/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base
of a soil stack?
The first section of water supply piping in a building after the
310
water meter.
309

311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub.


A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of a
circular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movement
312 of the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, which
is turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to the
face of the disk.
A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap in
313 which water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimate
into the plumbing system.
Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which
314
discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch.
315 The abbreviation DWV stands for ______.
316

A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixtures


except for fixture have integral trap.

317 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement.


A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey or
more to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.
A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or vent
319
piping.
The water supply pipe provided by the water utility company
320
where local individual connection is done.
A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives the
321 discharge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent from
the septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.
The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixtures
318

322 and other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing water
and waterborne waste.
That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of
the building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,
323
private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriate
point of disposal.
A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotating
324 drilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in the
valve body.
A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (a
325 storey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey or
floor of the building or structure are connected to the stack.
A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below the
326

floor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stack


at a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level of

fixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack.


A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which is
about one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It is
327 commonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Also
the lead connection between the service pipe and the water main.
Also a p-trap.

484/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbing
system or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids,
328 digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow the
liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system

329

330

331

332
333
334

of open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit.


A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainage
system by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unit
of this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute or
one cubic foot of water per minute.
The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can be
completed prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includes
drainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixture
supports.
A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, when
properly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passage
of foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewage
or wastewater through it.
A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure less
than the atmospheric pressure.
A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid waste
free of fecal matter.
A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supply
pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.
Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal or

335 fixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges from
other fixtures to the building drain or building sewer
In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supply
336 line, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valves
and all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water.
337 A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent
A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last
fixture connection of a horizontal branch to the vent stack
A vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both
339
fixtures
338

340 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
341 A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect
342

A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up of
waste from a drainage pipe

343 See common vent


344 A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps
345

A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the
fixture served or terminates in the open air

346 A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack
Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the
originating waste or soil stack
Is a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed from
348
a room fixture
347

349 The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected
350

A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and
vent systems where the drainage systems might otherwise be air bound

485/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER

351 An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps
352

The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected to
the stack horizontal drain, the uppermost end above the roof

353 A vent which also serves as a drain


354

A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of
preventing pressure changes in the stack

355

Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of
a supply of water from any source other than its intended source

356

Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to
negative pressure

357

Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a
common horizontal waste or soil branch

358 A flange that is not drilled


359 A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water
360 Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials
361 A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits
362 Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned
363 A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings
364

Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are
made on the extended portion

365 The length along the center of the pipe and fitting
Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often
366 liquid waste to a legal point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer
system or private or or public sewerage treatment
367 Is a pipe connecting several fixtures
368

Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets
and and similar fixture

369

A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be
removed for the purpose of cleaning

370 Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical
371

Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and
vent pipes; house drain and house sewers including their respective connections

Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the
installation of fixtures
A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the
373
hydrant or to the same nozzle
372

374

Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar
function w/ or w/o the discharge of other fixtures to the building drain

375

Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the crown
weir and the top of the dip of the trap

486/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
376

Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low
yielding water well

377 The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer
378 The location of water well to nearest septic vault
379 Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer
380 A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water
381 The third kind of water after the storm water and area water
382 The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing
383 Color coding of high pressure steam
384 Color coding for fuel oil division
385

The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage
system

386 Service drop conductor clearance over the roof


387

A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its
seat

388 An underground tank reservoir to store water


389 Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain
Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of
water
A valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure
391
fluctuations on the inlet side above the pressure level
A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling of
392
the connection when needed
A device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing
393
purposes and is activated by direct water pressure
390

394 Another name for corporation cock


395

A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a
seal against the passages of gases and odors

396

A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic
tank effluent may flow covered with earth

397 The luminous flux density incident on a surface


398

An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain
through sewer

399 A type of fitting for yoke bent


400 Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub
401 Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain
402 BATH FOOT
403 BATH SHOWER STALL
404 BATH SITZ

487/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
405 BATH TUB
406 BIDETS
407 COMBINATION FIXTURE
408 DRINKING FOUNTAIN
409 FLOOR DRAIN
410 FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS
411 LAUNDRY TRAYS
412 SINKS (DISHWASHER)
413 SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC)
414 SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE)
415 SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR)
416 SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY)
417 SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP)
418 URINAL (PEDESTAL)
419 URINALS (LIP)
420 URINALS (STALL)
421 URINALS (THROUGH)
422 WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES)
423 WATER CLOSETS
424

Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed
through the rim to create a vortex that scours the bowl

Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through
425 the rim and siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl
through the trapway
426

Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water surface
area are smaller

427

Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and emptying
through small irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes

428 Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out
429

A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of
the body

430 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12"
431 No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter
432 Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor

488/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
433 Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor
434 Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line
435 Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line
436 Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall
437 Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain
438 Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m
439 Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m
440 Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m
441 Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m

442 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school
443 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school
444 Ratio of urinals for elementary schools
445 Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places
446 Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants
447 Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings
448 Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test
449 It should not be used for steam
450 High Pressure
451 Exhaust Fan
452 Fresh Water, low pressure
453 Fresh Water, high pressure
454 Salt water piping
455 Oil Delivery
456 Oil Discharge
457 PNEUMATIC DIVISION
458 GAS DIVISION
459 FUEL OIL DIVISION
460 REFRIGERATING DIVISION
461

A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which
of the following does NOT require it?

462

A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service inlet
and outlet connection installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service

489/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
463 Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building
464

Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture is
simultaneously opened?

465 KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE


466 LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE
467 OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE
468 OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts
469

Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the
total linear footage of the pipe making up the vent?

470

A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water temperature
temperature and direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at the fooe spout

471

Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are beautiful
and maintenance free

472

Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a residual
pressure or 1.8 kilos per sq.mts

473

A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an
angle

474 General term used to described the fitting in the drawing


475 GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing)
476

Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent
pipe takes off in front of the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack

477

Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally
dissolves solids while some useful minerals are retained

478 Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point
479 solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F
480 GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three inches

481

A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution
system by mechanical means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi

482

A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a
plumbing system

483

A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
where

484

water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return
pipe

485 Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5"
486

Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at


higher pressure

487

Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or
branch of a plumbing rough in for the purpose of future trap

490/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
488 A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater

Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm
489 type or straight beam type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote
control, push push button switch, photocell, magnetic loop or acces control
490 Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap
491 The presence of Fire Service Connection
Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main
492 distribution water service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ", ", 1", 1 ", 1
" and 2"
493 Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes
494

and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards

495 Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe
496 SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER
497 Pipe not used as water service pipe
498 A cut off valve installed in the service piping system
499 Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source
500 Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line
501 Device used to prevent water hammering
502 Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent
503 It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure
504 It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet
505

The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent
inlet at the trap

506 Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch
507 A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside
A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last
fixture of the battery
A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the
509
surface
A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a
510
submerge piston
508

511

A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump.

512 Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade


513

A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water
distribution

514 PE
515

General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different
plumbing fixture

491/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
516 Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor
517 A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent
518

The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level rim
of the fixture

519 The minimum size or trap of a bidet


520 Supply valve tank type for water closet
521

A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding 3
inches

522 Location that does not require installation of clean out


523 Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent
524 A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
525 A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe
Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged
from other fixture to the house drain
Minimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less from
527
the Fire service Connection
In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
528 apply only if the main fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum
required working pressure
526

System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and
529 fixture traps, the soil waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer,
the storm water drainage with their devices
530 Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source
531 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting
532 Common term for a two way service connections
533 Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve
534 A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe
535 Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain
536 Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration
537 A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver
538 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height
539 Passing on it can treat hardwater
A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi
540 where water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the
return pipe
541

A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a
submerge piston

542

A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the
surface

492/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER

A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a
543 shallow source like cistern, best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at
the surface with shaft to turn the impellers below

544

A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against 450
ft. total develop height

545

A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water
droplets over a lawn, golf course, or the like.

546 Minimum width of a septic tank.


547 Minimum length of a septic tank.
548 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.
549 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.
550 Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank.
551 Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank.
552

Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more
than 6 cubic meters.

553 Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false.


554 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank.
555 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool.
556 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field.
557 Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts.
558 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
559 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.
560 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.
561 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.
562

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake, or
vent shaft.

563 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub

493/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
564 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.

565 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.
566 Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35.
567 Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50.
568 Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100.
569 Classifications of copper pipes.
570 A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool.
571 Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as.
572 Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene.
573 A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system.
574 Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass.
575 A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture.
576 Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution.
577 Component of fire extinguisher.
578 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.
579 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.
580 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.
581 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.
582 Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet.
583 True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.
584 True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.
585

Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch with
one branch vent.

494/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER

586 A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent.
587

Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or
less from the fire service connection.

588 Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source.
589

Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works
by the principle of a ___.

590 Treats hard water.


591 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting.
592 It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome.
593 In Latin, it means 'lead'.
A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of
594 one or more sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe
adequately
595 sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain.
596 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.
597 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.
598 Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___.
599

Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a


drainage system with which they are connected.

600 Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor.
601 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.
602 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.
603 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.
604 Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage.
605 Condensing unit is a part of a ___.
606 A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap.
607 Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap.

495/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
608 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.
609 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall.
610 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal.

611 Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school.
612 Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school.
613 Ratio of urinals for elementary school.
614 Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places.
615

Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings
serving 55 occupants for employees.

616

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the
ratio of lavatory to number of occupants.

617 Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test.
618

How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done
after written notice for inspection.

619

Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water
test without any leaks to satisfy said testing.

620 Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.


621 Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans.
622

Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain
pipe if laid in the same trench on top of the other.

623

Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater,
conditioning tanks, and similar equipment requiring union fittings.

624 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.


625 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.
626

True or false, 60 branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical
position.

627

Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless
such line is serving sinks or urinals, true or false.

628

Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in
diameter.

629 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.

496/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
630

Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or
crawl hole.

631 Maximum length of a tailpiece.


632 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.
633

True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used
underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above ground.

634 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof.
635 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface.
636 Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening.
637 Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded.
638

Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes
aside from protection from weather.

639 Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack.
640 The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water.
641 True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe.
Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe
642 applied only if the highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and minimum
required working pressure.
643 What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack?

644

What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit
for the number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy?

645 Women's urinal fixture.


646

True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or
adapter.

647

A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple
washout action through a small irregular passageway.

648

This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller
trap passageway and smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.

649

A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces
contents out. Use only with flush valve, requires higher pressure.

650

Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It scours
bowl, folds over into jet; siphon.

497/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
651

A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim and
through the down leg.

652

A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim to
create circular motion or vortex which scours the bowl.

653

A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action
initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.

654

A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and
trapway.

655 This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes.


656

The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a pipe
suddenly stops or loses momentum.

657 The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings.
658 A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage.
659 A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall.
660 Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant.
661 The centerline of pipe.
662 The interior top surface of a pipe.
663 The interior bottom surface of a pipe.
664 Color code for pipes containing acid.
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and
665 major components are shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical
version of a vertical section taken through the building.

666

One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white,
soft, waxy, and non-adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

667
668
669
670
671
672
673

498/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING REVIEWER
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704

499/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBARIUS
PLUMBER
NATIONAL PLUMBING
CODE OF THE PHILS.
IRA 1378
BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN
DEMAND
WATER SEAL TRAP
INSTALLING
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
NATIONAL STANDARD
PLUMBING CODE (NSPC)
PLUMBING APPRENTICE
RENAISSANCE PERIOD
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
GRECO-ROMAN
CIVILIZATION
CARRYING CAPACITY
MAN
PLUMBING SYSTEM
HEAT
RA 1364
American Master Plumber
JOHN F. HASS
SANITARY ENGINEERING
LAW

DOMESTIC SEWAGE

28-Jun-55
17th CENTURY
ACT 2152

500/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
FALSE
TRUE
LEAD a metal used by
Romans as a plumbing
material
SOIL PIPE
WASTE PIPE
GRAVITATIONAL FLOW
METHOD
DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS
OF PUMP
SERVICE HEADERS
PRIMARY FEEDERS
CAST IRON PIPES
STEEL PIPES
DUCTILE IRON
CORROSION
RECIPROCATING PUMP
HAND PUMP
BOOSTER PUMP
LOW LIFT PUMP
HIGH LIFT PUMP
PIPE LINES
DELAVAUD PROCESS
INTAKE CONDUIT
1/6 to 1/3
1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2
LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM
TRUE
FRESH WATER
PLUMBING FIXTURES
BALL COCKS

501/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CROSS CONNECTION
* RAINWATER
* GROUNDWATER
* SURFACE WATER
WATER METER
VACUUM BREAKER or
BACKFLOW PREVENTER
BACKFLOW
TURBIDITY
COLOR
ALKALINITY
IRON
OPEN TRENCH WORK
COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR
EXPANSION
AQUIFER
WATER TABLE WELL &
ARTESIAN WELL
2%
SANITARY DRAIN
SOIL PIPE
WASTE PIPE
POTABLE WATER
WATERBOURNE DISEASES
TURBID
MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT
LEVELS
COMBINED DRAIN
COMBINED DRAIN
HOUSE DRAIN
FOUNDATION WALL
INDUSTRIAL DRAIN

502/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
CLEANOUTS
PD 856
200m
TRUE
FALSE
FALSE
PRIVY
CATCH BASIN
CESSPOOL or DRYWELL
GOVERNMENT
SEWAGE

INFLOW

ACID VENT
SEPTIC TANK
SEWAGE PUMP
ANAEROBIC BACTERIA
COMBINATION PUBLIC
SEWER
0.90m
HOUSE SEWER
HOUSE DRAIN
2.8 - 3.0 TIMES
RA 9003
50%
TRUE

TRUE
TRUE

503/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
FIXTURE DRAIN
WATER
ABSORPTION
INSIDE STORM DRAIN
STORM DRAIN

ROOF LEADER

OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN

OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

INSIDE STORM DRAIN

STORM DRAIN
SOIL, WASTE AND VENT
PIPE
IRON
OUTSIDE WALL OF THE
BUILDING
WITHIN THE BUILDING
WALLS
FIXTURE DRAIN
INCH PER FOOT
COMBINATION HOUSE
SEWER
VERTICALLY,
HORIZONTALLY
GUTTER
LIQUID
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE

TRUE

504/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
FALSE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE
NO
APPLIANCE
BALL COCK
BRASS PIPE
COPPER PIPE
FIXTURE
CAST IRON PIPES
FIXTURES
APPURTENANCE
CAST IRON SOIL PIPE
INSTITUTE
UNPLASTICIZED
LESS THAN 25-STORIES
ASBESTOS-CEMENT NONPRESSURE SEWER PIPE
SILICON
CLAMP GATE CALVE
FLUSHOMETER VALVE

505/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE

DRUM TRAP
Cesspool
Drain
Invert
Privy

Sludge

Vent Pipe
Sewer Pipe
2%
Bends
Crown weir
Coupling
artesian well
lavatory faucet
water (potability)
2dia
coagulant
schedule
elbow
bidet
15 m.
nipple
Float Valve
total number of auditorium
seat
water pipe
Crown weir to bottom dip

506/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
U-trap
Back vent pipe

1 per 35
2" dia.
waste pipe
stack
1/16 in./ft.
2" dia.
2" dia.
2" dia.
Gas Pipe
1 per 30
black

Turnbackle

Water distributing pipe

Globe valve

catch basin
dip
drain pipe
effluent
soil stack
standpipe
septic tank

sludge
water hammer

507/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
escutcheon
spigot
back siphonage
vent stack
fumigant
soil stack
check valve
cistern
flush valve
caulking
disinfections
90 cms.
1.50 mts.
70 cms.
1.80 mts.
1.50 cum
508 mm.
1.50 mts.
15.20 mts.
45.70 mts.
30.50 mts.
51 mm.
102 mm.
60 cms.
38 mm.
51 mm
Polyethylene
Corporation Stop
Relief Vent
Escutcheon

508/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Developed Length
Flush Valve
Sewage
Carbon Monoxide
Storm Sewer
1 1/2'
1/8 Bend
1-1/2"
3/8"
Battery of Fixtures
Common Vent
4"
4"
6"
Plumbarius
Plumbum

Combination Waste and


Vent system

Sanitary Sewer Main


Fixture
2 1/2"
Circuit Vent
Loop Vent
Barometer
Ionization
Bibbcock
Top Dip to Crown Weir
Double Bend
2"

509/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
3
3m
3 days

15 minutes
8%
300 mm

300 mm
4 ft.
60
305 mm
450 mm
6.10 mts.
600 mm
4.60 mts.
15 cms.
300 mm
0.90 mtr.
2.10 mts.
3.00 mts.
10
Pressure Regulating Valve
Softening
Washdown
Washdown

Reverse Trap

510/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Blowout

Siphon Vortex
Siphon Jet
Siphon Vortex

Siphon Jet
Reverse Trap
Washdown
Water Hammer
Gate Valve
Globe Valve
Effluent
Spring Line
Crown
Invert
black
Teflon

all true

all true

House Drain
Ball Valve
Zeolite

511/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Wye and 1/8 Bend
Water distributing pipe
Full bath

Globe valve

fixture
Battery of fixtures
Drainage, waste and vent
Gooseneck
Privy
Riser
Stack
Water main
cesspool

plumbing

Building sewer

Ball valve

Branch interval

Yoke vent

gooseneck

512/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Septic tank

Drainage fixture unit

Roughing-in

Trap

Backpressure
Waste stack
Water distributing pipe
Soil pipe

Water supply system


BRANCH VENT
CIRCUIT VENT

COMMON VENT

CONTINOUS VENT
DRY VENT
DUAL VENT
GROUP VENT
INDIVIDUAL VENT

LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT

LOCAL VENT
MAIN VENT

RELIEF VENT

513/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
UNIT VENT

STACK VENT

WET VENT
YOKE VENT

BACKFLOW

BACK SIPHONAGE
BATTERY OF FIXTURE
BLANK FLANGE
BLIND FLANGE
CAULKING
COUPLING
UNION
NIPPLE
DEAD END
DEVELOPED LENGTH

DRAINAGE SYSTEM

FIXTURE BRANCH
FLOOD LEVEL
FERRULE
INVERT

PLUMBING SYSTEM

ROUGH IN
SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

SOIL PIPE

TRAP SEAL

514/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
WATER RESERVOIR
SHOCK RELIEF AND
EXPANSION CHAMBER
50 FEET OR MORE
2 PERCENT
CULVERT
BLACK WATER
RECESSED
WHITE
BLACK
TRAP OR WATER SEAL
2.50 M
COMPRESSION VALVE
CISTERN
OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN
PRESSURE COCK
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
UNION PATENT
FLUSHOMETER
CORPORATION STOP
AIR TRAP
ABSORPTION TRENCH
ILLUMINATION
CATCH BASIN
WYE FITTING
1 1/2"
150mm DIAMETER
1 1/2"
2"
1 1/2"

515/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
2"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
2'
1 1/2"
1 1/4"
2"
3"
3"
1 1/2"
2"
2"
1 1/4"
3"

SIPHON-VORTEX

SIPHON-JET

REVERSE TRAP

WASH DOWN

BLOW OUT
BIDET
GI PIPE SIZES
19.05mm or 3/4"
46 cm.

516/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
122cm
61 cm.
122 cm
5 FEET
1/4" BEND ?
51mm or 2"
64mm or 2 1/2"
4"
6"
RATIO OF 1:25
RATIO OF 1:30
RATIO OF 1:75
RATIO OF 1:75
RATIO OF 1:5
4 CLOSETS
3 HEADS
GALVANIZED PIPING
WHITE
BUFF
BLUE
BLUE
GREEN
BRASS OR BRONZE
YELLOW
GRAY
BLACK
BLACK
BLACK
ON EVERY HOSE BIBB

DRY STANDPIPE

517/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
WATER SERVICE PIPE
INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE
OF THE WATER SERVICE AND
DISTRIBUTION PIPE
1 "
1 "
64mm or 2 "
64mm or 2 "
SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE

3 WAY VALVE DIVERTER

BALL VALVE

132 LITERS PER MINUTE


ELBOW REDUCER
FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS
2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND
COMBINATION
CIRCUIT VENT

REVERSE OSMOSIS
FIXED TEMPERATURE
HEAT DETECTOR

COUPLING

PRESSURE REGULATOR

WRONG CHOICE OF VENT


TYPE
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
jet,jack,reciprocating
5"
URINAL FLASH VALVE
ASSEMBLY
TAIL PIECE or DEAD END

518/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
CHECK VALVE

AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE
PILLAR SYSTEM

THREE FIXTURES
DRY STANDPIPE
POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND
FITTINGS AND FITTINGS
UPVC DWV SANITARY
PIPES AND FITTINGS
ASBESTOS PIPE
Shower set for bath (drawing)
FIBER CEMENT PIPE
GATE VALVE
64mm or 2 1/2"
61 cms
AIR CHAMBER
VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2
THE DRAIN IT SERVES BUT
NOT LESS THAN THE
VENT PIPE
3/8"
6 FEET
2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2 X
1/8 BEND
COUPLING REDUCER
CIRCUIT VENT
JET
RECIPROCATING

CENTRIFUGAL

46 mm
BELL REDUCER
POLYETHELENE PIPE
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES

519/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
38 mm (1 1/2")
WYE FITTING
6"
1 1/2"
3/8"
COUPLING
AT EVERY BRANCH
INTERVAL OFA SOIL STACK
BATTERY OF FIXTURE
COMMON VENT
NUMBER OF FIXTURE
SOIL PIPE
102 mm (4")

UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD

PLUMBING SYSTEM

64 mm (2 1/2")
6"
SIAMESE CONNECTIONS
BALL
NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS
1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND,
LONG SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8"
COMBINATION
12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR
JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR
JACK
ZEOLITE

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

RECIPROCATING

JET

520/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CENTRIFUGAL

JACK

Lawn Sprinkler System


90 cms.
1.50 mts.
60 cms.
1.80 mts.
1 cum.
508 mm.
1.50 mts.
FALSE
15.20 mts.
45.70 mts.
30.50 mts.
26
51 mm.
102 mm.
60 cms.
15 cms.
0.90 mtr.
38 mm. (11/2")

521/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
51 mm. (2")
3
2
1
4
Rigid and Flexible
Burr
House Drain
Polyethylene
Relief Vent
Escutcheon
Flush Valve
Sewage
Carbon Monoxide
Strom Sewer
1 1/2" (38mm)
1/8 Bend
1 1/2"
3/8"
TRUE
FALSE
Battery of Fixtures

522/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Common Vent
4" (102mm)
4" (102mm)
Ball Valve
Zeolite
6" (150mm)
Plumbarius
Plumbum
Combination Waste
and Vent system
Air curtain
Air curtain
Sanitary Sewer Main
Fixture
2 1/2" (64mm)
Circuit Vent
Loop Vent
Barometer
Ionization
Refrigeration
Bibbcock
Top Dip to Crown Weir

523/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Double Bend
2"
3"
(1:30)
(1:25)
(1:75)
(1:75)
4
(1:5)
3
3
15 minutes
Atmospheric Vacuum
Breaker
8%
300 mm
300 mm
4'
60
TRUE
TRUE
0.305 mtr. / 305 mm
0.45 mtr. / 450 mm

524/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
6.10 mts.
600 mm
4.60 mts.
TRUE
150 mm / 15 cms.
300 mm
0.90 mtr.
2.10 mts.
3.00 mts.
10
Softening
TRUE
Upfeed System / Direct
Method
Wye and 1/8 Bend
Energy Efficiency Rating
(EER)
Washdown
TRUE

Washdown (WD)

Reverse Trap (RT)

Blowout (BO)

Siphon Vortex (SV)

525/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Siphon Jet (SJ)

Siphon Vortex (SV)

Siphon Jet (SJ)

Reverse Trap (RT)


Washdown (WD)
Water Hammer
Developed Length
Gate Valve
Globe Valve
Effluent
Spring Line
Crown
Invert
Black

Riser Diagram

Teflon

526/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

527/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER
1

A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an


opening

A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air
it is distributed to an air conditioned space.

A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its
normal limit of travel

The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door to
the floor at the bottom of the hoist way.

When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical clearance
of not less than between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical part.

There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___
below the sill of the pit access door

Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____

Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings.

Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related
hoisting and lowering mechanisms.

10 Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure.


11 A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory
12

Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by
mechanical means.

A device that maintains, control of the indoor environmentits desirable temperature,


13 humidity, air circulation, and purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial
materials that are handled or stored there.
14 Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means.
15 A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called
Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact with
16 an airstreams where a small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion is
cooled.
17

A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting
relatively small articles between levels.

18 Gives stability to governor ropes.


19 Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight?

20

Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite
ends of the cables to car is fastened.

21 Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight?


22 Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom.

528/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

23 Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel?
24

A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree?

An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central
25 locations outside the spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of
fans and pumps through duct and pipes.
26 Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser

27 Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or plunger?
28 it is a device to control the temperature.
29

It is a three section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving
stairway component

30 In electric elevator machine room is located at the


31 Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels.
The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected of
32 a system or the part of a system under consideration is called
33

The following are basic component parts of an


escalator except____.

34 Tesla is the unit of____.


Which of the following is not a component of a
hydraulic elevator?
A bathroom containing a water closet, a
36
lavatory, and a bathtub.
The following are elements of centralized
37
airconditioning system except _______.
35

Acoustics is a science that concerns with


______.
38 a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound
It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in
contact with each other.
Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler,
40
or other air handling equipment.
39

41 What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant?


42 gas used as refrigerant with water
43 an air compartment or chamber
44 liquid which is discharged as a waste
45 A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as?
46 device used only to add humidity in the air
47 heat is transferred through materials
48 a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas

529/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER
49 What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing?
50 device to control the thermostat
51 device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct
52 It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight.
53 stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency
where the endless belt of steps pass around during operation
54
of an escalator
55 What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized?
56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes
57 vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat
58

It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel and
driving sheave.

59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water


60 steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights
61 Two types of passenger elevator.
Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator
for small commercial or residential building.
A device that is basically a double throw switch of
generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer
63
the power from the standby generator to the building
circuitry during electrical power failure.
The minimum face to face distance between elevators
64
in three and four car grouping.
62

65 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.


66

A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the


air

67 Another name for Humidistat.


68
69
70
71
72
73
74

Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin


which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften
An Instrument which responds to changes in
temperature, and directly or indirectly controls
temperature.
A machine that converts mechanical energy into
electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.
Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in
order to absorb ___.
A device installed on an electric water heater used to
detect the working temperature to activate a switch.
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions
of spaces.
A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which
uses low melting point solders or metal that expands
when exposed to heat to detect a fire.

75 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector.


76

An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or


valve

77 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.

530/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER
78

A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the


properties of air-system mixtures.

79 Heat that raises air temperature.


80

81

82

83

84

The transmission of heat energy from one place to another


by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.
What is the rating index of an airconditioning/
refrigeration system which rates the unit for the
number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input
energy? (EER)
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioning
system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air
stream injected to a conditioned space.
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing,
and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be
used together with this.
It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when
they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the
floors.
In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is

85 overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is


eliminated.
86 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current.
87
88
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the


highest and lowest floor.
In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object
becomes wedged at the guard.
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off
positions to stop or
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.
This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit
location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator
during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.
This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically
if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.
This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for
inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0
oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,
shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop
an elevator.
In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand
used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.
On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to
which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on
which they wind.
Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the
counterweight.
In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribed
unsafe operating conditions.
The following are basic component parts of an escalator
except____.

101 Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator?


102

The following are elements of centralized airconditioning system


except _______.

531/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER
103 A transformer is ______.
104

A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heat

transferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____.


The following are ways in which heat may be transferred
105
except____.
The typical truss configuration used in the installation of an
106
escalator.
Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning
107

108

109
110
111
112

113

a. It uses ducts

b. Has cooling tower


c. Provided with air handling unit
d. All of these
The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annual
usage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period,
in watt-hours is known as_____.
Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential,
commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioning
system?
The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices in
ac is a combination of _______.
A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directly
connected to the steps is known as _____.
What is the minimum distance between the handrails of
escalators?
What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are considered
in air-conditioning system for human comfort?
a. Temperature of the surrounding air
b. Motion of air

114 What is the refrigerant name of R-12?


115 The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____.
The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in
116 changing the state of a substance
without changing its temperature.
117 An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air
118 They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system
119 An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building
120 The current of air or gases
121 Requirement for a dry standpipe
122 Color coding of piping for fuel oil division
123

A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car
excusively for carrying materials

124 The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied
125 The average consumption of water per capita
126

An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes of


temperature of the space

127 A tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling earth

532/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

128 The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system
129 The total sound units provided by a given material
130 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector
131

Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube
either from these places

132 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat


133

The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from
passing through the members into adjoining room

134

The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a one
square meter surface

135 Level of subterrenean water


136

Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the
air before it is distributed to an air conditioned space

137 This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time
138 Protection of PVC pipe underground
139 Reflection of sound from curve surface
140 The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time
141 Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates
Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize
building shocks to the car
That portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest
143
landing floor of the hoistway
142

144 A geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum
145 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight
146 Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car
147

When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a
sufficient room for this

148 When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding
149 Shalll be located in any one hoistway
150 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators
151 Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators
152 Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes
153 Provision for all elevators
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or
154 counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight
safely

533/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or


155 detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the
system in any eventuality
156

A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from
over current

During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the
door from the outside
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens
158
the door
157

159 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed


160

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
only when the car stops at the floor

161

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the
rope to operate the safety gear

162 Main purpose of shafts overhead space


163

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated
speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely

164 OTIS-U.S.

A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car
165 or counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or

counterweight safely
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches
166 or detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and

shuts down the system in any eventuality


167

A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts
from over current

168

During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to


open the door from the outside

169

The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and
re opens the door

170 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed


171

Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator
will open only when the car stops at the floor

172

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and grasp
the rope to operate the safety gear

173 Main purpose of shafts overhead space


174

Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached
the designated end of travel course

175 Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator


176 Minimum width of balustrade
177 Maximum width of balustrade
178 Maximum width of the steps

534/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER
179 Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade
180 Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination
181 Provision for boiler rooms inside the building
182 Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials
183 No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall
184 Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius

185 Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve
186 Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel
187 Provision of every boiler
188 Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr
189 Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection
190 Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling
191 Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building
192 Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs.
193 Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors
194

Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify
and cool the airstream injected to the conditioned space

195 Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building
196

Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on
while descending

197

Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on
while ascending

198

Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated
speed by grasping the guide rail to stop the car safely

199 main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket
200

When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are
arrange in banks

201 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand
202 Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand

203

Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by


building automation system to close in case of fire within the area

204 Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator

535/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

205

This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard
room of normal condition without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain

206

PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH


THE MACHINE ROOM

207

THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE
BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL BEAM

208 Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out
209 Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out
210 Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site
211 Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system
212

Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat
moved per watt of electrical input energy

213 Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower
A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to
activate a switch
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or
215 counterweight due to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or counterweight
safely
214

Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of
heat moved per watt of electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an
216
escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors internal
mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from
over current
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens
218
the door
217

219 Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors
220 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed
Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its
efficiency and performance
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open
222
only when the car stops at the floor
221

223 Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator

224

Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the
rope to operate the safety gear

225 Main purpose of shafts overhead space


226 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the

536/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER
227 designated end of travel course
228

Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream
injected into the conditioned space

229

The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance
without changing its temperature.

230 Two types of passenger elevator.


231

Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential
building.

232 Another name for passenger elevator.


233 The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping.
234 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.
235

An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a
cable or roped is passed.

236 A device for converting alternating current to direct current.


237 Another name for a Rectifier.
238 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air.
239 Another name for Humidistat.
240 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator.
241 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main.
242

An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly controls


temperature.

243 Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction.
244

A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of


alternating current.

245 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___.
A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to
activate a switch.
During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open
247
the doors from the outside.
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if
248
subjected to pressure.
246

249 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector.


250

An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower
constant pressure.

251 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve.


In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended
scenery, or the like.
On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the
253
car are fastened, and on which they wind.
252

254 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight.
255

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit shall
not be less than ___.

256 Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope.

537/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER
257 Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator.

258 Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel.
259 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.
260

Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into variable
electrical current.

261 A rate of rise type detector.


262 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures.
263 Heat that raises air temperature.
264

The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a
mass of fluid.

265 In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions.

266

What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to


dehumidify and cool the air stream injected to a conditioned space.

267

In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there is
something. Photocell can be used together with this.

It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car
which is stopped between the floors.
In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains
269
open until overloading is eliminated.
268

270 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current.


271 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor.
272 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard.
273

In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and
off positions to stop or prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

274

This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against accidental
movement of the escalator during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.

This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is


supplied to the motor.
This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or
276
repairs.
275

277

The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same
tmeperature in 24 hrs. (equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)

278
279
280

281

282

538/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MECHANICAL REVIEWER

283

284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311

539/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Air Curtain

AHU (Air Handling Unit)

Bumper

Elevator Landing

610 mm.

660 mm

1220 mm
Air-conditioning
elevator
boiler
conveyor
compressor

air-conditioning
alternator
generator
cooling tower

dumbwaiters
counter weight
guide rails

counterweight
shaft
governor

540/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
buffer
humidifier

centralized air con

compressor

hydraulic elevator
thermostat
Truss
pent house
escalator
demand factor
governor
Magnetic flux
counterweight
Full bath
Method of cooling

All of the above

Conduction
Dampers
freon
ammonia
plenum
effluent
insulation
hunidifier
Conduction
evaporator

541/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
coil
relay
Dampers
elevator
governor
sprocket assembly
boiler
Closed nipple
condenser
gearless traction
hydronics
hoistropes
Electric and Hydraulic
0.60 mtr

Automatic Transfer
Switch
2.0 mts.
1.20 mts.
Humidistat
Hygrostat
Thermosetting
Thermostat
Alternator
Heat
Thermostat
Air curtain
Fixed Temperature Heat
Detector
135-197F
Air Motor
68-74 F /20-23 deg C

542/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
Psychrometric Chart
Sensible Heat
Convection

Energy Efficiency Rating

Fan Coil Unit

Safety Shoe

Fascia Plate

Weighing Device
Circuit Breaker
Limit Switches
Handrail Guard
Switches
Disconnect Switch
Mechanical Maintenance
Locking Device
Current Overload Safety
Switch
Knife Switch
Ton of Refrigeration
Sheave
Governor
Counterweight
Winding-Drum Machine
Winding-Drum Machine
Limit Controls and
Interlocks
governor
counterweight
Method of cooling

543/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
A mechanical device used to
step up or step down voltage
in ac

Thermal load
Polarization
3 section truss

All of these

Seasonal energy
efficiency ratio
R-22
Resistance and
reactance
Endless belt
558mm

Both a and b

Dichlorodifluormethane
90-120fpm
LATENT HEAT
AIR CONDITIONER
BUGLARS AND
PROWLERS
AIR DUCT
DRAUGHT OR DRAFT
4 STOREY
BLACK
DUMBWAITER
HUMIDIFIER
50 GALS.
THERMOSTAT
BULLDOZER

544/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICAL LAY IN
PANEL
DECIBEL
135-197 F
REAR OR TOP
SOUND ABSORPTION

SOUND INSULATION

LUX
WATER TABLE

AIR HANDLING UNIT

TRAVEL TIME
CONCRETE CASING
CREEP
TRAVEL TIME
FREIGHT ELEVATOR
BUFFER
PIT
WINDING DRUM MACHINE
GUIDE RAILS
600mm
FOR REPAIR AND
INSPECTION
2 HOISTWAYS
4 ELEVATORS
3 HOISTWAYS
2 HOISTWAYS
30mm
OVER LOAD RELAY AND
REVERSE POLARITY
RELAY
BUFFER

545/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MONITORING CONTACTS
ON STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER
OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH
SAFETY SHOE
WAIT INTERVAL
DOOR LOCK SWITCH
MAGNETIC BREAK
FOR CAR OVERRUN

GOVERNOR
A European brand of
elevator
BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS
ON STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

SAFETY SHOE
WAIT INTERVAL
DOOR LOCK SWITCH

MAGNETIC BREAK
FOR CAR OVERRUN
LIMIT SWITCH
35 degrees
558 mm
1.20 m
330 mm

546/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
TEMPERED TYPE GLASS
38 mpm
R.C CONCRETE OR
MASONRY
3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE
WALL
1 meter
5.00 mts
2 CHECK VALVES
NON RETURN OR SHUT
OFF VALVE
ONE SAFETY VALVE
TWO SAFETY VALVE
15 DAYS
68deg-74deg F
2.30 meters ABOVE THE
FLOOR
STOP VALVES
2.13 meters

FAN COIL UNIT


1.5 TIMES MORE THAN
THE ELEVATOR CAR
DEPTH
DOWN COLLECTIVE
CONTROL
UP COLLECTIVE
CONTROL
GOVERNOR - safety gear,
safety shoe, magnetic
break
ESCALATOR'S PART
ONE IN FRONT OF THE
OTHER
1120;980;800;760
1150;1100;1000;900
ADJUSTABLE LOCKING
DAMPERS
AT THE ESCALATOR
MACHINE ROOM

547/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON
OF REFRIGERATION

International Standard and


EN 81.1 Code in designing
a machine room
STANDARD
INSTALLATION OF
ESCALATOR NOT
EXCEEDING 4.50 MTS./
TRUSS
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
EXPANDED
POLYTHELYNE FOAM
INSULATION
KNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR
COMPONENT PART
COOLING TOWER
SEASONAL ENERGY
EFFICIENCY
TONS OF REFRIGERATION

THERMOSTAT

BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS
ON STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER
SAFETY SHOE
AIR CURTAIN
WAIT INTERVAL
EVAPORATORS CANNOT
BE LOCATED AT CEILING
DOOR LOCK SWITCH

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

MAGNETIC BREAK
FOR CAR OVERRUN
LIMIT SWITCH

548/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
EMERGENCY SWITCH
FAN COIL UNIT

Latent Heat
Electric and Hydraulic
0.60 mtr.
Lift
2 mts.
1.20 mts.
Sheave
Rectifier
D.C. Generator
Humidistat
Hygrostat
Governor
Corporation Stop
Thermostat
Rigid Board Insulation
Alternator
Heat
Thermostat
Outside Door Latch
Panic Bar
135-197F
Pressure Regulating
Valve
Air Motor
Counterweight
Winding-Drum Machine
Guiderails
600 mm
30 mm

549/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
558 mm
38 Meters/Min
68-74 F
Microphone
Thermal Detector
Psychrometric Chart
Sensible Heat
Convection
Limit Controls and
Interlocks
Fan Coil Unit

Safety Shoe
Fascia Plate
Weighing Device
Circuit Breaker
Limit Switches
Handrail Guard
Switches
Disconnect Switch

Mechanical
Current Overload Safety
Switch
Knife Switch
Ton of Refrigeration

550/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

551/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
1

Is a physical wave, a mechanical vibration, a series of pressure variations, in an elastic


medium

A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of.

Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec.

The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit of
time.

Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated
reflections.

Is caused when reflected sound at sufficient intensity reaches a listener approximately 70 m/


sec. after hear the direct sound.

Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes


traversing back and forth between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces.

A device used for sound absorption

This describe the reflection of sound along a curved surface near the surface

10

Sound travels only about ___________m/sec.

11

It is the measurement of the intensity of sound.

12

It is the limit for comfortable hearing.

13
14
15
16

It is the time in seconds that a reflected sound


diminishes for the case by 60db after the original
sound has stopped.
It is a type of microphone which equally sensitive
sound arriving at it from any direction
It has a stimulating effect, conducive to drinking,
induces sleep, best for bars and night club.
In theory and fundamentals of lighting. It is the
science that deals with measurement of light.

17

It refers to the unit of intensity of light of one


standard candle whose light is concentrated at a
point and the light source is assumed to be placed at
the center of a hollow sphere of one foot radius.

18

In physical principles of light, it is the light rays


leaving the source strike through, opaque surface
which spreads the light in various directions, in
addition light is broken up while in reflection, the
light bounces back at a different direction.

19

It is the unit of luminous flux, amount f light falling


on a surface from the source.

20

Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is


defined as _______.

552/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
21
22
23

A unit of mechanical power is horsepower.


What is electrical power?
In lighting and illumination calculation, what is
the unit for lux?
In Inverse Square Law, it states that: sound
intensity ______ the square of the distance
from the source.

24

Is a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity


(usually power or intensity)
relative to a specified or implied reference level.

25

An apparent shift in the frequency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in
motion relative to each
other, the frequency increasing when the source and the listener approach each other and
decreasing when they move apart

26

What is a repetitious reflective sound due to parallel walls?

27

delayed sound heard a fraction of a second after the direction of sound isheard

28

unpleasant or unwanted sound

29

What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound?

30

study of effects on environment upon audible sound

31

study of sound generated by equipment

32

What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one cycle?

33

rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon

34

a sensation felt by the brain resulting from the distance of molecules in


the air

35

What is the amount of sound energy produced by the source?

36

unit of loudness of sound

37

at speed of sound normal temperature and pressure

38

What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room?

39

one characterized by large amounts of absorption

40

characterized by very small amounts of absorption

41

What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped?

42

state existing in a system which is set into oscillation

43
44

simplest kind of sound composed entirely of sound waves of a single


frequency
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special
objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.

45

Unit of loudness level.

46

The process of dissipating sound energy by converting


it to heat.

553/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
47
48
49
50
51
52

Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration.


The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure
level of sound which is transmitted from one point to
another.
Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of
perfectly absorptive material.
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to
be bent or scattered around
Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being
detected by the human ear
Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an
elastic medium.

53

Sound sensation in a single frequency.

54

Wave produced by a pure tone.

55

Synonymous with a lighting fixture.

56

The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___.

57

Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area


lighting.

58

The rate of flow of light through a surface.

59
60
61
62

The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction


per unit of projected area.
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
foot.
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
meter
Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is
directed to the ceiling and upper

63

The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp.

64

The rate of flow of sound energy

65

Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular


points of interest.

66

A means of producing light from gaseous discharge.

67

A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).

68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75

Sound system input device that reacts to and converts


variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.
Light originating from sources not facing each other, as
from windows in adjacent walls.
A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps.
A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and
used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.
A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of
illumination over a large area.
A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat
range of body temperature.
A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of
light beam.
A type of perimeter detector which detects change in
sound wave pattern.

554/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false
76

alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building


through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.
This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive

77
infrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system.
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in
78

capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.

79

Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave


A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is
produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor,
similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors,

80

uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an

81

electric discharge in mercury vapor.


A type of lamp which produces light by means of the
reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically
with tungsten.
A type of lamp generally used for roadways and

82
83

84

85
86
87

sidewalks, uses sodium gas.


The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or
oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.
Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is
reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition,
the higher the number, the
greater the insulation value.
212. The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet
type.
What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band
frequencies.
The bending of sound wave when traveling forward
changes direction as it passes through different densities.

88

In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux?

89

Tesla is the unit of____.

90

In Inverse Square Law, it states that: sound intensity ______ the


square of the distance from the source.

91

Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______.

92

Creep is the phenomenon whereby sound travels in a ______.

93

94

95

Sound Transmission Loss (STL) is/are affected by the following


____.
a. Intensity of sound from source
b. Material density
c. Medium
d. All of the above
Which of the following factors affect/s room acoustics?
a. Shape and proportion of room
b. Room cavity
c. Seating and other furnishings
d. All of the above
A condition characterized as vertically downward directly below
the luminaire. What is that term?

555/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
It is the product of surface area (sq.ft.) and sound absorption
coefficient (SAC). It has the unit sabin.
Wallace Clement Sabine, an American physicist who pioneered
97
work on sound is said to be the father of ____?
When sound impinges on a surface such as walls, floor, ceiling,
98
etc. It is referred to as _____.
A branch of acoustics that involves the control of noise pollution,
99 environmental noise, which include motor vehicles, aircraft noise,
etc.
This material is so named in honor of a German physicist,
consista of a holllow material with a small hole on one side. This is
100
used to detect individual frequency of complex acoustic wave
configuration.
A type of resonator made from empty clay vessels of different
101
sizes. Their absorption ranges from 100-400 hertz.
96

102 The rustling of leaves in breeze is said to be within the ____.


103 Unit of capacitance is _____.

104

105

106
107

The following statements are true with regards to sound except


___.
a. That sound is an aural sensation
b. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic medium
c. That sound travels in a vacuum
d. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move in
an infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion and
energy to them
___. velocity of sound is affected by _____.
The
a. Temperature
b. Kind of medium
c. Material density
d. All of the above
Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes.
Which facing will reflect more sound?
Which of the following sources of sound produces the highest
sound pressure level (SPL)?

108 Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds


109 Unit of loudness of level
110 Prolongation of sound as a result of succesive reflection
111 Distance sounds travels during each cycles of vibration
112 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around
113 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displaceent in elastic medium
114 Sound sensation in a single frequency
115 A luminous intensity of light expressed in candela; Unit of luminous intensity
116 A lighting fixture
117 Unit of luminance equal to 1 candela per square meter
118 Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter

556/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
119 Unit of illumination equal to one square foot
120 Rate of flow of light through a surface
121 Resistance in AC system
122 Reciprocal of resistance
123 Rate of flow of sound energy
124 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests
125 A type of HID lamp
126 Higher than 20,000 Hertz
127 Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect absorber

128

First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet internal
acoustic environment

129

The effective method can be employed to reduce direct noise, which is transmitted airborne,
for noise reduction within a space

130 Sound with a wavelength of 1.50 m at Frequency 1,500 Hz

131

Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area
perpendicular to the direction of propagation

132

The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in
direction as it passes through different densities and causes the sound waves to bend

133 Unit of loudness level.


134 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat.
135 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration.
136

The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted
from one point to another.

137 Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material.
138 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around.
139 Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear.
140 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium.
141 Sound sensation in a single frequency.

557/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
142 Wave produced by a pure tone.
143 Synonymous with a lighting fixture.
144 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___.
145 Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting.
146 The rate of flow of light through a surface.
147 The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area.
148 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot.
149 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter.
150

Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper
walls of the room.

151 The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb.


152 The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp.
153 The rate of flow of sound energy
154 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest.
155 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge.
156 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).
157 Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls.
158 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps.
159

A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted
by an overhead source.

160 A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area.
161 What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies.
162

The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through
different densities.

558/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
163

The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per
second.

Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it; a
164 measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater the
insulation value.
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186

559/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211

560/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Sound

20 to 20000 HZ

344 m/ sec.

Frequency

Reverberation

Echo

Flutter

Fibrous Materials
Creep
344 m/sec
decibel
40 db
Reverberation time
omnidirectional mic
incandescent
photometry

candle power

Diffusion

Lumen
the reciprocal of ohm

561/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Watt
1 lumen per sq.m.
Varies inversely with

Decibel

droppler effect

flutter
Echo
Noise
psycho acoustics
environmental
acoustics
electro acoustics
wavelength
frequency
sound
magnitude
decibel
velocity
sound foci
dead room
Live room
reverberation
resonance
pure tone
Specific Lighting
Phon
Sound Absorption

562/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Wavelength
Sound Attenuation
Sabin
Sound Diffraction
Threshold of Audibility
Sound
Pure Tone
Sine Wave
Luminaire
Candela
General Lighting
Luminous Flux
Luminance
Foot-Candle
Lux
Indirect Lighting
Cathode
Sound Intensity
Accent Lighting
Fluorescense
High-Pressure-Sodium
Microphone
Cross Light
Luminaire
Eggcrate
Floodlight
Passive Infrared
Passive Infrared
Ultrasonic

563/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Microwave
Passive Infrared with
Ultrasonic (or
Microwave)
Proximity / Capacitance

Metal Halide Lamp

Mercury Lamp
Tungsten Halogen
Lamp
High-Pressure-Sodium
(HPS)
Frequency

Transmission Loss

Infra Red
Porous Absorbents
Refraction
1 lumen per sq.m.
Magnetic flux
Varies inversely with
a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound

Curve surface

All of the above

All of the above

Nadir

564/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Sound absorption
Architectural acoustics
Structureborne sound
Environmental
acoustics

Hermholtz resonator

Individual resonator
Threshold of hearing
Farad

That sound travels in a


vacuum

All of the above

10% opening
Cafeteria with people in
it
HERTZ
PHON
REVERBERATION
WAVELENGTH
SOUND DIFFRACTION
SOUND
PURE TONE
CANDELA
LUMINAIRE
LAMBERT
LUX

565/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

FOOT CANDLE
LUMINOUS FLUX
IMPEDANCE
CONDUCTANCE
SOUND INTENSITY
ACCENT LIGHTING
HPS LAMP
ULTRASONIC
SABINS

AVOIDING ZONES OF
DIRECT SOUND
INSTALL ABSORBENT
MATERIALS WITHIN THE
WALL OF THE
ENCLOSURE
7,380 fps

INTENSITY

REFRACTION

Phon
Sound Absorption
Wavelength
Sound Attenuation
Sabin
Sound Diffraction
Threshold of Audibility
Sound
Pure Tone

566/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Sine Wave
Luminaire
Candela
General Lighting
Luminous Flux
Luminance
Foot-Candle
Lux
Indirect Lighting
Tungsten
Cathode
Sound Intensity
Accent Lighting
Fluorescense
High-Pressure-Sodium
(HPS)
Cross Light
Luminaire
Eggcrate
Floodlight
Porous Absorbents
Refraction

567/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Frequency

Transmission Loss

568/622

PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

569/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER


1

Which Philippine furniture is specifically designed for giving birth?

BUTACA

is an exquisite chest drawers

comoda

is a modified church pew

is a wooden sofa that features a cabinet compartment below the seat

gallinera

Which Philippine furniture is usually used to store pillows and mats?

al mario

refers to a wardrobe with mirror attached to the door

aparador

is used to store food and utensils

is a daybed

What is escritoire?

10

is called bergere

11

is called the etagere

12

is called finial

13

Who designed the Barcelona Chair?

14

designed the adjustable chaise lounge

15

designed the cantilevered chair

16

designed the cesca cantilevered chair

17

It is a chair made of molded fiberglass rest on a cast aluminum pedestal

18

is made of nylon stretch fabric over urethane foam

19

is made of tubular steel frame cobered with rubber webbing and


pre-foamed latex foam

ribbon chair

20

is made of reinforced molded fiberglass

gyro chair

kapiya

pamingalan
diban
a writing desk
arm chair with closed
arms
hanging or standing
shelves
crowning ornament on
furniture
Ludwig Mies van de
Rohe
Le Corbusier
Alvar Aalto
Marcel Bruer

21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

570/622

tulip chair
chaise

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER


29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

42

43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55

571/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER


56
57
58
59
60
61
62

63

64
65
66

67

68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78

572/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER


79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87

88

89

90

91
92
93
94
95

96

97
98

99

100

573/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER


101
102

103
104
105

106

107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114

115

116

117
118
119
120

574/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER


121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

129

130
131
132

133

134

135

136
137
138
139
140
141
142

575/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER


143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161

162

163

129
130
131
132
133

576/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER


134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146

147

148
149
150
151

152

153
154
155
156
157
158
159

577/622

FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER


160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186

578/622

BAHAY KUBO
Kitchen
Toilet & Bath
Rice Storage
Low Table
Closet
Room
Room for Entertaining Guest

Gilir
Batalan
Kamalig
Dulang
Tampipi
Silid
Bulwagan

BAHAY NA BATO
Ground Floor
For caroza storage
Horse Stable
Store room

Zaguan
Quadra
Bodega

Second Floor
Water Cistern
Overhanging 2nd floor
Food Storage
Ante room for stairs
Living room
Dining room
Kitchen
Pantry
Toilet
Bath
Open terrace
Room
Vault
Balcony
Courtyard

Aljibe
Volada
Dispensa
Caida
Sala
Comedor
Cocina
Dispensa
Letrina / Comun
Bano
Azotea
Cuarto / Alcoba / Dormitorio
Entresuelo
Balcon
Patio

distinctive features
1. PERSIANA large windows with slats covered with
capiz to filter light; unique in Southeast Asia
2. VENTANILLA small windows usually at lower
portion of the wall
3. CALLADO open woodwork or tracery; fixed over a
window or placed as space dividers
4. BARANDILLAS wrought iron traceries on the wall
5. BANGGERA where the dishes are kept

NAME OF STRUCTURE

LOCATION

ARCHITECT

EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Luxor
Abu Simbel
Pyramid of King Zoser
The Great Pyramid

Luxor, Egypt
Imhotep

GREEK ARCHITECTURE
Partheon

Athens, Greece

Erechtheum
Epidaurus Theater

Athens, Greece
Epidaurus, Greece

Itchinus, Callicarates
with Phidias
Mnesicles
Polykleitos

Rome, Italy
Rome, Italy
Rome, Italy

Acrippa
Apollodorus of Damascus
Vespacian and Domitian

White House
Capitol of the United States
National Gallery Of Art
Washington Monument
University of Virginia
Massachusetts State House
Saint Patrick's Cathedral
Connecticut State Capitol
Monticallo
New York City Hall

Washington, D.C.
Washington, D.C.

Charlottesville, Virginia
New York

James Hoban
Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch
John Russel Pope
Robert Mills
Thomas Jefferson
Charles Bulfinch
James Renwick
Richard Upjohn
Thomas Jefferson
Pierre L'enfant

Fallingwater
Guggenheim Museum
Coonley House
Ennis House
Johnson Wax Building
Larkin Building
Wingspread
Golden Gate Bridge

Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania
New York, New York
Riverside, Illonois
Los Angeles, California
Racine, Winconsin
Buffalo, New York
Wind Point
San Francisco,California

Frank Lloyd Wright


Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Frank Lloyd Wright
Joseph Strauss

Paris, France
Paris, France

Peirre Lescot

Hill of Montmatre, Paris

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne


Domencio de Cortona

Paris, France
Paris, France
Paris, France

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano


Maurice de Sully
Charles Garnier
Claude Mollet

ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
The Pantheon
Trajan's Forum
Colosseum

AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE

Washington, D.C.
Charlottesville, Virginia
New York

FRENCH ARCHITECTURE
The Louvre
Tuileries
Palais Royal
Sacre-coeur
Hotel de Ville
Arc de Triomphe
Pompidou Centre
Notre Dame de Paris
ParisOpera House
Elysee Palace
Hotel de Invalides
La Madelaine
Sorbonne
Charles Cathedral
Amien's Cathedral
Rheims Cathedral
Eiffel Tower

Napoleon I
Paris, France
Chartes, France

Paris, France

Gustave Eiffel

Notre Dame du Haut


Villa Savoye

Ronchamp, France
Poissy, France

NAME OF STRUCTURE

LOCATION

Le Corbusier
Le Corbusier

ARCHITECT

GERMAN ARCHITECTURE
Burgtheater

Potsdam, Germany

Gottfried Semper with


Karl Von Hasenaver
Georg Wenzeslaus Von
Knobelsdorf
Balthazar Neumann
Erich Mendelsohn

British Moseum

London, England

Sir Robert Smirke

Salisbury Cathedral
Queen's House

Salisbury, England
Greenwich, England

Inigo Jones

Somerset House
St. Paul's Cathedral
Chiswick House
Westminster Palace
Glasgow School of Art
Durham cathedral
Buckingham Palace

London, England
London, England
Chiswick, England
London, England
Galsgow,England
Durham, England

Berlin Opera House


Wurzburg Residenz
Einstein Tower

ENGLISH ARCHITECTURE

William Chambers
Sir Christopher Wren
Lord Burlington
Sir Charles Barry
Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Sir George Goring

CHINA, TURKEY, ITALY, INDIA AND SPAIN ARCHITECTURE


Temple of Heaven
Hagia Sofia
Cathedral of Siena
Pisa Cathedral
Florence Cathedral
Krak des Chevaliers
Alhambra
Casa Batllo
Casa Mila
Sagrada Familia
Taj Mahal

China
Istanbul, Turkey
Southern Italy
Pisa, Italy
Florence, Italy
Syria
Granada, Spain
Barcelona, Spain
Barcelona, Spain
Barcelona, Spain
Agra, India

Isidoros and Anthemios

Arnolfo di Cambio

Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Antonio Gaudi
Emperor Shah Jahan

PHILIPPINE CHURCHES
Paoay Church
Vigan Church
Santa Maria Church
Tumauini Church
Angat Church
Barasoain Church
San Sebastian Church
San Augustine Church
Taal Church

Ilocos Norte
Ilocos Sur
Ilocos Sur
Isabela
Bulacan
Bulacan
Manila
Manila
Batangas

Daraga Church
Miagao Church
Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica

Albay
Iloilo
Cebu

Antonio Estavillo
Benigno Fernandez

Genaro Palacios
Juan Macias
Fray Marcos Anton
Don Luciano Oliver

Fray Juan de Albarran

PHILIPPINE SKYSCRAPERS
PBCom Tower
Petron Mega Plaza
BSA Twin Tower

Makati
Makati
Mandaluyong

Skidmore, Owings, Merill


Skidmore, Owings, Merill

G.T. International Tower

Makati

Robinson's Equitable Tower


ICEC (LKG) Tower

Pasig
Makati

Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2


Roxas Triangle 1 & 2

Makati
Makati

NAME OF STRUCTURE

Kohn Pedersen Fox


Recio Casas
HOK
Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Arquitectonica
Skidmore, Owings, Merill

LOCATION

ARCHITECT

SKYSCRAPERS AROUND THE WORLD


Petronas Tower
Sears Tower
Jin Mao Building
Plaza Rakyat
Empire State Building

Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia


Chicago, USA
Shnaghai, China
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
New Yrok City, USA

Central Plaza

Hong Kong, China

Bank of China
Emirates Tower I

Hong Kong, China


Dubai, UAE

The Center
T & C Tower

Hong Kong, China


Kaohsiung, Taiwan

AON Center

Chicago, USA

John Hancock Center


Shun Hing Square

Chicago, USA
Shenzhen, China

Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)

Guangzhou, China

Burj Al-Arab Hotel

Dubai, UAE

Baiyoke Tower 2
Chrysler Building
Bank of American Palza
Library Tower
Malaysia Telecom HQ

Bangkok, Thailand
New Yrok City, USA
Atlanta, USA
Los Angeles, USA
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

AT & T Corporate Center


Chase Tower
Ryugyong Hotel

Chicago, USA
Houston, USA
Pyongyoang, North Korea

Cesar Pelli & Associates


Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
Shreve Lamb & Harmon
Associates
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
and Associates
I.M. Pei & Partners
NORR Group Consultants
Intenational, Ltd.
Hellmuth, Obata &
Kassabuam/Cy Lee
Edward D. Stone &
Associates
Skidmore, Owings and Merill
K.Y. Cheung Design
Associates
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man
& Associates
Tom Wright of WS Atkins
& Partners
Plan Architect Co.
William Van Allen
Johnson/Burgee Architects
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Hijjas Kasturi Associates
Daewoo and Partners
Peter Ellis, SOM
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners
Baikdoosan Architects &
Engineers

STYLE

Ancient Greek, Doric


Ancient Greek, Ionic
Ancient Greek
Ancient Roman
Roman
Ancient Roman
Georgian Neoclassical
Neoclassical
Neo-Egyptian
Classical, Neo-Palladian

Colonial Georgian
French Renaissance Georgian Style
Expressionist Modern
Modern
Prairie Style
Deco Modern
Modern
Early Modern
Neo-Vernacular
Structural Modern
with some Art Deco details
French Renaissance

High-Tech Modern
Early Gothic
Neo-Baroque

Gothic exempler
French Gothic
Victorian Structural
Expressionist

Expressionist Modern
Modern

STYLE

Expressionist Early Modern


Victorian Ionic faade
Classical Revival
English Gothic
Palladian, Late English
Renaissance
Neoclassical
Late Renaissance to Baroque
Palladian
English Gothic Revival
Art Nouveau
Romanesque

Byzantine
Gothic and Mediterranean
Romanesque
Italian Romanesque
Medieval
Moorish(Islamic)
Expressionist or Art Nouveau
Art Nouveau
Expressionist
Islamic

Baroque
ultra-baroque
Baroque
Gothic Style
Baroque or Neo Classic

Romanesque and Neo Classic

NO. OF FLRS/HEIGHT
88 / 452 meters
110 / 443 meters
88 / 420.60 meters
79 / 382 meters
102 / 381 meters
78 / 374 meters
70 / 369 meters
56 / 358 meters
73 / 350 meters
85/ 347 meters
83 / 346 meters
100 / 344 meters
81 / 325 meters
80 / 322 meters
60 / 321 meters
90
77
55
73
77

/
/
/
/
/

320 meters
319.40 meters
312 meters
310.30 meters
310 meters

61 / 307 meters
75 / 305.40 meters
105 / 300 meters

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code

ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.

Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Chimney Classifications:

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney.
Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.

Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.

Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.

Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot lines.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.


Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.

Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Partition An interior subdividing walls.

Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Show Window A store window in which goods are display.

Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.
Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.


Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface.


Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.


Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.
Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.

Wall, Dead A wall without openings.

Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-joists.

Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.
Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.

Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

BUILDING LAWS

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code

ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.


Accessoria or Row House A house of not more than two storeys, composed of a row
or dwelling units entirely separated from one another by party wall or walls and with
an independent entrance for each dwelling units.
Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and
used for purposes customarily incidental to those of the main building such as servants
quarters, garage, pump house, laundry, etc.
ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the use
of a building for him.
Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house farm
implements, hay, grain, poultry, livestock or other horticultural products. This
structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employment where
agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place used by
the public.
Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public or for public use as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters.
Alter or Alteration Any change, addition, or modification in construction of
occupancy.
Apartment A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for, or
occupied by one family for living, sleeping, and cooking purposes.
Apartment House Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented,
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence
of three or more families living independently of each other and doing their own
cooking in the building, and shall include flats and apartments.
Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk
beyond the first storey wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Assembly Building or Hall A building or a portion of a building used for the


gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as deliberation,
workshop, entertainment, amusement, or awaiting transportation or of a hundred or
more persons in drinking and dining establishments.
Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged, or
built as to be used for business, storage, or habitation.
Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and
of a type which can be retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting
building.
Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.
Balcony A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which
is raise 1.20 meters or more above the level of the main floor.
Balcony Exterior Exit A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building, and
which serves as a required means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty percent
open, and the open area above the guardrail shall be so distributed as to prevent the
accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.
Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for
food preparation.
Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below and
partly above grade but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor is
less than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by
columns, buttresses, or division walls.
BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used
to set off explosives.
Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarders are
provided with lodging, and meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or week, in
accordance with previous arrangement.
Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.
Buildable Area The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum
open spaces.
Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals,
chattels, or property of any kind.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the
highest point of the coping of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gable or
a pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the parapet if the roof is provided with a parapet. In
case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the buildable area shall be
considered the established grade elevation.
Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction of the
bearing wall for girders.
Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of the
floor, beams or joints.
Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly
below grade and so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is
equal to or greater than the vertical distance from grade to ceiling.
CELLULOSE NITRATE OR NITRO CELLULOSE A highly combustible and
explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.
CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) Any plastic substance, materials
or compound having cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.
Chimney Classifications:
chimney a. Residential Appliance Type. A factory-built or masonry chimney suitable
for removing products of combustion from residential type appliance producing
combustion gases not in excess of 538C measured at the appliance flue outlet.
chimney b. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney
suitable for removing the product with combustion from full-burning low-heat
appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 538C under normal
operating conditions but capable of producing combustible gases of 760C during
intermittent forced firing for periods up to one hour. All temperatures are measured at
the appliance flue outlet.
chimney c. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney
suitable for removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning medium-heat
appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1093C measured at the
appliance flue outlet.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney.
Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.
Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow
unit masonry units, or reinforced concrete.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as cotton,
oakum, rags, waste cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsior and
other similar materials commonly used in commerce.
COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8_C
(100_F).
COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE Descriptive of materials that
are easily set on fire.
Concrete Block A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland cement
and suitable aggregates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or anthracite
cinders, burned clay, pumice, volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast furnace
slags.
Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or
pilaster.
Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or materials
to which an approved rust-resistive coating has been applied either before or after
forming or fabrication.
Corrosion-Resistant The non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken surface
on non-ferrous metal, or steel with not less than 10 percent chromium or with less than
0.20 percent copper.
CORROSIVE LIQUID Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic
matter or with certain chemicals.
Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.
Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free,
open, and unobstructed by appendages from the ground upward.
CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its
reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate
surroundings.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

CURTAIN BOARD A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials


attached to and extending below the bottom chord of the roof trusses, to divide the
underside of the roof into separate compartments so that heat and smoke will be
directed upwards to a roof vent.
DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system which
automatically closes to restrict the passage of smoke or fire.
Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal to
the total capacity of the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no person
within the area need be closer than 15.00 meters from the stand or building. Dispersal
areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.28 square-meter per person.
DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the more
volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting
vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.
DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.
DUST A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper
proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.
Dwelling Any building or any portion thereof which is not an "apartment house",
"lodging house", or a "hotel" as defined in this Code which contained one or two
"dwelling units" or "guest rooms", used, intended or designed to be built, used, rented,
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied for living purposes.
Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are
intended or designated to be occupied by one family with facilities for living, sleeping,
cooking, and eating.
Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the
family of the owner only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo,
nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost of which does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.
Dwelling, Multiple A building used as a home or residence of three or more families
living independently from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a single
housekeeping unit.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Dwelling, One-Family A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusively


by one family.
ELECTRICAL ARC An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by passage of an
electric current across a space between two conductors or terminals due to the
incandescence of the conducting vapor.
EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is
still oxidizing without the manifestation of flames.
Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall include
intervening doors, doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps, stairways,
smoke-proof enclosures, horizontal exits, exit passageway, exit courts, and yards. An
exit shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly into a safe dispersal area or
public way. All measurement are to be made to that point when determining the
permissible distance of travel.
Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more required
exits.
Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building
occupied by the same tenant through a separation wall having a minimum fire
resistance of one-hour.
Exit Passageway An enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit of exit court
with a public way.
Facing Any masonry, forming an integral part of a wall used as a finished surface (as
contrasted to veneer, see definition).
FINISHES Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective
purposes.
FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warm
the occupants of the building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of fire
to enable them to undertake immediate action to save life and property and to suppress
the fire.
FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or
partitions.
FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the
probability of the occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere
with fire fighting operations and the safeguarding of life and property.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opened and
unobstructed at all times for the expedient operation of fire fighting units.
FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the
protection of buildings or persons to include but not limited to built-in protection
system such as sprinklers and other automatic extinguishing system, detectors for heat,
smoke and combustion products and other warning system components, personal
protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves and other
garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during fire.

Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemicals and
when tested in accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes shall
have a flame spread of not over 25 and show no evidence of progressive combustion.
The Fire-retardant properties shall not be considered permanent when exposed to the
weather.
FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Refers to design and installation of walls,
barriers, doors, windows, vents, means of egress, etc. integral to and incorporated into
a building or structure in order to minimize danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or
panic before the building is evacuated. These features are also designed to achieve,
among others, safe and rapid evacuation of people through means of egress sealed
from smoke or fire, the confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of origin and
delay their spread to other parts of the building by means of smoke sealed and fire
resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall also mean to include the treatment of
buildings components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.

FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of
combustion.
FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it
lacks adequate exits or fire escapes.
Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies
widely in physical properties.
Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may
be made and which is built in conjunction with a chimney.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or
adjoining ground, the remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession
upward.
FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in
sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air.
Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or
portion thereof, exclusive of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or
portion thereof not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area
under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.
Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits
loads directly to the soil or the pile.
FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or
dimensions.
Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth
upon which the structure rests.
FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.
Garage A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gasoline,
distillate, or other violative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept.
Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicles are
housed, cared for, equipped, repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.
Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles
used by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.
Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50
percent open on two or more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or storage of
passenger motor vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons per vehicle.
Open parking garages are further classified as either ramp-access or mechanicalaccess. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a series of
continuously rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power
from and to the street level.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or joists
or walls over opening.
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the finished
surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters
distant from said wall, or the lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of the
ground between the exterior wall of a building and a property line if it is less than 1.50
meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters of a
public sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the
sidewalk, alley, or public way.
Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys, beginning
with second, for the first next above, shall be designated by the successive floor
number counting upward.
Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping
purposes. Every 9.30 square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be
considered to be guest room.
Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping,
living, cooking or dining purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets,
pantries, bath or toilet room, service rooms, connecting corridors, laundries,
unfinished attics, storages, space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces.
Hall, Common A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within
a building.
Hall, Stair A hall which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions of the
common hall through which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance floor
and the room.
HAZARDOUS OPERATION/PROCESS Any act of manufacturing, fabrication,
conversion, etc., that uses or produces materials which are likely to cause fires or
explosions.
Heliport An area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intended for
use, the landing and take off helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are used, or
intended for use, for heliport buildings and other heliport facilities.
Helistop The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance repairs, or
storage of helicopters is permitted.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

HORIZONTAL EXIT Passageway from one building to another or through or around


a wall in approximately the same floor level.
HOSE BOX A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are stored
and arranged for fire fighting.
HOSE REEL A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is
wound and connected.
Hotel A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupied for
hire as temporary boarding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public
dining room service, but no provision for cooking in any individual suite or room.
Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room service and
other services for the exclusive use of its tenants.
HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations of
fuels and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other.
Incombustible As applied to building construction material, as material which, in the
form it is used, is either one of the following:
Incombustible Material When referred to as structural material, means brick, stone,
terracotta, concrete, iron, steel, sheet, metal, or tiles, used either singly or in
combination.
Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or
wire cloth for the full height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombustible
material 20 centimeters above the floor and at the ceiling.
Incumbustible a. Material having an structural base of incombustible material as
defined in item (2), above, with a surfacing material not over 3.2 millimeter s thick
which has a flame-spread rating of 50 or less.
Incumbustible b. "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish materials. Material
required to be incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or
other materials shall refer to material conforming to the provisions of this Code. No
material shall be classed as incombustible which is subject to increase in
combustibility or flame-spread rating beyond the limits herein established, through the
effects of age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

INDUSTRIAL BAKING AND DRYING The industrial process of subjecting


materials to heat for the purpose of removing solvents or moisture from the same,
and/or to fuse certain chemical salts to form a uniform glazing the surface of materials
being treated.
JUMPER A piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device in
an electrical system.
Line, Building The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the
enclosing wall of the building and the surface of the ground.
Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall
construction above.
Load, Dead The weight of the permanent portions of a building or structure; it
includes the weight of the walls permanent partitions, framing floors, roofs, and all
other permanent and stationary fixtures mechanism, and other construction entering
into the becoming a part of a building or structure.
Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.
Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all except
dead and lateral, and weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and similar
equipment, and all loads imposed due to the occupancy of the building or structure.
Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion
thereof at any one time.
Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest
rooms which are used by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money,
goods, labor or otherwise.
Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed or
may be placed together with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be the
land designated as lot or recorded plot.
Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.
Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of
not more than one hundred thirty-five degrees (135C).
Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot lines.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the case of a
corner lot, it may be either frontage.
Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining sides
bounded by lot lines.
Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.
Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.
Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum, hollow
clay tile, concrete block or tile, or other similar building units of material or
combination of these material laid up unit and set in mortar.
Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.
Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination
thereof, made to be bounded together by a cementation agent.
Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts,
elevators, or other mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level
and in which public occupancy is prohibited above the street level.
Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor A partial intermediate floor in any storey or room of
a building having an area not more than one-half of the area of the room or space in
which it is constructed.
Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulations
of the district where it is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and
percentage of occupancy.
Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such building or
land which does not conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is
situated.
Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The term
shall also include the building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy is not
intended to include change of tenants or proprietors.
OCCUPANCY The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or
intended to be used.
OCCUPANT Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof
by virtue of a lease contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or
sufferance of the latter.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

ORGANIC PEROXIDE A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases oxygen


readily. It causes fire when in contact with combustible materials especially under
conditions of high temperature.
OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which draw
or consume electrical current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical
system.
Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties under
consideration or the receiver or trustee thereof.
OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or
real property.
OXIDIZING MATERIAL A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities
sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.
Panic Hardware A bar which extends across at least one-half the width of each door
leaf, which will open the door if subjected to pressure.
Partition An interior subdividing walls.
Pier An insolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders,
lintels, trusses, and similar structural parts.
Plaster A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as a vertical
beam, a column, or both.
Plaster, Portland, Cement A mixture of portland cement, or portland cement and
lime, and aggregate and other approved material as specified in this Code.
Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.
Platform, Enclosed A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of
which is not more than 1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and which is
designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment
wherein scenery, props, decorations, of the effects may be installed or used.
PRESSURIZED OR FORCED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT Type or burner
where the fuel is subjected to pressure prior to discharge into the combustion chamber
and/or which includes fans or other provisions for the introduction of air at above
normal atmosphere pressure into the same combustion chamber.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or more
people congregate, gather, or assemble for any purpose.
Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than 3.00
meters in width, appropriate d to the free passage of the general public.
PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground to
the sky, deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.
PYROPHORIC Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed
to air.
REFINING A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed from
a mixture in order to produce a pure element of compound. It shall also refer to partial
distillation and electrolysis.
Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the
purpose of its maintenance. The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of
construction.
SELF-CLOSING DOORS Automatic closing doors that are designed to confine smoke
and heat and delay the spread of fire.
Shaft A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical
equipment, or similar purposes.
Show Window A store window in which goods are display.
Slum Blighted Area: Eyesore; An area where the values of real estate tend to
deteriorate because of the dilapidated, obsolescent, and unsanitary condition of the
building within the area. Any eyesore is a building or area which is markedly
unpleasant to look at.
SMELTING Melting or fusing of metallic ores or compounds so as to separate
impurities from pure metals.
Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.
Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.
SPRINKLER SYSTEM An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping
installed in a building, structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern
which automatically discharges water when activated by heat or combustion products
from a fire.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection of
any horse, carabao, or other cattle.
Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or
breeding purposes.
Stage A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used
for the representation of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein
scenery, props or other effects may be installed or used, and where the distance
between the top of the proscenium openings and the ceiling above the stage is more
than 1.50 meters.
Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.
Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.
STANDPIPE SYSTEM A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses
can be attached on each floor, including a system by which water is made available to
the outlets as needed.
Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and
the upper surface of the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be that
portion of a building included between the upper surface of the topmost floor and the
ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directly above a basement, cellar or
unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined herein at any
point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered as a
storey.
Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive floors,
floor beams, or joists. The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance from the
floor to the ceiling. The clear height of balconies is measured from the highest point of
the sidewall grade to the underside of the balcony floor joists. If these joists are sealed,
this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling.
Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the
public for public use.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders, beams,
trusses, and spandrels having direct connections to the columns an all other members
which are essential to the stability of the building as a whole. The members of floor or
roof which have no connection to the column shall be considered secondary and not a
part of the structural frame.
Structure That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind or any
piece of work artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some
definite manner.
Suportales The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or
traditional type of construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrated into
the wall structure. In the case of former, pie de gallos (knee braces) or crosettas (cross
bracings) are sometimes used.
Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface.
Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
Surface, Weather-Exposed All surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits, and
similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following:
surfacea a. Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a minimum
of 300 millimeter s below such ceiling or roof soffits;
surfacea b. Walls or portions of walls within an unenclosed roof area, when located a
horizontal distance from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the opening;
and
surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from
the outer edge of the ceilings or roof soffits.
Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in kind,
based on current replacement costs.
Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fireproof
construction intended for the storage of valuables.
Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners
attached to an approved backing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding
material applied over an approved backing.
Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.
Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to
floor, as well as from the base to the top of the building.
VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior
parts of a house or building.
Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.
Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.
Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing
portion of an enclosing wall between piers.
Wall, Dead A wall without openings.
Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members,
which defines the exterior boundary or courts of a building.
Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they
act as a composite element, and exert a common action under load.
Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by
starting at the foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or above
the roof. Extension above the roof is 1.00 meter.
Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-joists.
Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either at the
grade or at the top of the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and
retaining walls are measured from the grade downward to the base of the footing.
Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.
Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.
Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the said
buildings.
Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a
subsurface wall built to resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.
Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.
Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purpose of
admitting natural light and air.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

TERMINOLOGY

BUILDING LAWS

Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on brackets
or corbels. The term "bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window projecting
over the street line.
Wire Backing Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical
wood supports which, when covered with building paper, provide a backing for
portland cement plaster.
Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property
line.
Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line and the
nearest building line.
Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and between
the front and the rear yards.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO

The Brouwn Bauhaus

You might also like